R
M
EEE
S
‘
‘
S
g
l
l
m
s
u
f
R
‘
r s,
4
h
r
t
h
h
t
H
a
t
W
o
u
G
o
d
a
M
g
.
3
EI
TH
MA N
TI M
O R GI N A N D D ES
TI N Y O F
EE
A N D TH
E E
N D OF TH
C HA R L
EH
S
OL M
,
W h at G o d H ath W r o u g h t
E
TH
MA N
TI M
O R I GI N A N D D E STI N Y O F
AN D T H
E E
EE
ND OF TH
C HA R L
EH
S
OL M
1912
S KE
R NS a A BBOT T C O
JA ME
,
n
PO R T L A ND , O R
E
GO N
.
,
H ann a m
V U DL HJ
1
9
1
1
5
6
W
E
NO i N
AST O R . L
C HA R L
N A H C O TT A
ST A T
E
,
EH
S
t
OLM
PA C I F I C C O U N T Y ,
W A SH I N GT O N
OF
U
‘
.
S A
.
.
E
C O N T N TS
C H AP TE R I
Spiritual and Physical M an
.
5
.
C H A P TER II
T he Fall of Man
.
17
C H A P TE R III
.
T he Exodus
21
C H A P TE R I V
In
.
the Promised Land
30
C H AP TE R V
.
D aniel in B abylon
44
C H AP TE R V I
T he True Ye ar
.
55
C H AP TE R VII
.
The Pre cession Explained
67
C H AP TE R VIII
C hrist the Son of God
,
.
77
.
C H AP TER IX
.
The Gentile T im es
84
C H A P TE R X
.
T he R evelation of Joh n
92
C H AP TE R XI
.
The S eve n C hurches
93
C H AP TE R XII
Th e S even S eals
.
111
C H AP TE R XIII
.
S ce n e A b out the Thro n e of God
The S eve n Trump ets
C H AP TE R
1 19
"I V
12 1
C H AP TE R X V
T he C hurch of God
The S ac ra m en ts
.
.
14 0
.
C H AP TE R XVI
.
.
169
W hat
W ro u g ht
Go d H at h
E
The O rig in
an d
D e stin y
the
n d of
an d th e
E
C HA P T R 1
SPI R I T U A L
AN D
Man
of
,
Tim e
.
P H Y SI C AL
M AN
.
B efo re the re was any cr e ati on God h ad His se rvant s th e
angels and His s on w ith Him in h e ave n Th e y w er e un cre ate d
spiritual ind ividual b e in gs Th e y pro c e e de d fro m Go d and
the refor e w e re of Go d
,
.
,
-
.
.
All m atte r i s th e cr e at io n of G od It i s t emp oral and
p eri sh able but sp irit i s i nd e structible and etern al— it will
e xist forever
.
,
.
Th e sp iritual b ein gs th e an gels and Hi s Son c onstitute d
the hous e of God b efore th e re wa s any cr e at i on of th e m ate ri al
uni verse or any vi sib l e o bj e cts On e of the s e an gels d ep arte d
from the lov e of God and c arri ed oth ers w ith him A n d for
this very purpo s e God cr e at e d th e m at e ri al univ ers e with th e
full knowl ed ge of His Son and th e m ate ri al b o dy of m an wh ich
was th e crown of c re ati o n and infus e d i nto th is t empo ral
h ous e Hi s spirit to se e W h om h e will o b e y—W h eth er God or
th e fall en an gel
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
W h en th e world b y a slo w pr o c e ss was form ed s o th at it
h ad b e c om e h ab ita bl e Go d cr e at e d livin g b e ings ou t o f
el e ctri city and the y lived durin g th at fo rm at io n Th e y we re
create d and we re w ithout o ffsprin g or w ith out any incre as e
whatso ever and d i e d wh en an ot h e r p eri od or formati on c om
,
,
,
.
,
.
m en c ed
.
Duri n g th e fifth form atio n of th e e arth wh i ch is the
fifth peri od e po ch o r cre ati o n d ay God cre ate d th e b irds of
,
,
,
,
(
)
6
th e air and th e livin g cr e ature s that m o v e i n th e w aters And
“
Go d b le sse d the m sayi ng
B e y e fruitful and multiply and
”
fill th e w at ers of th e se as and l e t fowl multiply in th e e arth
.
,
,
.
Thi s m e ans that dur in g th e fifth p erio d of form atio n of
th e e arth th e cr e ati on of th e b i rds and of th e livin g cr e atur e s
th at inh ab it th e wate rs c e as ed G od bl e ss e d them and o rd er e d
th e m to multiply and to in cr e as e He thus e stablish e d a l aw
for th e ir incre as e th at th e y mi ght b rin g forth offsprin g in th e
futur e that e a ch sp e c i e s kind or ord er w ould i ncr e as e acc ord
in g to th e l aw of God as He ord ain ed for th e ir in cr e as e And
th e re h as no t b e e n any d e partur e fr om thi s law till this d ay
and n eve r will b e
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
Durin g th e s ixth form ati on p eri od epo ch or d ay G o d
cr e at e d all th e ori ginal p are nts of th e livin g cr e ature s th at
exi st at th e pres ent tim e on e arth and ordain ed laws fo r th e ir
incre ase from whi ch th e r e c an be n o de partur e f or th e y ar e
th e laws of Go d
,
,
,
,
,
.
Man w as th e last cre atur e th at Go d cre at e d on th e e arth
“
and He s aid t o Hi s Son
Let us m ake m an in our im a ge aft er
”
ou r l iken e ss
Th e se words h ave no r efe ren c e to th e physi cal
b od y of m an wh ich is o f matter and in structur e n ot much
sup e ri or to th e b od i e s of th e hi gh e r animals Th ey c om e into
ex ist en c e a c co rd ing t o th e sam e l aw of God as th e b od i e s of
th e hi ghe r anim al s d o ; but th e s oul or th e sp iritu al b ody
whi ch i s of Go d is c ons e qu e ntl y imp eri sh abl e ind e structi ble
and will exist fore ve r
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
Th e cre ati on from inor gani c m att e r t o th e cr own of cre a
ti on m an—i s a constant e voluti o n but sc ar c el y d is c ernib l e
i n its pro c e s s
—
,
.
W e know th at th e plant s have n o s ensati on and are th ere
for e not c ons ci ous of b e in g nor h av e th e y any fe elin gs kn owl
e d ge or intelli genc e whatso ever Anim al s of th e hi ghe r or gan
iz ation h av e fe eli n gs and als o intelli genc e b e caus e th e y h ave
brains and th e physi cal s e nse s Th e fe elin gs of th e an im als
h ave the ir ori gi n i n the physi c al s ens es and ar e natural t o
th em By th e w ord natural I m e an th at th e r e i s no di ssimula
,
,
,
.
,
.
.
(
)
7
ti on or d e c e it n o r an y guile in th e spi ri t of animals ; th e y
c annot disse mbl e Th e y are from n ature by i nh e rit an c e wh at
th e y ar e
,
.
.
Th e last act of th e cre ati on of G od on th e e arth w as the
m at eri al bo di e s of th e first m an and w om an wh i ch He cr e at ed
out of el e ctri ci ty And into the s e m ate ri al b odi e s Go d infus ed
“
”
“
His Spi rit whi ch i s th e
Livin g Soul
or th e
Ima ge of
”
God
,
.
,
,
.
Th e s oul of m an is th e sp iritu al b od y of m an and i s
imp e ri shabl e and ind e structibl e and will exi st for ev er Out
of th e spi ritual bod y of m an p ro c e e d hi s id e as thou ghts and
acti ons Th e physi cal b od y of m an is on l y an i nstrum ent in
’
th e p owe r of th e r e al m an whi ch i s hi s soul Man s d e sires
“
afie c tion s and d e e ds m ak e h i s s oul visibl e
Christ said
Th e
”
tre e i s kn own by its fruits
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
S in comm enc e d i n th e h ous e of Go d Th e s am e an gel
th at fell fro m God a
n d l e d oth ers to fall d e c e ived our ori ginal
parents He i s th at W i ck e d spirit whi ch d ep art e d fro m G od
and i s known b y th e n ame s Se rp ent S atan Dra gon D evil
B elial B e elz e bub and many oth e r sim ilar t itl e s
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
Go d cr e at e d man w ith fre e will and r e ason Wh en h e
’
cam e fr om th e Cr e ato r s h and s h e was th e im a ge and l iken e ss
of th e Cr e at or h e was of God ; h e w as th e S on of God T o
illustrat e th is : w e know th e o c e an en cir cl e s th e e arth and a
drop of w ater from th at vast s e a is of th e sam e el em ents as
the o c e an its elf S o i s m an wh en h e i s th e im ag e of Go d H e i s
of th e ess enc e of Go d th e sp iri t of Go d Hi s ch ar act er i s th e
’
s am e as Go d s All h is id e as th ou ght s em oti ons affe cti o n s
and d e e ds pro c e e d dire ctly fr om God Th e y ar e natural t o him
as h e is of th e d ivine natur e
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
Go d c omp els no m an t o d o go od o r to s erve Him Ne ith er
will God p e rm it the d e vil to c omp el m an to d ep art from God
So c ons e quentl y i t i s m an h im self wh o fr e ely and volunt arily
m ak e s hi s ch o ic e wh e n h e d ep arts fr om Go d and b e c om e s th e
servant of the d evil
.
.
.
Wh en the d e vil de c e ive d our o ri ginal p ar ents h e use d b oth
(
)
8
re ason and all ar gum ents to conque r th e m His ch ara ct er until
th en w as only known in he aven th e refore th e y could n ot fully
r e aliz e h is b e guili ng ch arms
.
,
.
.
.
Th e hi gh e r animals p osse ss physi c al s ense s se e in g h e arin g
and sm ellin g much sup eri or t o tho se o f m an Ho w ke e n i s
th e ey e of an e a gl e and th e sc e nt of a hound " Th e m ental
facult ie s m ind o r spi ri t and intelli g e n c e are poss e ssed b y th e
hi gh er anim als i n c ommon with m an and the ir instincts are
’
sup eri or to m an s Th e ir o ff sprin g fro m the ir v ery birth
fear th e ir en em i es Anim als and bi rd s kn ow wh en t o mi grat e
at th e prop er se ason Th e y also know th e chan ge s of w e ath er
b efo re th e y o c cur and s ens e appro a chin g c al amiti e s
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
Spirit or m ind ch aracteri z es e a ch indiv idual man includ ed
by a sp e ci al stamp of hi s o wn e ven of th e s am e s pe c i e s Fo r
exampl e tak e tw o h orse s Th e y ar e b oth intelli gent cre atur e s
On e of th em i s vi c i ous and b alky th e o th er i s ge ntl e and d oc ile
Both of the se horse s m ay h ave an e qu al amount of i ntelli genc e
E a ch of th em h as a m ind
bu t the ir spirit i s entirel y di ff er ent
of h is own
One of th em i s not wi llin g to b e train e d b ut th e
oth er i s Th e se d iffere nt s piri ts are inh erite d from the p arents
and it i s as an imprint in th e offsprin g ; and a s th e b ody grows
th e ch ara ct er and spirit of th e p ar ent s will appe ar m or e and
m ore in th e o f f sprin g If th is vi ci ous h orse is brou ght under
subj e ction h e b e com e s d o c il e ge nt le and willin g t o b e tr ain e d
A hors e of this n atur e c an pro b ab ly b e train ed t o a hi gh er
d e gre e th an the oth er and th is b e c om e s h is se c o n d nature and
n e w sp irit an d m i nd
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
‘
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
Th e s e at of th e m ind and int elli gen c e i s in th e brain Th e
physi c al b od y with all o f its m em b ers i s an o b ed i ent servant
of th e brain
Fro m th e bra i n m es sa ge s o r impulse s ar e c arri ed to eve ry
part of the body by the n erve s Thus th e body on ly a cts
a c c ord in g to th e im puls e s it r e c e ive s from th e brain and i s a
se rvant o f th e m ind or spi rit and i nt elli gen c e Th e m ental
fa culti es of anim al s di e whe n th e ir ph ysi c al d e ath o c curs
Th e soul of man i s th e spirit of God c ons e que ntly it will
e xi st for ev er Th e re i s no p owe r t o d e stro y o r annih ilat e it
.
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
.
(
9
)
is th e re al m an and wi ll le ave it s t em p oral re sid enc e wh en
the physi c al body d i es to exist fore ve r
It
,
.
Man will be fore ve r and e ve r wh at h e wa s in h i s d ep arture
from h is m o rtal re si denc e Hi s spi rit i s e ith e r of th e spiri t
o f G od o r o f th e sp iri t of th e d e vil
E ve r y child a s w ell a s th e o ffsprin g o f th e hi gh e r ani mals
i s of th e nature and of th e s piri t of hi s p arent s Thus a child
’
will partake of th e parents trait s it is said so far ba ck as th e
fourth and fifth generati o ns So i t follows th at th e mo re
si nful th e pare nts th e h ard e r th e c onfli ct w i ll b e for th ei r
child ren t o subdue th e i r sinful n ature s and spi ri ts —to ke e p
’
th ei r s oul s im a ge s o f G od
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
Eve ry child th at c om e s into the w orld i s th e im a ge of God
and h as a fre e wil l and wh en h e gro ws t o an a ge of r e ason
h e i s m ast er ove r hims elf Th e fa culti e s o f the soul r e as on
and c ons ci enc e whi ch are of Go d will give m an powe r to con
qu e r h is inh erited sins and h e wi ll r em ain th e child of Go d as
lon g a s h e o b eys h i s c onsci en c e —whi ch is th e voi c e of hi s soul
o r th e vo ic e of God —and hi s re ason or und e rstand in g whi ch i s
hi s spiri tual e ye It s e e s i t ex amine s and it dis c e rns j usti c e
from wi cke dne ss th e wi ll of Go d from th e will of th e d evil
It is said that to ke e p away from e vil i s und e rstandin g If man
d o e s not o b e y the vo i c e of his soul h i s c ons ci enc e c e ase s t o c all
him and h is re aso n d o e s n ot s e e that h e h as d e parte d from Go d
He i s now a d ead soul and th e ch ild o f th e d evil an d his will h e
w ill d o
Th e mat e ri al bod y of m an i s of th e sam e e ss en c e a s th at
of th e oth e r anim als and it also c om e s i nto th e world ac c ord
in g t o th e sam e law s as th e b odi es of th e hi gh e r ani mals do
It d iffe rs from the m onl y in th at m an c an walk e re ct and us e
an arti culat e d lan gua ge
As to the spiri t mind m entality or int elli ge nc e s om e of
the hi ghe r anim als are b orn almo st with th e sa me amount of
intelli gen c e as th ei r par en ts po sse ss
Thei r inhe rite d in t e lli
genc e c an b e impro ve d by trainin g as is se e n i n th e d om est i c
and dom e sti c at ed ani mals
S om e anim als are ve ry cunnin g
an d sly as th e fox
Sh e e p ar e n ei th er cunnin g n or sly
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
(
10
)
So th e cas e is the n w ith animals—wh at ev er th ei r char
a ct er sp irit m ind o r intelli gen c e is i t is inh erit ed and c an no t
b e ro ot e d out b y trai ning It r e main s w ith the m t o th e end of
the ir live s
,
,
.
.
So m e of the d om e st i c anim als ar e v ery fri endly and af
f e c tion at e w ith the ir m ast ers and fe el b oth ple asur e and p ain
’
’
as th ey gain or lo s e the ir m aster s goo d will
A d o g s m e ntal
an guish can b e s e en fro m hi s d ownc ast lo o k wh en his m aste r
’
ord ers him away As so on a s h e r e gains his m aster s go od w ill
h e b e com es h ilari o us—j um pin g and d an cin g ab out w ith ple a s
ur e and d eli ght
,
.
.
.
I will st ate h er e a gain th at anim als h av e no soul th er e
f or e th is app ar ent r emo rs e and p e a c e of m ind whi ch manif es t
th ems elve s in th e d own c ast o r j oyous fe el in gs of th e d o g ar e
no t from th e s oul Th e cons ci enc e —wh i ch anim als d o not p o s
s es s—cannot b e c ond emnin g th e d o g Th e ori gin of th e s e
m ental fe elings is fro m th e ph ysi c al s en se s
Wh en th e do g
’
h e ars h is m ast e r s g r u fi vo i c e and se es him self r ej e cte d b y hi s
master h e b e com e s downc ast but as so on as h e obt ains hi s ma s
’
t er s go o d will h e b e c ome s j o yous a gain Th e refor e the s e fe el
in gs are corp or e al and t emp oral th at i s th e y wi ll di e with th e
Th e sp irits of all an im al s will c om e t o an e nd with th e
dog
d e ath of the i r b odi e s
,
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
Th e h i gher anim als h av e b ody sp irit mind or intelli genc e
a nd w ill in co mmo n with m an but th e will of animals i s n ot
fre e Go d gav e d ominion ov er th em t o m an M an i s th e o nl y
an im al who h as a s oul and fr e e will
,
,
,
.
.
.
Th e soul of man i s th e pur e and u n d e file d spirit of God
th at co mes into th e w orld w ith e a ch individual b o dy It i s
pur e and un d e fil e d i n e ver y on e until th e a ge of r e as on If
a child di e s b efor e that a ge h is s o ul will b e a child of God ; as
the sp irit of God dwelt i n its t emp or al h ous e o nl y durin g that
t im e whe n it s owne r d id n ot kno w t o distin guish goo d from
e vil
,
.
.
.
E very ch ild bo rn into th e world inh e rits i ts in dividuality
from its p ar ents b oth phys i c all y and m entally
Th e b irth
,
.
(
11
)
m arks on th e b od y of a child ar e ve ry ofte n found on th e p ar
In a sh ort t im e th e gene ral fe atur e s of th e p ar ents can
e nts
b e d istin gui sh e d in th e child and if pur e blo od run s i n th e
vei ns o f th e p are nts th e child w ill h ave pur e blo od runnin g i n
h is o w n Th e m ental ch aracte r of th e p arent s c an also i n a
f ew y e ars b e s e en i n th eir childr en Th e sp iri t of th e p ar ents
i n p art and som etim es alm o st who ll y i s dupli c ate d i n the
child Th e spiri t of th e p ar ent w ill b e inh er it e d b y th e child
fro m th e ve ry c onc e pti on Th erefor e if th e p arents w e r e h oly
and pure or sinful and stained it will app e ar in a few ye ars
’
in the chara cte r of th e child as a st amp stru ck of th e par ent s
chara cte r on th e inno c ent on e
Th es e inno c ent childr en ar e
’
no t r e sponsi bl e for th e ir p ar ents sins whi ch th ey h ave b y in
’
he ritan c e Ne ith er c an th e p are nts s ins contam in at e th e soul
“
Christ said
L e t th e little childr en c om e unt o
of th e ch ild
”
m e f or of su ch i s th e kin gd om of h e aven
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
,
.
,
Th e re i s an e lem e nt pr e s ent in e ver y child th at i s n ot in
h e r ite d from th e p ar ents
It i s cle arl y di sc ern ibl e e ve n in a
cr e e pin g ch ild Wh en h e i s crawlin g int o dan ge r and is pre
ve nte d h e will cry thus as s ertin g thi s inb orn fa culty whi ch i s
a pro of of th e fre e will given to e very ch ild th at c om e s int o
th e wo rld and wh i ch m ake s hi m h is ow n m ast er a s so on as h e
r e a ch e s th e a ge of r e ason
.
.
,
,
,
-
,
.
Thi s fa culty app e ars m or e cl e arly vi si bl e wh en w e s e e i t
u nit e d with th e soul as h e b e gins to walk and t alk and be
“
c om e s s elf cons ci ous asse rtin g h is s elf ho o d and s ayin g
I
”
m e mys elf
and i m a ginin g h ims e lf t o b e all p o werful
He
w ishe s to t e ach h i s m o th er and o th ers and e ven thinks h e i s
bi gg e r th an anyb ody els e
This fre e will is entir ely wantin g in th e animals th ough
fro m th e ir birth th e y ar e th e sup eri o r of a child m entall y and
ph ysi c ally Wh e n an anim al moth e r give s a w arnin g t o h er Off
sprin g of an appro a chin g d an ger th e o b e di ent o ff sprin g h id e s
its elf till th e d ange r i s p ast and unt il h e i s assure d b y h is
m oth e r of safety Th e o ff sprin g of anim als ar e o b edi ent fro m
the ir b irth ; the y ar e willin g t o foll ow th e ir p ar ents and n ot
t o le ad
,
,
-
-
,
,
-
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
(
)
12
Th e b ody and mind of a child m atur e t o ge th e r and wh e n
h e has c om e t o th e a ge of re ason h e will b e hi s own m aste r a
fre e a gent t o ch oo se his own d estiny He n ow stand s b efo re
’
Go d c ondemne d if h e p ers i sts i n hi s p arents sins wh i ch h e
i nhe rited from th em Hi s c ons ci en ce whi ch i s th e vo i c e of
God i s his a c cuse r
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
At th i s m om e nt h e st and s i n the p artin g of th e w ays On e
of th e se ways is th e w ay of God th e othe r th e w ay of th e d e vil
His s oul i s ye t th e pure spiri t o f God It c annot w alk apart
from G od and th e sins of hi s parents that h e h as by in h e r i
t anc e from the m are the spirit of th e d evil and will d raw hi m
to th e way of th e d evil
.
.
,
.
,
.
Conse quently the re is a c onfli ct b e tw e e n th e spi rit of God
and th e sp irit o f th e d e vil o ver th is m an who h as j ust b e c om e
the ab solut e m ast e r of h is own d e st in v He mus t d e c id e n ow
wh i ch of the tw o ways to take If h e i s a vali ant m an h e w ill
“
d e cid e a gainst th e d e vil and will say t o hi ms elf
I will go t o
”
my Fath e r
Thi s d e ci si on will b e a gainst hi s inh er it e d d e
sires and i n cl inati ons s o h e must b e gi n t o chan ge t o a n e w
cr e ature Th e vi sio n of h i s s oul also will exp and s o th at h e
will re ad ily d is c ern th e m anifold d e vi ce s of th e d evil an d hi s
an gels His consci en c e will c e as e t o c ond em n him in pro p or
ti on as h e advan c e s in followin g th e will of God Th e c onfli ct
th at Go d and th e d e vi l h ad o ver thi s m an in th e p artin g of
the ways h a s c e as e d and i s n ow b etwe e n th e m an h ims elf a nd
the d evil He will try with all of h is cunningne ss to d e c e ive
thi s n ew m an w h o is n ow a bl e t o u se his re ason thr ou gh whi ch
h e will conque r the d e vil
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
.
Go d do e s no t know wh at hi s new b orn ch ildr en will d o n or
h ow well th e y c an re sist th e d e vil th erefo re h e sometim e s
l e ave s th e m in d arkne ss Th en the d e vil will tr y to d e c e iv e
the m and t o draw the m away from God If a m an durin g this
d ark h our will us e hi s r e aso n h e w ill not b e c au ght i n th e
’
d evil s snare s but will e m er ge from th e d arkne ss into a m ore
brilli ant l i ght than b efor e Thi s m ay o ccur a gain and a gain and
unti l such a tim e h as c om e th a t G od i s s ati sfi ed that h i s child
“
”
is gold purifi e d in fire
No w th at m an i s th e c onqu e ror th e
-
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
(
13
)
’
d e vil will fle e fro m th is child of God Th e m an s co ns ci enc e
d o es not co nd emn h im any m ore He h as pe rfe ct p e ac e of mind
be c aus e h e i s at p eac e w ith God
Hi s con sci en c e i s hi s a c cuse r
n o lon ge r for h e is of G od and i t i s imp ossible fo r him to sin
b e c aus e h e i s o f d ivine n ature
.
.
.
,
,
.
From th e soul of m an o ri ginat e id e as ; from id e as th ou ghts ;
from th ou ghts em o ti ons ; from e moti ons sensations a ff e cti on s
and d e sires ; and th e se wil l c ontrol the bodily mo ti o ns a cti ons
and d e ed s Thu s th e ph ysi cal b od y i s unit ed wi th the spiritual
and b e c ome s a s e rvant or an i nstrum ent to th e spirit of man
,
,
.
.
'
Brain i s the dyn am o throu gh wh ich th e spiri tual ph enom
eno n o f the soul i s ch an ge d t o ph ysi c al as i s s e en i n th e
emoti ons and life o f e ach ind ividual B y thi nking and r e aso n
in g w e cre at e em oti ons affe cti ons d e sire s and s ensati ons
whi ch ar e carri ed from th e brain by th e ne rve s into ev ery
part of th e b od y Th ey ar e not only felt in th e b ody but
are e ve n vis i ble on th e fe ature s of m an Hi s c ounte nan c e is
a cle ar i nd ex of th e h appy o r unhappy d i sp os ition bf h is mind
and b ody
If th e s oul of m an is th e im a ge of God it is a l ivin g soul
and m an h im self i s a child of God All hi s thou ght s aff e c
t ions em oti on s s entim ents s ens ati ons and d e sire s will b e
Th ere i s n o pow e r on e arth w ith
afir e with th e lov e of God
’
all th e d evil s d e vic es th at c an se parat e hi m fro m God
At th e p ar tin g of the wa ys th e d evil ent i ce s multitud es
to fo llow hi m b y c onstantly pr e sentin g t o th em th e apparent
ple a sure s and j oys th at c an b e ob tai ne d by mon e y and its
poss e ssi on durin g th e t emp or al exi stenc e in th is mo rtal b od y
He ke e p s th e m ind brain bod y and physi cal s en se s constantly
o c cup ied w ith fo ol i sh an d f r ivolous t em poral m atters Th e s e
th in gs are i n th ems elve s h arml es s but th ey d o o c cupy the
brai n and it will gro w and get a c custom ed t o th ink only of
the t em po ral and physic al pl e asur e s whi ch h av e th e ir o ri gin
i n th e phys i cal sense s Thus th e fre e will b e c om e s dwarfed
throu gh th e asso ci ation of th e brain only with m at erial and
te mp oral o bj e cts E ve ntually th e re ason—th e vi si on of th e
s oul— get s circumscri b ed and lo se s its et ernal and sp iritual
,
.
,
,
,
'
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
'
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
(
)
14
m iss ion whi ch i s to d is c er n go o d fro m evil Th en th e m ast er
of th e h ous e us e s h is r e aso n onl y in conn e ct ion with t emporal
m at eri al and visible obj e cts Thus th e d e vil h as ch ain e d th es e
fre e m en and h as l e d and i s l eadin g th em captiv e now a s th e
h istory of th e w orld b oth p ast an d pr es e nt prove s
.
,
,
.
,
.
Wh en a m an h as trav el e d so far w ith th e d evil th at h i s
c ons ci enc e c e as e s t o troubl e h im and hi s r e as on no lon g er
p oints to th e wa y of God h e i s th en a foll owe r of th e d evil
an d h i s will h e will d o with d eli ght and ple asur e
,
,
.
It i s n ot b y any j u gglin g or m yst i c mumb lin g ne ith e r
b y any artifi ci al m e ans n or m anipulati ons th at th e soul of m an
c an b e tr ansform e d from th e sp irit of th e d evil to th e sp ir it
of Go d Su ch th in gs ar e o nl y th e tri cks and inventions of
th e d evi l wh er e b y h e q ui ets th e cons ci en c e and satisfi es th e
r e as on eve n t o th e l ast m om e nt of th os e wh o would willin gly
d ep art from hi m an d follo w Go d
N o on e els e can transform m an b ut h ims elf Th er e must
b e a c ompl ete rev ersal of h i s sp irit from th e sp irit of the
d evi l t o th at of God Thi s ch an g e h e alon e can effe ct by
c e asin g t o s erv e th e d evil In th e v er y m om ent h e c e as e s from
si nnin g h e d e parts fro m th e way of th e d evil and co mm en c e s
’
his j ourne y b ack to h i s Fath e r s h ous e As th e m oth er t ake s
th e h and of h e r to tt erin g ch ild and l ead s h im alon g until
h e i s abl e t o walk s o d o e s Go d l e ad hi s n e w b orn chil d until
h e is abl e t o travel alon g th e way of r i ght e ousne ss His spirit
and s oul will b e V iv ifie d an d b e com e a ga in a pur e and go dl y
sp irit Th en wh en h e has b e e n tr i e d and conquers th e d evil
“
”—
h e will b e th e pur e gold tri ed i n th e fir e
th e ch ild of God
and a livin g soul It i s imposs ibl e for h im t o s in th e n b e caus e
h e i s of th e divin e natur e All hi s life th at i s h i s i de a s
th ou ght s emoti ons affe ct i ons s en sati ons sentim ents sp e e ch
and also his b odil y m oti ons a ct ions and d e eds h ave a sp iritual
ori gin fro m th e E ternal B e in g Hi s r e ason also will b e com e
exp ande d and w ill c arry h i s vi si on fro m th e e arthly t emp o ral
and p erish abl e thin gs t o th e E ternal S elf ex ist ent B e in g God
w ith wh om h e w ill dw ell
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
-
,
—
,
.
W he n a m an d ep art s fr om Go d s o far th at h e b e com e s a
(
16
)
Anim als h ave only th e natural f e elin g sens ati ons and
cons ciousne ss whi ch h av e their ori gin in the phy s i cal s ens es
and are only felt as impul se s from the brain whi ch c ause
th ei r b odily m ovem ents and acti ons Th e s e are inh e rite d and
are n atural to th em Th e spiritual f e elin gs s ensati ons and
c ons ci ousne ss ar e not po sse ss ed b y anim al s i n co mm on w ith
man b e caus e th e anim als h av e n o soul
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
’
Childre n i nh e rit th ei r parents nature wh i ch r em ai ns i n
th em till th e y ar e the ir own m asters At th e p artin g of th e
w ays th e one wh o t akes th e wa y of God will c ast ofi hi s
i nh erit ed n ature and a s hi s spirit b e com e s m or e G od l ik e hi s
nature chan ge s with h i s spirit W h en h e i s p erfe cted an d
sanctifi ed h e is th e child of God and of th e D ivin e natur e
,
.
,
-
,
.
.
But the oth e r wh o t ake s th e wa y of th e d evil will incr ea se
h is inhe rite d sinful nature w ith th e s in s of hi s own Th e
farth er h e travels with th e d evil that much farth er h e get s
away from Go d W hil e h e travels w ith th e d e vil God k e ep s
continually c allin g hi m t o d e part from e vil and re turn to Him
,
,
.
,
.
.
If any man sinc e rely d e sir es t o i nve sti gate and t o kn ow
wh os e child and s e rvant h e is it will b e com e cle ar t o hi m
by wat chi n g hi s thou ghts s ensati ons a ff e cti o ns fe elin gs and
d e eds whi ch are a c opy or i ma ge and a vis ible m anife stati on
o f his i nvi si bl e soul The spirit of th e d e vil i s a s entirely
’
o pp o si t e to that of God s a s m idni ght is of no ond ay and it
’
c an b e as cl e arly separat e d from Go d s sp irit No man c an
s erve two m ast ers th erefor e h e i s th e chi ld o f th at m ast e r
who se spirit le ad s him
Mult itud e s of m en ar e c ontinually le d to d e structi o n by
blind l e ade rs wh o sin c er el y b eli e v e th em selve s t o b e on th e
w ay t o G od No m an should b el i ev e an y on e unle ss hi s t e a ch
i n g a gre e s w ith the t ea c h in gs of Christ wh o n e ve r taught
anythin g ex c e pt wh at he h e ard fro m hi s Fathe r Christ s aid
“
”
I am th e d oo r the w ay and th e life
Th er efo re le t e ach
m an b e careful and i nve sti gat e for h im self f or it i s n ot wis e
’
t o ri sk one s life to th e guid anc e of a d e c e iv e r or d e c e ive d
”
“
l ead er Th e w ord to all i s : S e arch th e spirits
If th e se
m en w h o are ent ir ely b ound to th e m at e ri al world w ould
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
(
17
)
’
asse rt thei r s elf ho od and sh ake from th em the d e vi l s sh ackle s
the y woul d b e ash am e d of th e i r form e r l ive s and would c on
knoc kin g d o wn all the
s t an tly ad vanc e o n th e b e tte r wa y
stumblin g blo cks th e d evi l h ad pre pare d for the m A ll
wo rldly po sse ssion s w ould b e c om e as rubbi sh t o th e m a s so o n
as the y gain e d a gli mps e of th e true im p eri sh a bl e rich e s w hi ch
ar e with God
Paul i s th e only m an who m Go d to ok from th e se rvi c e of
th e d evil a gai nst hi s will He was on h is w ay to D am ascus t o
d e stroy the children o f God wh e n h e wa s brou ght d own and
translated as h e s ays into th e thi rd h e av en wh er e h e h e ard
mos t wond e rful thin gs wh i ch no mo rtal m an i s p e rm itte d t o
utte r Afte r that h e w as w illin g to fors ake th e d e vil and
se rve God B e caus e h i s c onve rsi o n d id n ot t ak e plac e of hi s
fre e will h e could n o t sh ake o ff h is inh erite d si ns Th e
d evil alway s t orm ent e d hi s m ate rial b o dy and it n e ver h ad
p e a c e but hi s spirit w as th e spi rit of God and in p e ac e with
Him but i n war with th e b od y wh ere the inh er it ed sins
remained
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
C H A P TE R 2
TH
EA LL
F
OF
.
MA N
.
”
ori ginal p arents we r e i n th e im a ge of G od
the y d w e lt in the g arden of Go d ; that is th e i r spirits we re of
Go d and th e y commune d with Go d It w as s aid that th ey
c o uld e at of all the tr e e s i n the gard en ex c ep t on e whi ch was
th e tre e of knowled ge of goo d and e vi l This m e ans th at all
th e i r id e as thou ghts d e sire s and d e ed s pro c e ed e d th e n of
the ir ow n fre e will fr om G od so that the y c oul d not d o any
thing a gainst His w ill b ecause th e y we re of God But if
th e y did e at of th e fruit of th e forb idd en tre e the pure spirit
of Go d that guid ed th em w ould d e part fro m the m and the y
would di e ; that i s th ey would b e co m e d e ad souls and b e le d
b y th e spirit of th e d e vil The re c an b e n o p artnershi p b e
twe e n Go d and th e d evil
’“
”
Th e word di e d oe s n ot m e an the d e ath of th e physi c al
W h en
ou r
,
’
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
(
18
)
b od y of m an but the spi ritual d e ath of h i s s oul wh i ch is th e
fall of man or h is d ep artur e fro m God All m att e r i s cre at ed
subj e ct t o ch an ge and finally t o its d isapp e aranc e and r eturn
fr om its concret e form into th e imp e rish abl e and inv isib l e
ele ctri c it y fro m whi ch Go d cr e at e d all m att e r
,
,
.
.
Afte r th e ir fall our ori ginal p are nt s w e re afr ai d of God
they dis co ve re d th ems elve s t o b e nake d th at i s in sin O ut
o f th e ir own fre e w ill th e y d ep art e d fro m Go d and w er e now
le d b y th e d evil
,
.
,
.
God di d n ot ent ir ely r ej e ct th e m b e c aus e He clothe d
th e m w ith c oat s of skin that is He c ove r ed th e i r sins w ith
th e n atural goo d the y still p o sse sse d and gav e th e m an ul ti
m at e h op e of c on q uerin g th e d e vil in th at th e s e e d of t h e
wom an should bruis e th e h e ad of th e s erp ent
,
,
,
.
’
Cain i nh er ite d his par ents s ins and d id not c ast th e m off
w h en h e b e cam e hi s o wn m aste r b ut add e d h i s o wn sins t o
th em till his cons ci enc e c e as e d t o c all him and h e b e cam e a n
instrum ent in th e h and s of th e d evil an d kille d h is b roth er
Ab el
,
,
.
Ab el di d c ast ofl h i s inh er it e d s ins wh e n h e b e c am e h is
o wn m ast er It i s s e e n i n that h i s o fie r in g s w er e pl e asin g
t o Go d Wh er e as God r ej e ct ed th e o ff er in gs o f Cain b e caus e
h e and hi s w er e of th e d evil
Cain kille d h i s broth er Ab el
b e caus e Go d r ej e ct e d th e o ff er in g of Cain and a c c ept e d th e
o ff erin g o f Ab el Wh e n God ask e d h im wh er e h i s broth e r
“
was h e th ough t t o d e c e ive Go d and said
I kn ow n ot Am
’
”
I m y b roth e r s k ee p e r " G od curs e d h im and r ej e ct e d h im
f or eve r All hi s d e sc end ants w er e th e ch ildr en of h is mast er
th e d evil
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
S eth was th e thir d s on of Ad am and in th e t im e of E no s
th e son of S eth m e n b e gan t o c all up on th e n am e of Go d Wh e n
th ey again returne d t o Go d th e y w er e c all e d th e s ons of God
and th e d e s c end ant s of Cai n w er e c alle d th e s ons of m en
,
,
.
,
.
Th e d es cend ants of E no s t oo k t o th ems elv es w ive s of th e
d es c end ant s of C ain s o th e ir childr e n inhe rit e d th e sinful
n atur e of Cain fro m th e i r moth ers
Thus th e knowled ge of
,
.
(
)
19
Go d w as b an i sh e d fro m th e e arth and th e d e vil rul ed amon g
“
m en
God saw th at the w i ck edn e ss of m an w as gr e at on
th e e arth and th at eve ry im a ginati o n of th e th ou ght s of h is
”
h e art w a s o nly evi l c ont inually
God r e p ent e d and was sorry
that h e h ad m ad e m an on e arth
.
,
.
.
In th e tim e of No ah h e alon e was a j ust and p erfe ct m an
He w as th e pre a ch er of ri ghte ousn ess and w alke d with G od
Go d c on clud e d to d estro y all th e children of th e d evil b ut
t o pre se rve h is se rvant No ah and h is family fro m who m h e
would r ais e a gen erati on of pure souls wh o would serv e Him
.
,
.
,
,
.
He m ad e a c oven ant w ith No ah t o ne ver a gai n d e stro y
th e wh ol e r ac e fro m th e e arth b e c aus e of th e s ins of m an Th e
s e ed tim e and th e h arve st tim e n e ver sh ould c e a s e as lon g a s
th e e arth re m ain e d The refor e afte r th e floo d Go d adopt e d a
d iffer ent w ay t o d e al w ith m an He limit e d t o e a ch p eopl e
and nati on th e ir sinful exis t enc e and gave th em a c ertain
p erio d of tim e in whi ch t o c e as e from sinnin g and r ep ent and
r eturn t o Go d or els e Hi s jud gm ents w oul d fall up o n th em
a c co rd in g to th e d e ci sion of God
.
-
-
.
.
,
,
.
W h e n th e childr e n of No ah d ep art e d from Go d He ch o os e
Abrah am i n h is n ativ e t own U r and b rou ght h i m int o th e
l and of Can a an wh er e He c o mm un e d with h im an d app e ar e d
t o h im He pro v e d and p erfe cte d h im b y tri als and t e m pta
ti ons th at h e m i ght r ais e of him a sp e ci al p e opl e for Himself
,
,
.
.
B e c aus e th e ti m e that Go d grant e d t o th e d e s c endant s
of Canaa n la ck e d ye t four hundr e d ye ars th e d e s c end ants of
A b r ah am w er e s oj ourn ers in t h e land of Cana an until th e
tim e app ointe d t o th e d es c e ndants of Canaan c am e
,
.
’
Abrah am was alway s ob e d ient to all of Go d s c o mm and
m e nts but He n ow put Ab rah am to a h ard er an d final t e st t o
pr ove h is o b e di en c e God ord ere d h im to o ff e r Is aac hi s only
son of wh o m h i s s e e d w as t o b e count ed and wh om h e l ove d
mor e th an an ythin g els e in th e world on a mount ain i n th e
l and of Mori ah Abr ah am we nt th e re with out any h e sitation
to p erform th e c omm and of God and w ould hav e ac complishe d
it but Go d d id no t want th e s acrifi c e of Is aa c He o nly d e sire d
’
th er e b y to o bt ain a furth er pro of of Abrah am s faith and
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
(
20
)
ob e di enc e t o Him Th en Abr ah am offe re d a ram th at Go d had
provid ed for thi s ve ry o c c asi on wh i ch w as a type of the Lam b
of Go d— Chri st who volunta r ily b e c am e a sa crifi c e of G od an d
t her e by c onquer e d th e d evil on th e cro s s and the re by r e c on
c iled Go d t o m an
.
,
,
,
.
Jo se phus sai d Isaa c was then twenty fiv e ye ars of a ge w h en
Abra h am r eve al e d t o h im th e c omm andm ents of G od t o o fie r
“
him t o whi ch Is aa c w as w illi ng s ayin g
th at h e w as n ot
wo rth y to b e b o rn at first if h e sh ould rej e ct th e d et ermin a
”
ti on of Go d and h i s fathe r
God w as glad and r ej oi ce d and
c alle d Abrah am hi s fri end and gave h im a promis e th at all
th e fam ili e s of th e e arth w ould b e bl ess ed i n his s e ed Th e
d e sc en d ant s of Abraham we re afte rward c all e d th e He bre ws
Jews or the Chi ldren of Isra el
-
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
Th e d es c end ant s of th e tw elve so ns of Ja co b incr e ased
ve ry rapi dly i n E gypt till th e E gypti ans b e cam e afrai d of
the m and c onclud e d t o o ppre ss the m b y h ard lab o r and do o m e d
th eir m al e children to b e d e stroy e d at b irth
,
.
M os e s was one of th e s e d oom e d one s wh om God h ad pre
d e stin ed t o le ad th e C hildr e n of Isra el f r o m th e E gyp tian b ond
a ge to th e p osse ssion of th e pro mis e d land of Can aan whi ch
God h ad promi se d to Abrah am four hundr e d ye ars b efore
,
.
M os es fle d from E gypt and w as a fu gitive f or forty ye ars
In h i s se clusi on thro u gh h is m e ditati on h e le arn e d to kn o w
God Out of a burn ing bush o n M t Hore b God talke d with
him and ord e re d hi m to go t o E gypt and l e ad th e Childr en o f
Isra el out of E gypt from th e ir affli cti ons
Mo s es w i th hi s bro th er A aro n st arte d t o E gypt t o t ak e
char ge of hi s fore ord ain ed mi ssi on Th e y w ent t o Ph ar aoh
’
and ask e d him to le t th e Chi ldre n of Isra el go f or a thre e d ays
j ourne y i nt o th e wild e rness t o h old a fe ast th e re to th e God
of Isra el Ph arao h b e c am e an gry as h e felt th e re w as no
“
gr eat e r powe r than hi s ow n and sa id
W h o i s th e Lord tha t
I sh ould o be y His vo i c e an d l et Israel go " I know n ot th e
”
Lo rd n eith e r wi ll I l et Israel go
Cons e quently God hard
e ne d th e h e ar t o f Ph ar aoh so h e could not di sc e r n th e j ud g
m ent s of God i n th e w on d ers and s i gns He wrou ght i n
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
(
)
21
land o f Egypt
Th e h ouse s o f th e Chil d re n o f I sra el
alone we re exc e pt ed from th e pla gue s God told Mo se s a nd
A aro n t o tel l the Chil d ren of Israe l that th e final j ud gm ent
He would infli c t u pon th e E gypti ans was t o d estroy all the i r
fir s t bo rn in th e ni ght of th e fourt e enth d ay of the month Ab i b
and afte r that Ph ara o h w ould l et the m d e part fro m E gypt
t he
.
.
,
-
,
.
o rd e r t o exem pt th e Child ren o f Israe l fro m this j ud g
m ent God o r d e red the m to kill a lam b i n the e ve n in g of that
d ay and t ake th e bl o od o f th at lam b and m ark th e two l intels
Th ey w ere to r emai n
o f e ac h d o o r wh e re the y at e t h e l amb
in th e ho us e all n i ght pre pare d fo r a h asty d e parture from
the l and of E gypt a s Phara oh would thrust th em ou t of the
l and W h e n th e d e stro yin g angel w ent throu gh th e l an d of
Egypt th at ni ght h e pass ed o ve r e very h ous e that was m arked
’
with th e l a m b s blo o d Th e re fo re thi s fe ast is c alle d th e
”
’
“
Lo rd s Pas so ve r
In
,
.
,
.
.
’
.
.
G od ordered Mo se s t o t ell the Child re n of Isra el t o e stab
’
lish th e Lord s Pass ove r fo r a m e m ori al b y an o rdinanc e t o th e
Child ren of Israel fore ve r throu ghout all th e i r gen e rati o ns
Th e y sh ould eat it i n i ts se ason on th e fourte enth d ay of th e
mo nth Abi b It w as to b e and r em ain unchan ge abl e t o m ark
the e po c h wh en Israel left E gypt
,
.
.
.
T o impres s thi s e vent m ore d e e ply upo n th e m ind s of th e
Children of Isra el God co mmem o rat e d it b y orde rin g Mo se s
to have the Chi ldre n of Israe l re ckon the i r y e ar from th e v ernal
e quinox wh i ch mad e th e m onth A b i b th e ir first m onth and
’
the fourt e e nth d ay of it w as th e Lo rd s Passove r or E xodus
Th ei r ye ar was re cko n ed until thi s tim e from th e autum nal
e qui nox And th e m o n th Ab i b wa s th en th ei r se venth m onth
.
,
.
.
.
C H A P TE R 3
.
THE E "O D U S
.
W h en the Ch ild re n of Isra el left E gypt the y w e re le d by
Go d in the d ayt im e b y a pilla r of cloud and i n the ni ght
b y a pillar o f fire
Th e y onl y h ad to o b e y Go d and follow
where He l e d th em G od le d th em t o th e R e d S e a and wh en
th ey saw th e armi e s of Pharaoh foll owi n g th e y b e c am e afraid
,
,
,
'
.
.
,
(
22
)
and w er e so rry th e y e ve r h ad l eft E g y p t ; but Go d le d the m
s afely throu gh th e R e d S e a wh er e th e h o sts of Ph araoh w er e
dro w ne d Th e m e mo ry of th e cro ssin g of th e R e d S e a i s
pr e serve d t o us i n a v iv ifie d p i ctur e b y th e triumph al s on g
o f Mos e s t o God and b y th e j o yous d ancin g and playin g b y
th e He bre w wo m en l ed b y M iri am Th e i r fe elin gs w er e th e
c ons e quenc e of th e ir d el ive ranc e by th e p ow e r of God
,
.
.
.
Go d l e d th em throu gh th e R e d S e a to pr o ve the m ther e
.
In thirty d ays from th e E x odu s th e y cam e i nt o th e w ild erne ss
The ir m ind s wer e s o d arkene d th at th e y could not
of S in
se e th at God w a s l e adin g th em but bl am e d M os e s and Aaron
b e caus e th ey h ad l ed th em into th e wild erne ss t o d i e th er e
of hun ger Th e y s ai d that i t h ad b e en w ell w ith th em i n
E gypt fo r th e y h ad h ad pl ent y to e at Mo s es tri e d t o c on
vine e th e m th at th e y we re mur mu r m g a gainst God and s ai d
“
God will give y ou i n th e evenin g fle sh to e at and i n th e
”
m ornin g b r e ad to th e full
And God d id let br e ad f all t o
th e m fro m h e aven In o rd er t o s e e if His p e opl e would ob e y
Him Go d t old Mo s e s th at th ey should gath e r d aily on e om er
m anna for e ac h p ers on Tho s e who gath er e d m or e and
of
t ho s e wh o gath er e d le ss found up on m e a suri n g th e ir m anna
th at th e y h ad but on e o m e r fo r e a ch If any of it w as left
t ill m orning i t b e c ame worm y On th e s ixth d a y th e y w er e
t o doub l e th e ir r at ions as th e s e venth d ay w as th e S abb ath
wh en non e of th e br e ad w ould fall on th e e arth Th at whi ch
w as gath ere d on th e s ixth day fo r th e S ab b ath d id no t s p o il
S om e w ent t o gath e r m ann a on th e s e ve n th d ay and s om e
k ep t i t ov er t ill Mond ay whi ch Go d h ad forb idd en He was
“
d i spl e as e d and sai d t o M os e s
Ho w l ong r efus e ye t o ke ep
”
m y co mm andm ents and l aws "
.
,
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
In s ixty days afte r th e Exodus th e Childr en of Isr ael cam e
into the wildern e s s of S inai
God t alk ed t o Mo se s fr om Mt
S inai i n th e h e arin g of all th e p e o pl e and gav e h im th e t en
c omm andments wh i ch th e Child re n of Israel a gre e d t o ke ep
.
.
.
,
Wh en M os e s w as fort y d ays o n Mt S in ai c omm un in g with
God th e p eo pl e at th e fo ot of the mount ai n g ot Aar on t o m ak e
a gold en c alf t o wh i ch id ol the y o ff er e d s a crifi c es and w or
.
,
,
(
)
24
m ony and at e ve n th e re was upo n th e ta b ern acle as i t w er e
the app e aranc e o f fir e unti l th e m ornin g So it was alway s
th e cloud co ve r ed i t by d ay and th e app e aranc e of fire by
ni ght And w h en th e cloud was take n up from th e t ab erna cl e
th e n th e Ch ildren of Israel j ou r n e ye d and i n the plac e wh er e
th e cl oud abod e ther e th e Ch ildre n of Isra el p itch e d th e ir
t ents And as lon g as th e cloud ab od e u p on th e tab ernacle
the y re st ed i n th ei r t e nts and whe n i t wa s tak en up wheth er
b y d ay or b y ni ght th e Childre n of Isra el re sum e d the ir
j ourney
Th e Children of Isra el j ourn e ye d to th e W ild ern e ss of
“
Paran
Th e re G od said t o Mo se s :
S end thou m en th at
the y may s e arch th e L and of Cana an wh i ch I give unt o th e
Childre n of I sra el of ever y tr i b e of th e i r fath e rs sh all ye
’
se nd a m an ev ery on e a ruler am on g the m
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
And Mo s e s sel e cte d tw elve m e n a rul e r from e ach trib e
“
and sent th em t o s py out th e Land of Canaan
And s e e
th e l a n d wh at i t i s ; and th e p e opl e that dwelleth th e re in
wh eth e r th e y b e stron g or w e ak f ew o r m any And wh at th e
l and i s that th e y dw ell in wh ether it b e go od or b ad and
what citi es th e y b e th at they dw ell in wh eth e r i n t ent s or
i n stron gh olds And wh at th e land i s wh eth e r it b e fat or
l e an wh e th er th er e b e w ood th e re in or not And b e y e of
”
go od coura ge and brin g of th e fruit o f th e land
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
Th e y se arch e d th e land fo rty d ays and brought with
th em th e fruit of th e l and Th e y c am e t o Mo s e s and Aaro n
and t o all th e c on gre gat io n of th e Childre n of I sr ael unto th e
“
W ild erne ss of Paran t o K ad esh and sa id :
Surel y i t flo weth
with m ilk and h on e y ; n e ve rth el e ss th e p e opl e b e stro ng th at
d well in th e l and and th e citi e s are wall ed a nd ve ry gr e at ;
and mo re ove r w e saw th e Chi ldr en of Anak th e re
Th e
Am ale ki tes dw ell in th e l and of th e So uth ; and th e Hittit e s
and th e Jebu sites and th e Am o rite s dwell in th e m ounta ins ;
and th e Canaani te s dwell bv the s e a , and by th e Co ast of Jor
d an
And Cal e b stille d th e pe o ple b efor e Mose s and said :
Le t us go u p at o nc e and p oss e ss it fo r w e ar e w ell a bl e
”
to o verc om e it
But th e m en that we nt up wi th h i m said :
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
‘
.
.
,
(
25
)
W e are n ot able to go up a ga in st th e p e o pl e f or the y are
stron ge r than w e Th e land th rou gh whi c h w e h ave g on e to
se arch it i s a l and th at e ate th up th e inh ab itants th e re of
and all th e p e o pl e w e saw in i t are m e n o f gre at stature
And th ere w e saw the giants th e s o ns of Anak whi ch c om e
of th e giants a nd w e w e re in our own si ght a s grassh opp e rs
and so w e w e re i n th e ir si ght
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
“
And all th e c on gre gatio n l ifted u p th ei r vo i c e s and
cri e d and th e p e o pl e w e pt th at ni ght And all th e Childre n
of Isra e l murmure d a gainst M os e s and a gains t Aaron ; and the
“
wh ol e c on gre gati on sai d unto the m :
W ould G od th at w e
had d i ed in th e land of E gy pt "
o r w ould Go d w e h ad d i ed i n
th is wild e rne ss " And wh e refore hath th e L ord brou ght us
unto thi s l and t o d i e by th e swo rd th at our w ive s and our
chi ldren sh ould b e a pre y "W e re it not b ette r for u s t o re turn
int o E gypt " And th ey sa id on e t o ano th e r L e t us m ake a
”
c aptain and l et us r eturn i nt o E gypt
.
,
'
‘
,
.
“
The n Mo s e s and A aro n fell on th e i r fa c e s b efore all th e
as se mbly of th e c on gre gati on of th e Child ren of Isra el And
Joshua the son of Nun and Cal e b th e son of Je phunneh
whi ch w e re o f the m that se ar che d th e l and r ent th e i r cl oth e s
and th e y spak e unto all th e c ompa ny of th e Children of Isra el
“
s ayi n g :
Th e l and w hi ch w e passe d thr ou gh t o s e arch it i s
an exc e ed in g go o d l and If th e Lo rd d eli gh t i n us th en He w ll
brin g us i nt o thi s land and give i t us ; a land whi ch flow e th
wi th m ilk and h one y
Only r e b e l n ot y e a gainst th e Lo rd ;
ne ithe r fear ye th e p e ople of th e land fo r th ey ar e bre ad f or
us ; th e 1 r d efianc e is d e p art e d fro m the m and th e L ord is w it h
us ; fe a r th e m n ot But all th e c on gre gati on b ad e ston e th em
with sto ne s And th e glory of th e Lord app e ared in th e t ab e r
”
n ae le o f th e c ongre gation b efore all th e Chi ld ren of Isra el
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
i
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
“
‘
And th e L ord s aid unto M os e s :
How lon g will this
p eo pl e provok e m e "And h ow lon g wi ll it b e er e th e y b eli ev e
m e f or all th e si gns whi ch I h av e sh e we d am on g the m " I
will smi t e th e m with the p estilen c e and d isinh e rit th em and
”
w ill m ak e o f th e e a gre at er nati on and m i ghti er than th e y
“
“
And M o se s s aid unto th e Lord :
And the E gypti an s
,
,
.
(
)
26
sh all h e ar it and th ey w ill t ell it to th e inhab itants of this
l and th en th e n ati o ns whi ch h ave h e ard th e fam e of Th e e
will sp e ak s ayin g : B e c aus e th e L ord w a s n ot abl e t o brin g
His p e ople i nto th e l and wh i ch He swor e unt o th em th er e
’
for e He h ath slain th em in th e wild erne s s
An d n ow I be
s e e ch The e le t th e p o we r of my Lord b e gre at a c cord in g as
Th ou ha st s poken sayin g
Th e L ord is l on g su ffe rin g and of
gre at m e rcy f orgivin g ini q uit y and tr ans gre ssi on and by
no m e an s cl e ari n g th e guilty vis itin g th e ini q uity of th e
fath ers up on th e children e ve n unto th e third and fourt h
’
gener ati ons
Pardon I b e s e e ch Th e e th e ini quit y of this p eo
pl e a c cor din g t o th e gr e atne ss of th y m er c y an d as Th ou
’
h ast for gi v en thi s p e ople fro m E gyp t ev en until n ow
And
th e Lord said :
I h av e p ardon e d a cc o rd in g to thy word
But as truly a s I l iv e all th e e arth sh all b e fill e d w ith th e
gl ory of th e L ord
B e c aus e all th es e m en whi ch h av e s e en
m y glo ry an d my m ira cle s wh i ch I di d i n E gypt and in th e
w ild ern e ss and h ave t em pt e d m e now th e s e t en tim e s and
h av e n ot he ark ene d t o m y v oi c e surely th e y shall n ot s e e th e
l and whi ch I swo r e unto th e ir fath e rs n eith er sh all any of
them that pr ovoke d m e s e e it But m y s ervant Cal e b b e caus e
h e h ad anothe r s pirit w ith hi m and h ath follow e d m e fully
hi m will I brin g into th e l and wh er ei n to h e w ent and h i s
’
s e ed shall p o sse ss it
,
‘
,
,
.
,
,
‘
-
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
‘
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
“
And th e L ord spake unto M os e s and unto A aron say
“
in g :
How l on g sh all I b e ar with thi s e vil c on gre gati on
whi ch murmur a gai nst m e " S ay unto th em As t rul y as I
liv e s aith th e Lord as ye h ave spoke n i n mine ears so will I
d o t o you Your c ar cass e s sh all fall in this wilde rn e s s and
all th at w er e numb er e d of you ; ac cord in g t o your wh ole num
b e r from twenty ye ars old and upward whi ch h av e mur
mur e d a gainst m e D oubtl es s ye sh all n ot com e int o th e l and
c onc ernin g wh i ch I sware t o m ak e yo u dwell th er e in s av e
Cale b th e s on of J e phun n e h and Joshua th e son of Nun But
y our littl e o ne s wh i ch ye said sh oul d b e a pr e y th e m w ill I
brin g in and th ey sh all know of th e l and wh i ch ye h av e
d esp ised
But as for y ou your c arc ass e s sh all fall i n th is
,
,
‘
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
(
)
27
wild e rn e ss An d your children sh al l wand e r in th e wilderne s s
fo rty ye ars and b e a r th e j ud gment for your sin s until your
c arc ass e s b e wasted i n the wild ern ess Afte r th e numb er of
d ays i n whi ch you s e arch ed th e land e ve n forty d ays e a ch
d ay fo r a ye ar sh all y e b e ar your ini quiti e s e ve n forty ye ars
an d ye sh all kn o w m y bre ach of pr om i se I th e L ord h ave
s aid I will sur ely d o i t unto all th is e vil con gre gati on th at
are gath ere d to geth e r a gainst m e
In th is wild ern es s th e y
”
shall b e consum ed and th e r e sh all th e y d ie
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
T en out of twelv e m e n wh o s e arche d th e l and we r e l e d
by th e spirit o f th e d e vil and brou ght th e fals e and sland erous
r ep ort t o Mo se s and Aaro n and t o th e whol e c on gre gat ion
of th e Ch ildre n of Isr ael whi ch m ad e them t o b e afraid and
to murmur God d e str oye d th es e t en m e n i n th e wild erne ss
But Joshu a and Cale b wh o w ere l ed b y th e spirit o f God
brou gh t a true r ep ort of th e l and s o Go d brou ght th em int o
th e L and of Can aan
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
Of th e whol e multitud e th at l eft E gypt and w er e num
b ered only Jo shu a and Cal e b cro ss ed th e r iv e r Jord an forty
ye ars aft e r th e Exodus
Th e do o r o f m e rc y was clo se d t o
th e num b e re d multitud e and th e i r carc a sse s d id w a st e in
th e wild ern e ss a c co rdin g to th e word of God But th os e wh o
w er e n ot yet twenty ye ars ol d and w er e n ot num b er e d wh e n
the y l eft E gypt w er e th e onl y o ne s th at cr os se d 'th e R iver
Jord an with Jo shua and Cale b
Th e y h ad t o wand er in th e
wild e rn e ss to b e ar th e puni shm ent f or th e sins of th e mult i
tud e till th e y d i e d th er e
God gave i nstru ctions t o Mo s e s th at if an y o f th e c on gr e
gati e n or an ind ividual sinne d i gnorantly and as so on as
the y b e c am e awar e of i t offer e d t o Go d th e pr e scrib e d s a c
“
r ific e s
He would fo r g ive th e m
But th e s oul th at do eth
au ght pre sumptuously wh ethe r h e b e b o rn in th e l and or a
stran ge r th e sam e r e pr oa ch eth th e Lord and th at s oul sh all
b e cut off from am on g hi s p eo ple B e c au se h e hath d e spis e d
th e w ord of th e L o rd and h ath b ro ke n h is c omm andm ents
that soul sh all utt erl y b e cut off hi s iniqu ity sh all b e upon
”
him
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
(
)
28
And wh il e th e ch ild re n of Israel w er e i n the wild ern e s s
the y found a m an th at gathe r e d sti cks upon th e S ab b ath d ay
Thi s m an was brou ght b efore M os es A aro n and the con gr e
gati e n
And M o s e s inquire d of G o d wh at should b e d on e
t o h im And th e Lord sa id unt o Mo s es : Th e m an sh all b e
surely put to d e ath All th e c on gre gati on sh all st one hi m w
ith
’
ston e s with out th e c amp
T o d i so b e y a c omm andm e nt of
Go d knowin gly i n l ittl e or much i s th e sam e —it i s a m ortal
sin
It i s a d e p arture fro m God and a followin g afte r th e
d evil
.
,
.
‘
.
.
.
.
.
In ord e r that th e Childre n of I sr ael mi gh t always r em em
b e r th e commandm ent s of God and d o th e m God comm and e d
“
Mo s e s to t ell th em
th at th e y mak e frin ge s i n th e bor
d e rs of th e ir garm e nt s through out th e ir gen er ati ons and th at
th ey put upon th e frin ge s of th e b ord ers a ri bbo n of blue
And it sh all b e unt o you for a fri nge th at ye m ay lo o k upon
i t and r em em b er all th e c omm andm ents of th e Lord and d o
th em and th at v ou s e ek n ot aft er your own h e art and your
o w n eyes
aft er whi ch ye u se d to go That y e m ay r em em b er
”
and d o all m y c omm andm ent s and b e h olv unt o your God
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
Afte r th is th e Ch ildren of Isra el i n th e w ild erne ss ap
Thou gh God
p e ar e d t o b e enti r ely i n th e h ands of th e d evil
alwa ys puni sh e d th em for th ei r w i cke dn e ss th e y d id not r eturn
to Him Mo se s w as an gry with th em and in h is wr ath spak e
an gry w ords th at th e d evil put i nt o his m outh without r e a
l iz in g th ei r tru e m e anin g
At M e rib ah h e sai d to th em :
“
He ar n o w ye r e b els ; must w e ( Mo se s and A aron ) fetch yo u
”
w ate r out of thi s r o ck " And Mo s e s lifte d up h is h and and
w ith hi s r e d h e sm ot e th e ro ck twi c e ; and th e w ate r c am e
and th e c on gre gati on d rank and th e ir b e ast s
ou t a bund antly
also And th e Lo rd sp ak e unto Mos e s and A aron : B e c aus e
ye b el ie ve d m e n ot to s anctify m e i n th e e ye s of th e Chil
d r e n of I srae l th e refor e y e sh all no t l e ad th i s c on gre gati on
”
int o th e land whi ch I hav e gi v e n to th em
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
A c cordin g to th e w ord of God n e ith e r Mos es n or Aaro n
e nter e d th e prom i sed land God comm and ed Mo s es t o m ak e
Joshu a th e l e ad e r of hi s pe opl e But b efor e M o se s d e part ed
,
.
.
(
29
)
from th e wo rld h e d rew a vivid pi cture fo r th e Child ren of
Israel o f th e p owe r of G od and th e w o nd ers the y had s e en
God d o i n E gypt and i n th e w ild e rne ss
He exh o rt ed the
pe opl e th at th ey sh ould r em emb e r all that God di d amon g th em ;
bu t spe ci al ly th e day wh e n h e s to o d b efo re the L or d i n Hor eb
“
wh en th e Lord said unto h im :
G ath e r m e th e p e o ple t o geth e r
and I will m ak e the m h ear my w o rd s th at th e y m ay l earn t o
fe ar m e all th e d ays that th e y sh all l iv e u pon th e e arth and
th at t h e y m a y te a ch th e i r chi ld ren An d ye c am e nea r and
sto o d und e r th e m ountai n an d th e m ount ai n burne d w ith fire
into th e mid st of h e ave n with clouds and th i ck darkn e s s And
the L o rd spak e unt o you ou t of th e m id st o f th e fir e ; ye h eard
th e v oi c e of th e wo rds but s aw no sim ilitud e Onl y ye
h e ard th e v o i c e
An d h e d e cl ar e d unto y ou h is co venant
whi ch He c omm and e d y ou to p e rfo rm ; ev en th e T e n Com
”
man d m e n ts ; and h e wrote th em up on th e tw o t abl e s o f ston e
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
“
And the L o rd c ommand e d m e at th at tim e to t e a ch you
th e st atutes and j ud gm ents th at ye mi ght d o th e m i n th e l and
whith e r ye go o ver t o po ssess it T ake ye th er efore go od h e e d
unto yourself ; for ye saw n o m anne r of si militud e on the
d ay that th e Lord spake unto y e in Ho re b out of th e m id st
of th e fire l e st y e c orrupt yourselve s and m ak e you a grave n
ima ge th e similitud e of any fi gure th e l iken ess of male or
fem al e ; th e l iken e ss of any b e ast th at i s on th e e arth ; th e
l ikene ss of a n y win ge d fowl th at fiie th in th e ai r ; the like
n ess of anythin g that cre e p eth o n th e ground ; th e li kene ss of
any fish that i s in th e wat er b e ne ath th e e arth
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
“
T ake h e ed unt o yourself and m ak e no grave n i ma ge
or th e likene ss of anythin g and shall d o evil i n th e si ght
”
of th e Lord th y God to provok e Him to ange r
,
,
,
.
“
'
I c all h e av en and e arth t o witn es s a gain st yo u th is
d ay that you shall so on utt e rly p eri sh from o ff th e land
wh ereunto ye g o ove r Jordan to p o sse s s it ; ye sh all n ot pro
l on g y our d ays upon i t but sh all utterly b e d e stro ye d if ye
d o n ot ob e y t h e c omm andm ents of God W h at thin gs so e ve r
I c omm and you o bs erve t o d o it ; t hou shalt n o t add th ere to ;
”
no r d imi ni sh from it
,
,
,
.
,
.
(
)
30
Go d r eve ale d t o M o s e s th e comin g of th e Christ a s w e
“
s e e from th e s e w ords
Th e Lord thy Go d w ill ra is e up
unt o the m a prophe t from th e m idst of th y br ethren l ik e unt o
m e ; u nt o hi m y e sh all h e arken A c cordin g to all th at th ou
d e sir e dst of th e L or d th y God in Hor eb in th e d ay of th e
ass e mbly sayin g :
L e t m e n ot h e ar a gain th e v oi c e o f th e
L o rd m y God n e ith er l et m e se e th i s gre at fir e any m or e
“
that I d i e not "And th e L ord s aid unt o m e :
Th ey h av e
well sp ok en th at whi ch th ey h av e sp oke n I w ill rais e th em
up a proph e t fr om am on g th eir br e th e r n lik e unto th e e and
I will put my w ords int o h i s m outh ; an d h e sh all sp e ak
unt o th e m all I c omm and him
And it sh all c om e t o p ass
th at who so eve r w ill n ot h e arke n unt o m y word s wh ich h e
”
shall sp e ak in m y nam e I w ill r e q ui re i t of h im
Mos e s
sp ok e m uch m or e t o his p e opl e and all th at h e s aid h as com e
to p ass b e c aus e th e y d e p art e d fro m th e comm andm ents o f
God Th e Heb re w nati on exp ell ed from th e ir ow n c ountry and
s catt ere d all ov er th e w orld i s a l ivin g m onum ent of th e
’
w r ath of God up on th e m fo r the ir di so b e di e nc e t o God s c om
,
,
,
.
,
,
‘
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
m an d m e n ts
.
C HA P TE R
.
4
.
I N THE PR O M IS ED L A ND
.
“
Aft er th e d e ath of M os es Go d s aid t o Jo shua :
Be
stron g and of good cour a ge f or unt o this p e opl e sh alt tho u
d ivid e for an inh e rit anc e th e land wh i ch I sw e ar unto th e ir
fath ers t o give th em Only b e thou stro n g and very c our ag
e ou s th at thou m ayst o b se rve t o d o a c cordin g to all th e l aw
whi ch Mo se s m y s ervant c omm ande d th e e ; turn not from it
t o th e ri ght h and o r t o th e l eft that th ou m ayst prosp er
with erso e ver th ou g oe st
Th is b o ok of th e law shall not
d ep art fro m out of th y m outh but thou sh alt m e d it at e th e re o n
d ay and ni ght th at th ou m ayst o bs erv e t o do ac cord in g t o
all th at i s writte n th e re in for th e n tho u sh alt m ak e thy wa y
”
pr osp e rous and th e n thou sh alt h av e go o d suc ce ss
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
(
th em ;
)
32
so Jo shua wi t h th e rul ers of th e con gre gati o n c ast
“
th em selve s d o w n b efo re th e Ark of Go d till eveni ng
And
“
th e L o rd said unto Joshu a :
Ge t th e e up wh erefore l i est
th ou thus up on th y fa c e " Isra el h as sinned and th e y h ave
also trans gre ss ed m v c o ven ant wh i ch I co mm and e d th em ;
f or t h e v h ave eve n taken of th e a c curs ed thi n g and h av e
also st ol en and di sse mbl ed als o and th ey h av e put it even
Th erefo re th e Child ren of Isra el
am on g the ir own stu ff
c ould n ot st and b e fore th e i r enemi es but turn e d th e ir ba ck s
b efo re th e i r e nem i e s b e cause th e v w ere ac curs e d
Nei th er
"
m
will I b e with you a
m ore ex c e pt ye d estro y th e a c curs ed
“
fro m am on g y ou U p sanctify th e p eo ple and say
Sanc
t if y y ourselve s a gainst t om orrow fo r thus saith th e L ord
G od of I srael Th er e is an a c curs e d thin g i n th e mid st of th e e
Oh Israel th ou c anst not st an d b e for e thin e en e mi e s u ntil
y e t ak e away th e a c curs ed th in g fro m amon g you
On th e
m o rnin g ye s h alll b e brou gh t a c c ordin g t o you r trib e s ; and
i t shall b e th at th e trib e th at th e L ord t aketh sh all co m e
a c cordin g t o th e famil ie s th e re of ; and th e family whi ch th e
L ord sh all t ak e shall c om e b y h ousehold s ; and th e h ous eh old
whi ch th e Lord sh all t ak e sh all c om e m an by m an And i t
shall b e t h at h e th at i s tak en wi th th e a c curs ed thing sh all
b e burnt with fire h e and all that h e h a s b e c aus e h e ha s
trans gre ss ed th e c ovenant of th e Lo rd and b e c au se h e h as
”
wrou ght folly in Isra el
N e w thus th e crim e of A ch an w as
“
di sc o ve red ; and h e sai d
W h e n I s aw amon g th e sp oils a
go o dl y B aby lo nish garm ent and tw o hund red sh ek els of sil
ve r and a w ed ge o f gol d of fifty sh ek el s w e i ght th en I c ov et ed
th e m and to o k th em and b eh old th ey ar e h id i n th e e arth
“
Thi s
i n th e m id st of m y tent an d th e silve r und e r it
stuff w as b rou ght b efore t h e co n gre gati on and Jo shu a with
the wh ol e c on gr e gati on t o o k A ch an wi th hi s so ns and d au g h
t e rs and e very th in g h e h ad and st one d th e m t o d e ath i n th e
V all e y of A chor and burnt th e m th er e
Wh e n th e Childre n
of Isra el d estro yed th e child o f th e d e vil fro m am on g the m
God b e cam e re con ci l ed t o th em and th e inh abitants of the
l and could not stand b efor e th em
It w a s th e c omm and of
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
(
33
)
God t o kill th e m all as th e i r d ay h ad c om e and if any chil
d ren of th e d e vil r emaine d in th e l and th ey would le ad th e
p eo ple o f Go d to sin
,
,
.
Joshu a w e nt throu gh th e land and t oo k th e ir c iti e s and
kille d th e i nh ab it ant s of th em ex c ept th e Gib e onit e s wh o be
guile d Jo shu a and h e and th e princ e s of th e p e o ple swor e t o
the m b y th e n am e of Go d t o k e ep th em alive
,
,
,
.
Wh e n Jo shua was ab out to d e part fro m this world h e ex
“
h or te d th e p eopl e wi th th e se w ord s :
B e y e v er y coura ge ous
t o k e ep and t o d o all th at i s written i n th e bo o k of th e law of
Mo s es th at ye turn n ot as id e th erefo re to th e ri ght h and or to
th e l eft That y e c om e no t am on g th e s e n at ions that r em ai n
amon g you ; n e ith er m ak e m enti o n of th e nam e of th e i r go ds
n e ith e r s erv e th em n or b ow
n o r caus e t o swe ar by th em
yourse lve s unto th em
But cl e av e unt o th e Lo rd your G od
as ye h ave d on e unto th is day Fo r th e L o rd h ath dr ive n
out from b efore vou gre at nat ions and stron g but as f or y ou
n o m an h ath b e e n ab le t o st and b efo re yo u unto th is d ay
One m an of y ou sh all ch as e a thous and f or th e L ord y our
God He it is th at fig h te th for you as h e h as prom i s e d you
T ake goo d h e ed th erefo re unt o yourselv es th at ye lo v e
th e Lord your God E ls e if y e d o i n anywis e go ba ck and
cle ave unt o th e r emnant of th e n ati ons eve n th e s e th at r e main
amon g you and shall m ake m arri a ge s with th em kn o w for a
c e rtainty th at th e L ord your Go d will n o m o r e d r iv e ou t
any of th e s e nati ons fro m b efor e you but th e y sh all b e sn ar e s
and trap s unto you and s c our ges in your sid es and th orns
in your ey e s until ye p e ri sh from th is go o d land wh i ch th e
L o rd your Go d h a s give n y ou And b eh old thi s d ay I am
go in g th e w av of all th e e arth and y e know i n all your h e arts
and in all your s oul s th at n ot on e th in g h ath faile d of all
th e go od thin gs wh i ch th e L ord your G od sp ak e conc erning
you ; all are com e to p ass unt o you and not one thin g h ath
faile d th e r eo f
Th e refore it sh all c om e t o p ass th at as all
go od th in gs are com e up o n yo u whi ch th e L ord your God
promis e d y ou so sh all th e Lord b rin g upo n yo u all evil thin gs
until He h as d e stro ye d you fro m o ff thi s go o d l and wh ich th e
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
(
)
34
L ord y our Go d h ath give n y ou I f ye forsak e th e L ord and
’
s e rv e stran g e go d s th e n He will turn and d o you hurt and
c onsum e you aft e r th at He h ath don e y ou go od N ow th er e
”
for e fe ar th e Lord and s erve Hi m i n s inc erity an d i n truth
Und er th e Jud ge s th e Childre n o f Isr a el d ep art e d f rom
th e c omm andments of Go d and wo rked with th e d evil so God
d el ivere d the m t o th e p ow e r of th e ir enem i e s And whe n th e y
c ri e d t o Go d i n th e ir m ise ry H e s ent s av mr s who d elive re d
th em from th e p ow e r of th e i r enem i es But i n a short tim e
th e y a gain r eturn e d to th e s ervi c e of th e d evil
In th e tim e of Eli th e hi gh pri e st th e knowl ed ge of God
h ad d ep art e d ent irely fro m Isr ael Th en G od rai s e d S amuel
th e prophet wh o brou ght th em th e knowle dg e of Go d and
the worship of G od w as a gain e st abli sh e d i n Israel
N ow th e d e vil i nsinu at ed into th e ir m ind s th at th e y sho uld
h ave a k in g t o rul e ov er th em and b e as o th er n ati ons
we r e A gainst th is S amuel prote sted b e c aus e Go d w as th e ir
ruler He h ad taken th e m out of th e E gypti an b onda g e and
h ad b e en l e ad in g th e m e ver s inc e and wh en th e y d isob e ye d
th e c omm andm ent s of Go d th en only h a d He r ej e cte d the m
An d th ei r enem i e s rul ed o ve r th em until th e y rep e nte d and
r eturn ed to Go d a gain
“
But th e y w ant e d a kin g and God s aid t o S amuel :
The y
”
have n ot r ej e ct ed th e e ; m e th e y h a v e r ej e ct e d
Go d ch o s e
S aul o f th e t rib e of B enj amin wh om S amuel a c co rdin g t o th e
c omm and of God ano i nt ed t o b e th e first kin g of th e He brews
Solom on th e son of D avid w as th e th ird kin g of th e
He brews
In th e fo urth ye ar of hi s r e i gn wh i ch w as f our
hundr ed and ei ghty ye ars from th e x odus h e b e gan t o b uild
th e t e mpl e of God i n Jerus alem an d fini she d it in s eve n
ye ar s
“
Conc e rnin g this h ous e wh i ch th ou
God sa id t o him
art buildin g if thou w ilt walk i n m y statute s and ex e cut e
m y j ud gm en ts an d ke ep all m y c omm andm e n ts t o walk i n
th em the n will I p e rfo rm m y w ord with the e whi ch I sp ake
unt o D avid thy fath er A n d I w ill dwell amon g th e Chil
”
dren of Is ra el and wi ll n ot f or sak e m y p e o pl e
'
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
E
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
'
W he n t h e/ t e mpl e was fini she d i n t h e el ev enth ye ar of
’
Solomon s re i gn h e sto od b efo re th e altar o f th e L ord in th e
pre s enc e o f -all th e c on gre gati o n o f Isra el and spre ad forth
“
Lo rd G od of Isra el
his h an d s t owards he av en ; and h e said
there is no Go d li ke Th e e i n h e aven ab o ve o r on the e arth
b ene ath wh o k e e pe th cove nant and m e r cy with th y s erva n ts
th at w alk b efore Th e e w it h all th e i r h e arts
‘
-
,
.
.
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
“
If any man tr espas s a gai nst hi s n ei gh b or t h e n h e ar tho u
in h e aven and do and j ud ge th y se r v an ts y c on d e mn in g th e
wi cked to brin g hi s way upon h is h e ad an d j us tif yin g th e
”
ri ghte ous t o give h i m ac c ordin g t o hi s ri ghte ousne ss
And
h e sto o d an d bless ed all th e c on gr e g ati on of Isra el w it h a
loud voi c e s ayin g : Ble ss e d b e th e L ord th at h as given r e st
unto His p e opl e I sr ae l ; ac c or din g t o all th at h e pr omi se d
th er e h as not fail ed on e wo rd of all His goo d pr e m is e s whi ch
He pro mise d b y th e h and of Mo s e s hi s s e rvant
Th e L ord
our God b e with us a s He wa s w ith our Fath ers L et Him
not l e av e us n o r fors ake us
L e t your h e art s th e refor e b e
p erfe ct with th e Lord ou r Go d t o wal k i n h is st atut e s and
”
t o ke e p h is comm andm ents as a t thi s d ay
,
‘
,
,
,
,
'
.
‘
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
“
‘
And th e L or d s a i d unt o h i m : I h av e h e ar d th y p r ay er
and th y supplic atio n that thou hast m ad e b efor e m e I h av e
h allowe d th is hous e whi ch thou h a st built to put m y n am e
th ere for e ve r ; an d m ine eye s and m y h e art sh all b e th e re p e r
petu ally And if tho u wilt w alk b efor e m e as D avid thy
f ath e r walke d i n int e grity of he art and upri ghtne ss t o d o
a c c ord in g t o all I h av e c omm a n de d th e e and w ilt ke e p my
st atut es and m y j ud gm e nts ; th e n I w ill est abl ish th e thro n e
of th y k in g l om up on Isra e l for ev e r
as I prom ise d to D avid
thy fath er s ayin g
Th e re sh alt n ot fai l th e e a m an upo n
’
th e throne of Isra el
But if ye sh all a
t all turn from foll ow
in g m e ye o r your chil dren and will not ke ep m y c omman d
m ent s and m y statut es w h ic h I h av e s et b efor e y ou but g o
and serve othe r gods ; and worshi p th e m ; th en will I cut o ff
Israe l ou t of th e l and wh ic h I h ave give n th e m ; and this h ous e
w hi ch I h ave hallo we d with m y nam e w ill I c ast out of my
.
.
,
~
,
.
,
,
,
‘
,
‘
:
,
,
‘
‘
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
‘
:
(
)
36
si ght and Israel shall b e a prove rb and a by wo rd am on g
’
all p e o pl e
-
,
.
Solomo n rul e d his p e opl e fort y y e ars In th e b e ginnin g
and so firmly e stab lish e d
of h i s r e i gn h e wa s a child o f God
i n hi s mind to be s o t h at h e c all e d t h e ven ge anc e of G od on
all th o s e who d e p arte d from th e c ommandm ents of God
Th e s e wo rds h e spoke in th e el e venth ye ar of his re i gn at th e
d e d ic ation of th e t emple But hi story pr ov e s th at h e de p arted
fro m Go d b efore th e end of h i s r e i gn
.
,
.
.
.
Afte r h e fini sh e d th e t empl e h e built a house for him self
whi ch t ook thirt e en ye ar s t o build
He finish e d it in th e
twe nty fourth y e ar of h is r ei gn
At thi s tim e S olomon yet
worshipp e d God
.
-
.
.
He b rou ght his w ife th e d au ght er of Phara oh from the
City of D avid unto th e hous e h e h ad built b e c aus e th e ark
o f Go d wa s th er e and th er efo re th e pl ace s w e re h oly an d h e
still o ff e re d t o Go d in th e t e mpl e ac c ord in g to th e l aw of
M oses But th e hi st o ry of th e r em ainin g sixt e en ye ars of hi s
r e i gn furni she s to u s a m os t p itiful and rapi d transform a
t i on of S ol om on from a child of Go d t o a son of th e d evil
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
In th e t enth and el eve nth ch apters of First K in gs w e c an
s e e som e of th e m e ans b y whi ch th e d evil brou ght a b out thi s
transform ation of S olomon
,
.
Go d g av e him eno rm ous w e alth and wi s do m ab ov e all
othe r m en B y w e alth and luxuri ous l ivin g th e d evil blind e d
h im and g ot hi m t o trans gre s s th e comm andm ents of God
He multipli ed h is wi ve s from the d au ght ers o f th e surr ound
in g n ati ons
So l omon d e p art ed from the w orshi p of God
and built pla c e s of worsh ip f or h i s w ive s and ther e w or
shipp e d th e ir gods with them
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
S olom on
n o r any way
th e sol e and
d ition s w er e
man d m e n ts
w as no t d e c e iv ed n e ith e r could h e b e c o e rc e d
for c e d by any outsid e a genci e s b e c ause h e was
ab solut e rul er of hi s p eo ple He kn e w th e c on
th at h e and hi s childre n must ke e p th e c om
of Go d in o rd e r t o r em ai n th e rulers of Israel
,
,
.
,
(
)
37
and if th ey d e part ed fro m th em God would r ej e ct th e m
c ord ing t o Hi s wo rd
ac
.
S ol omo n knew th e h i sto ry of h i s p e o pl e He kne w th at
wh ene ve r th e y de p art e d from th e c omm andm ent s o f God H e
would rej e ct th em and puni sh th e m and j ud ge th em
Also
He would alto geth e r h ave d es tro ye d th em alre ad y i n th e
wild e rnes s but fo r th e inte rc e ssi on of Mo se s
.
.
.
God app e ared to Solom on twi c e
He aske d from Go d
wi sd om t o rul e h i s p e opl e Isra el God gave h im w isdom and
also gre at w e alth fully knowin g th at Sol omon h ad und er
standin g t o us e i t fo r th e glory of God
But Solom on d i d
us e i t for th e se r v i c e of th e d evil Of h i s ow n fre e will wi th
th e full und e rst and ing th at h e w as d e p artin g from God
S olomon o b ey e d h is w ive s and w ent w ith th em t o w o rshi p
th e d e v fl
.
.
,
,
.
'
.
,
.
.
Go d was an gry with h im and sai d unto Sol om on
asmu c h
“
:
F
or
th is i s d on e of th e e and th ou h a st n ot k ept m y
c o venant and m y statute s wh i ch I h av e co mm and e d the e I
will surely r end th e ki n gdo m fro m th e e and will giv e it t o th y
s e rvant
No twithstandin g i n th y d ay s I w ill not d o i t for
’
David t hy fath e r s sak e but I will re nd i t out of th e h and
o f thy s on
Howb e it I will not rend awa y all th e ki ngd om ;
’
but will give on e trib e t o th y s on for D avi d My s ervant s
’
”
sake and f or Je rusal em s sak e whi ch I hav e cho sen
as
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
God said to Jero b o am
th e s ervant of S o l om on th at He
’
w ould r end t en trib e s of S olom on s kin gd o m and giv e th e m t o
“
h im
B e c aus e that th e y h ave fo rs ake n m e and h av e w or
shipp ed Ashtore th th e godd e ss of th e S idoni ans Ch em osh th e
go d of th e Mo abites and Milc om th e g od of the children of
Amm on and h ave no t w alke d i n m y w ays t o d o th at wh i ch i s
ri ght in mi n e e yes and to k e e p m y statute s and my j ud gm ents
”
as d id D avid hi s fath e r
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
’
R eh ob o am ,
th e s on of Solo mon inh e rite d hi s fath e r s ki ng
d om but God t o ok from hi m t en tri b e s and m ad e Jero bo am
th e se rvant of S ol omon kin g o ve r the m and sai d to him :
“
An d I will t ake th e e and th o u shalt r e i gn a c cordin g to all
,
,
,
,
,
,
( 38 >
’
th at th y sou l
1
d e sir e th an d s h alt b e
And
’
it shall b e if th ou wilt h e arke n unto all th at I c om
mand t he e
’
an d wilt w a l k i n m y w ays and d o th at wh ic h i s right in
n d my c omm andment s as D av id
n iy si ght to ke e p m y s t atute s a
'
m y s e r v an t d id th at I will b e w ith th ee and build th e e a sure
”
h o us e a s I b uilt for D avid ; and w ill give Isr ae l u n to th e e
Th e kin gdom of Jer o b oam is c alle d th e K in gdom of I s ra el and
th at of R eh ob o am th e K ingd om of Jud ah
‘
'
,
,
‘
.
:
,
,
.
‘
"
,
,
'
.
’
'
.
Jero b o am b e c am e kin g of th e K in gdo m of Israe l without
any e ff o rt on hi s ow n p art Go d prom i s ed t o giv e hi m t en
’
tri be s of S ol om on s kin gdo m but n ot in th e d ays of Solem on
bu t f r om his s on d id God r end th e t e n trib e s and only left
’
’
him e ne tri b e for D avid s sake an d f or Jerus al em s sake
'
.
,
,
e
‘
.
“
More over Go d t old hi m : Thou sh alt r ei gn a c cordin g t o
”
all th y soul d e sireth
Th at i s Jero b o am could m ak e a ch o i c e
of hi s own fre e will wh om t o o b e y wh eth e r Go d or th e d evil
Onl y God r e quire d from h im to ob e y His comm andm ents as He
re quir e d from S olomon w h o d ep arted from th e c ommandm ent s
o f God and for h is d isob e ie n c e Go d rent t en tr ib e s o f h is kin g
dom and gav e the m to J e r ob o am Jero b o am kn ew th at if h e
or h is childr en d ep art ed form th e c omm andm ents of God th ey
could not prolong the ir day s in th e la n d
Now th e d e vil cr e at e d the fe ar i n th e m ind of Jero b o am
th at if th e Childr en o f Isr ael a cc ord ing t o th e c omm andm ent s
of God w ent i n th e f e ast d ays t o worsh ip God in th e T empl e
of Jerus al em th ey would r em a in w ith R eh o boam and J er o bo am
wo uld lose hi s ki ngd o m
Jerob o am kne w th i s thin g to b e imp oss ibl e b e cause God
t ook the t en tri b es fo r th e si ns of Solo mon fro m th e kin gdo m
of R eh ob o am so that h e h ad only one tri b e ; and it n eve r wa s
t o be i ncr e ase d and o ve r th e t e n trib e s Je r ob oam and hi s
su c c es so rs w ere t o re i gn if th e y k ept th e c ommandm ents o f
God Cons e quently th er e w as n o p owe r th at could e ff e ct any
ch an ge from th e d e ci si on of G od if Jero b o a
m and his su c
But th e d evil in cr e ase d th e
c e ssor s k ept th e c omm andm ents
fe ar of Je rob o am and pr e par e d d e co ys f or hi m wh er eb y h e
c aptur e d Jero bo a m and th e Childre n of Israe l
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
'
.
,
.
(
)
40
p eri sh ed Sh alm an as e r d e str o ye d S am ari a and imprison e d
Ho she a th e l ast kin g of Isra el
.
.
,
Th e K ingdo m of Jud ah w as al so le d b y th e de vi l but
h owe ve r th er e w ere som e kin gs of pure he art wh o w orshippe d
God and kep t the p e ople i n th e knowl ed ge of Go d He z eki ah
who r ei gne d at th e tim e wh en th e K in gd om of Isra el was
d e stroye d was a God fe arin g m an and establish e d th e w orshi p
of God in hi s kin gdom a c c ordin g t o th e l aw of Mos e s
,
,
,
,
,
.
-
,
.
Manass eh th e son of He z eki ah rei gne d fif ty fiv e v e ar s
’
afte r hi s father s go o d r e i gn and d e parte d e ntirely from th e
worship of G0 d an d e stablish e d th e worshi p of im a ge s and
idols and was i n hi s wi ckedn es s b elo w th e ori gin al in h abi
t ant s of the land wh om God d e stro ye d b e c ause of th e i r idolatry
Th e an ger of God wa s ki ndle d and He swore t o d e stro y th e
K i n gd om of Jud ah and th e City of Jerusal em as He d e stroye d
the h ous e of Ah ab and th e K in gdo m of Isra el
-
,
,
,
‘
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
After Manasseh h i s s on A m e n rul e d tw o ye ars and
walke d entir ely i n th e fo otst eps of h i s fathe r But Josi ah
th e s on of Amon r e i gn e d aft er hi s fath er for thirt y on e ye ars
and d e stro ye d eve ry v e sti ge of id ol w orship fro m amon g th e
p eo pl e and e st abli sh e d th e true wo rshi p of Go d all throu gh
hi s kin gdo m He w as p erfe cti on i n th e si ght of God but it
was t oo l at e th e d oo r of m ercy w as clo se d —Go d h ad rej e ct e d
His p e ople
,
,
,
,
.
,
-
,
,
.
,
,
.
“
‘
And th e Lo rd said I will re m ove Judah also ou t of m y
si ght as I h ave r emove d Isra el and will c ast o ff thi s ci ty
Jerusal em whi ch I h av e ch os en and th e h ous e of whi ch I s aid
’
m y nam e sh all b e th er e
God told the go o d kin g Jo si ah that h i s e ye would not se e
th e e vil th at would b efall Je rusal e m and Jud ah
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
Phara oh Ne ch o w as on h is w ay to Car ch e mish t o fi ght th e
Assyri ans Jo si ah w e nt a gainst hi m and Ne cho sl ew h im i n
’
Me g g id o Then th e p eo pl e i n Jerusalem m ad e Jo si ah s son
J e h oah az kin g of J ud ah Ne ch o m ad e this kin g pr is on er and
c arri e d h i m t o E gypt and m ad e hi s broth er Jeh o iakim kin g
and put th e k ingdom of Jud ah to a tribute of a hundre d tal ent s
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
(
of silver and a t al ent o f gol d
E gy pt
41
.
)
Thus Judah b e cam e a va ssal t o
.
Four y ears after thi s 6 05 B C Ne ch o and Ne bu ch adne zzar
fou ght at Carchemi sh and Ne ch o wa s d efe at ed Fr om th en c e
c am e Ne bu chadn e zza r di re ct t o Jerusalem and Jeh o iakim sub
m itt e d i n th e fourth ye ar o f h i s rei gn to him
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
’
This y e ar 6 0 5 B C is th e b e ginnin g of th e seventy ye ars
c aptivi ty of th e Jews i n B abyl on Ne bu ch adn e zzar c arri e d
m any c aptive s from Jeru sal em t o B abylon w ith h im Am on g
the m we re D ani el and h is thre e fr i ends
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
I
E i ght ye ars afte r in 5 9 7 B C Jehoi achin s o n of J e h oia
kim wh o re i gn ed thr e e m onth s and t e n d ays i n Je rusalem
wa s c arri ed w ith hi s fam il y and with t en thous and of th e
flowe r of th e n ati on and th e ve ssel s of th e house of God i nt o
B abylon
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
Ne bu ch adne z zar n ow m ad e Z ed eki a h kin g in th e pla c e of
Jeh oi achi n In th e ninth ye ar of h i s re i gn h e r eb ell e d a gainst
“
Ne buch adne zz ar
For throu gh th e ang er of th e L ord it c am e
to p ass i n Je rusal em an d i n Jud ah till He h ad c ast th em out
from His pre s enc e that Z ed eki ah r eb ell e d a gainst th e kin g of
”
B abylon
,
.
.
,
,
.
S o th e kin g of B abylo n cam e a gainst Je rus ale m and his
arm i e s b e si e ged it until th e el eventh y e ar of hi s r e i gn W h en
there was n o l on ger anythin g t o e at i n th e cit y th e kin g and
th e d efend e r s of th e city fled durin g th e ni ght throu gh a s e cr e t
gate b etwe en th e two w alls Th e army of Ne buch adne zzar
ove rto ok the kin g i n th e pl ain s of Jeri ch o the n all hi s arm y
w as s c atter ed from him and Z e d eki ah w as t aken t o N e bu c h ad
“
n e z z ar to R iblah
An d th e kin g of B abyl on sl e w th e s ons
of Z ed eki ah b efo re hi s e yes ; h e slew als o all th e prin c e s of
Jud ah in R iblah T hen h e put ou t th e e ye s of Z e deki ah and
th e kin g of B ab ylon bound him in ch ains and c arri ed h im t o
”
Babylon and put h im i n priso n ti ll th e day of h is d e ath
“
W hen th e B aby l oni an arm y ent er e d th e city th e y sl ew th e
y oun g m e n i n th e h ous e of th e Lord and h ad n o compassi on
”
for m aid en old m an or f or h im th at st oo p e d for a ge
Go d
gave th em all int o th e h and s of th e ki n g of Bab ylon
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
How d ocs it c om e th at m ostly all th e mod e rn writ er s
and autho rit ies h ave as i f it w ere b y comm on conse nt a gre e d
to r e cko n th e B abyloni an c aptivity from th e d e structi on of
th e T emple and th e city in 5 88 B C whi ch m ake s th e c aptivity
only fifty ye ars " Is i t b e c au se Go d sai d t o J er e miah th at th e
c apt ivity will last s eventy y e ars " And th er efo re th e d evil i s
tryin g t o pr ov e that Go d was wro ng and did n ot know it
T hi s i s a ver y sh all ow s chem e of th e d e vil No on e n e e d
b e d e c e ived b y i t a s h istory c annot b e wip e d out and is v ery
cle ar on this po int L et us now r e ckon th e c aptivity from th e
t im e i t c omm en ce d th at i s from th e tim e the first c aptive s
were made in Je rusale m and c arri ed int o B abylon Thus th e
d e vil will b e d efe ated a nd Go d vind i cat e d
Four t im e s w e re c aptive s c arri ed from Je rusalem t o
B abylo n b efore the city wa s d e stro yed But afte r its d e stru c
t ion only onc e wer e th e s catt er e d on e s tak e n t o B ab ylon
Ne buch adne z z ar b e c am e kin g of B abylo n whe n h e con
qu ered Ne ch o in Char ch emi sh 6 05 B C Th e K in gd om of
Juda w as th en p ayin g tr ibut e t o Ne cho Co nse qu ently N e bu c h
ad n e z z ar w ent fr om Ch arch emi sh t o Jerusal e m and J e h oakim
subm itte d und e r th e kin g o f B ab yl on N ow at th i s tim e in
th e ye ar 6 05 B C Ne buch adn e z zar m ad e m an y pri son e rs in
Jerusale m am on g whom w er e Dani e l and his thre e fri ends
wh o w e re c arri e d captive s into B abylon And five or six
ye ars aft er that w ere c arri e d thre e th ousand m ore Am on g
th em E z eki el th e n a v ery y oun g m an In th e e i ghth ye ar of
’
Ne bucha dne zz ar s r ei gn K in g J eh oiac h in and h is family and t e n
th ousand e i ght hundre d and thirty t w o oth e r c apt iv es w er e
tak en t o B ab ylon Thi s i s th e bulk of th e captive s th at w ere
carri ed i nto B abyl on
W h en Cyrus t oo k B ab ylon in th e ye ar 5 38 B
he
allowe d hi s uncl e D ar ius t o r e i gn for tw o ye ars but afte r
S o th e first ye ar of Cyrus w as 5 35 B C
t hat h e r e i g n e d
Conse que ntl y w e will h av e 6 05
ye ars —
no m ore n or
l es s than God said t o Je remi ah in Jerusale m th e tim e of the
c aptivi ty sh ould b e
In th e t enth ye ar of Z ed e ki ah th e kin g of Jud ah wh en
’
,
,
.
.
,
'
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
-
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
(
43
)
ar m y o f
B abylo n w as b e si e g in g th e city Z e d e k i ah put Je r e
miah in t o prison b e c ause h e sp ok e th e w ord s th at God g ave
“
him sayin g
Th e c i ty will b e give n t o th e kin g of B abyl on
and the k in g carr ie d t o B a bylon
“
F or th is city
The n G o d s aid t o Jeremi ah in th e pr i son
h as b e e n t o m e a s a pro voc ati on o f m in e an g er and my fur y
from th e d ay th at th e y bui lt it eve n unto thi s d ay th at I
sh ould r em ove i t f ro m b e f Or e my fac e Th ou gh I tau ght th em
ri sin g up e arl y and te achin g th e m yet th e y h a v e n ot h ark ene d
t o r e c e ive instructi o n But th e y s e t the ir abom in ati on in th e
hous e whi ch "i s calle d b y m y n am e to d e file it An d th e y
built th e hi gh plac es of B aal whi ch ar e i n th e valley of th e
s ons of Hinno m to c au s e the i r sons and th e ir d au ght ers t o
pass throu gh th e fire unto M ol e ch whi ch I c omm and e d the m
n ot n e ither c am e i t into my mind th at th e y should d o th i s
”
abomin ati on t o caus e Jud ah t o sin
Th e Chi ldren o f Isra el d ep arte d fro m God entir el y God
kne w all th e w orks o f th e d evil from th e v ery b e ginnin g of
his exi stenc e But G od n e ve r exp e ct e d that His p e opl e sh ould
“
sa crific e th e ir children t o th e d e vil Th er efor e He s ai d : It
”
n eve r cam e into m y mind
Now He c aus e d th e m t o b e c arri e d
to B abylon t o b e purifi e d th er e and to brin g th em t o th e
knowled ge of God again
Th e d evil h ad hi s pro ph et s th er e i n B ab ylon t o d e c eiv e th e
Child ren o f Israel but God d e stro ye d th em Th e proph ets of
God D ani e l and E zeki el brou ght th em t o th e knowl ed ge of
God Afte r th e seventy ye ar s exp ired wh en th e y w er e at
l ib e rty to l e av e B abylon th e y w er e a gai n th e p e ople of God
N o w i t was cl e ar t o Go d t h at th e d evil w o ul d always d e c e iv e
m ankind th erefore God ch an ged Hi s po licy in d e alin g w ith
th e d evi l
Till thi s tim e m any town s tr ib e s and sm all nati ons wer e
rul ed b y kin gs of th e ir own But h ere aft e r th e r e wa s t o b e
’
onl y four univers al e mp ire s in the world and th en th e d evil s
p ower wil l c o me to an e n d w h ic h i s th e end of tim e A n d
afte r th at th e -ki ngd om of God will b e e stablish e d on e arth
Thr e e ye ars b e for e Nebuch adn e z z ar b e cam e th e k in g of
th e
~
,
,
,
,
.
,
:
.
,
’
.
,
.
.
'
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
-
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
(
44
)
B abylo n God n otified throu gh Jeremi ah th e prophet the
“
nati ons of His new po li c y in th e followin g words :
And now
h ave I given all th es e l and s into th e h and s of Ne buchadne z zar
th e kin g of B abylon my s e rvant and th e b e asts of the fi eld
h ave I given h im als o to s erve him And all nati ons sh all
’
s erve him and hi s s on and h is son s son until the v ery tim e
of
hi s l and com e and th en m a n y n ati ons and gre at kin gs
And i t sh all com e t o p ass that
s hall serve the mse lv e s of h im
the natio n and kin gdo m which will n ot s erv e the s am e
Ne buch adne z zar th e kin g of B abylon and th at will not put
thei r ne cks und er th e yoke of th e kin g of B abylon that nat ion
will I puni sh s aith th e Lord w ith th e sw ord and with th e
famine and w ith th e p e stile nc e until I h ave consum e d th em b y
”
h is h and
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
C H AP TE R V
D
AN I EL I N
B
.
AB Y LON
.
Th e se four kin gd oms are typ ifie d b y th e i ma ge th at
Ne buch adne zzar s aw in a dre am i n th e s e c ond ye ar of hi s
re i gn whi ch h e h ad for g ott en and D ani el r eve al ed t o him
both th e dr e am and i ts m e anin g as follows :
,
,
,
“
Th ou 0 king saw e st and b eh old a gre at im a ge This
gre at ima ge whos e bri ghtne ss w as ex c ell ent sto od b efor e th e e ;
and th e fo r m th er e of was t erribl e
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
’
“
Thi s ima ge s h e ad was of fin e gold h i s bre ast and h i s
arm s of s ilver hi s b elly and hi s thi ghs of brass h is le gs of iron
h is fe et p art of iron and p art of clay
,
,
,
,
.
“
Th ou sawe st till th at a sto ne w as cut out w ith out h and s
wh i ch smote th e ima ge up on hi s fe e t th at w er e of ir on and
clay an d br ak e them to p i e c e s
,
.
,
“
Th en w as th e iron th e cl a y th e b rass th e silver and
th e gold br oken to p i e c e s to geth er and b e c am e lik e th e c h afi
o f th e summ er thr eshin g flo ors ; and th e w ind c arri ed th em
away that n o pla c e was found for th e m ; and th e st one th at
,
,
,
,
,
(
45
)
smot e the im a ge be c ame a gre at m o untain
”
wh ol e e arth
,
and filled
th e
.
Dani el ex pl aine d th e dre am and s ai d to Ne buch adnez zar
:
“
Tho u art th is h e ad of gold and afte r the e sh all a ris e
anothe r kin gd om infe ri o r to th e e and anoth e r th ird kin gd o m
wh i ch sh all b e ar rul e ove r all th e e arth And th e
of brass
fourth kin gd om shall b e stron g as i ro n ; for asmuch a s iro n
bre ak eth i n p i e c e s and subdueth all th i n gs a nd a s iron th at
bre aketh all th e se sh all i t b re ak in p ie ce s and bruis e And
’
wh e r eas th ou s awe st th e fe e t and to e s p art of p ott ers clay
and p art of iron th e kingdom sh all be d ivide d ; but th e re
shall b e i n i t of the stren gth of th e iron for asmuch as th ou
sawe st th e iron mix ed with mi r y cl ay And a s th e to e s of
th e fe e t w ere part of iron and p art of clay s o th e kin gdo m
sh all b e p artly stron g and p artly b rok en And wh ere as tho u
s awe st iron m ix e d with miry clay th e y sh all m in gl e th em
s elve s with th e s e e d of men ; but th e y shall n ot cle ave one to
anoth e r e ven as iro n i s not m ix e d with cla y
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
“
And in th e d ays of th e s e kin gs shall th e God of h e av en
set up a kin gdo m whi ch sh all n e ve r b e d e str oye d ; and th e
kingdom shall n ot b e l eft t o oth er p eopl e but i t sh all br eak
i n pi e c es and c onsum e all th es e kin gdoms and it sh all stand
f or eve r
,
,
,
.
“
For asmuch as th ou saw e st th at th e ston e w as cut out of
th e mountai n wi thout h ands and th at it b rake in p i e c e s th e
iron th e b rass th e cla y th e silve r and th e gold ; th e gr e at
God h ath m ad e known t o th e kin g wh at sh all co me t o p ass
h ere afte r ; and th e dre am i s c ert ain and th e interpret ation
”
th erof sur e
,
,
,
,
,
.
’
“
In Jo s ephus s translati on
Th e st one bro ke 0 % fr om a
”
m ount ain
whi ch i s corre ct All th rou gh th e s cripture s
“
”
stone m e ans truth—God i s truth conse quently th e m oun
t ain he r e m e ans God A s the stone brok e Off from a mountain
cli ff and rushin g d own t o th e pl ai n smot e th e ima g e and it
vanishe d Thi s m e ans th at wh e n th e truth com e s fro m Go d
th e kin gdoms of thi s wo rld will b e d e stroye d and th e k in gd om
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
(
of
Go d will be e stablish ed
.
.
on
46
)
th e
e
art h
an d
wi ll stand for ev er
.
You w ill notic e that Go d di d not r e ve al to D an iel the
tim e of any of the se king d o m s n or wh en the kingdo m of God
wo uld c om e Only th at th e kin gd om s w ould suc c e ed e ach
othe r
~
.
.
.
of
In th e fourth ch apte r
D ani el w e s e e th at K in g
Ne bu ch adne zzar in h is dr e am saw a gre at tre e and a w at c he r
an d a h oly one cam e d own fro m h e av en
:
.
,
.
“
He cri e d aloud and said thus Hew d own th e tr e e , and
,
,
cut o ff hi s branch es sh ak e off hi s l e av e s an d s c atte r h is fruit :
l et the b e asts get awa y fro m und er it and th e fowls f r om h is
b ran che s
,
e
,
“
Ne verth el e s s le ave th e stump of hi s ro ots in th e e arth
ev en w ith a b an d of iron and b rass in th e t e nder g ra ss of th e
fi eld ; and l et it b e w et with th e d ew of h e ave n and let his
p ortion b e w ith th e b e ast s in th e gr as s of th e e arth L et hi s
’
’
h e art b e ch an ged fr om m an s and l et a b e ast s h eart b e given
”
unto him ; and l et seven tim es p ass over him
,
,
,
,
'
.
,
.
th e questi o n i s wh at d o e s thi s t re e symb ol i z e th at b y
th e o rd e r of God w as cut d own and h is br an ch e s w er e cut off
and hi s l e ave s sh aken o ff and th e frui t s c atter ed so th at th e
tr e e could give n o sh e lt er to an y one "But h is stum p and ro ot s
we re t o b e pre se rv ed with a b and of iro n and bra ss i n th e
t ende r grass of th e fi eld t ill s ev en tim e s p as s o ve r h im
No w
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
Th e Children of Israel ar e re pr ese nte d by th e tre e whi ch
c omm enc e d t o gro w wh en Go d le d Abram from th e land of U r
t o th e land of Can aan Thi s tr e e w as grow n up t o a gre at
h e i ght wh e n the Childr en of Isra el cr o ss ed Jorda n i nt o th e
promis ed land Th e Childre n of Isr ael w er e th en o b e di en t: t o
’
Go d s comm andm ents Th e y w e r e the n th e p e ople of God
and ar e s ymb oli z ed b y a tre e with b ranch es l e ave s and fruits
’
But th e Chil dren of Isra e l d e p art ed f r om God s com m and s
a gain and a gain Th e n Go d l et t hei r ene mi e s rule o ve r th em ;
but wh e n th ey r e turned to G od He s e n t s a vi ors who d elivere d
th e m f r om t h e p ower of th eir en emi e s
‘
.
.
'
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
.
I n th e
y ear
,
721
B C ; te n trib e s
.
.
of
;
th e Childre n of Isr ael
universal emp ire s who se rul er h as b e en and still is th e d evil
b e c aus e th e tre e h as b e en cut down
,
,
.
God ord aine d Ne buch adne zz ar to c onque r th e nati ons , and
i
th e n ations t o submit und e r him Thus fo rmin g th e B ab y
loni an e mpire wh i ch was th e first universal em p ir e wh ich
D ani e l sai d was th e h e ad of gold of th e im a ge Th e se cond w as
th e Pe rsi an th e th ird th e Gre ci an and th e fourth th e R om an
e mp ir e
,
,
.
,
.
No w we ar e in th e t im e s of th e se kings who ar e rulin g th e
t erritory of th e We st ern R oman empir e and wh o ar e r e p r e
s ent e d i n th e im a ge b y th e fe e t and t o e s
Th e st on e th at D ani el s aw br e ak off th e m ount ai n will
strike thi s im a ge on th e fe et and it will vanish and th e st one
w ill fill th e wh ole e arth Th at is t o s ay wh e n th e truth c om e s
’
fr om G o d i t wi ll d estro y th e d evil s r ul e f rom th e e arth and
th e kingdo m of God will b e e stabli sh e d in its pl ac e
.
.
,
.
It d o e s not m e an th at th e k in d om s of this world will b e
wip ed ou t of exi sten c e but it d o e s m e an th at th e kin gdo ms
of th is world must b e c om e th e kin gdoms of God i n ord er to
exist and tho s e wh o st ill r em ai n i n th e se rvi c e of th e d evil
will b e wip ed ou t of ex i st en ce Th e s am e is true of e ver y
communit y and individual as w ell
,
,
,
.
.
The fa ct i s that Ne bu ch adn e zza r s aw thi s tre e i n hi s dre am
j ust a s i t i s re cord ed and h e had D ani e l int erpret it but God
d id n ot re ve al it t o D ani el b e c aus e tim e w as involved in it that
“
He did n ot want to r ev e al It is r e co rd e d th at
D ani el was
”
ast onish e d f or on e h our
but wh en Nebuch adnez z ar ur ge d
him so D ani el gav e th e int erpr et atio n of i t as it app e ar e d to
h im but it w as n ot from Go d
'
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
It app e ars that D ani el w as not sure h e und ersto od th e
dre am b e c aus e h e advise s Ne bu ch adn e zz ar t o m end h is ways
“
”
It m ay b e the l en gth enin g of thy tranqui lit y
But wh en
“
h e interp rete d th e i m a ge h e said :
And th e dre am i s c ertain
”
and th e inte rpretatio n th er e of sur e
.
,
.
.
D ani e l knew th at one ci rcuit of th e e arth around th e sun
w as on e ye a r but h e did not know th at on e d e gre e of th e
,
(
49
)
’
circle and also on e s ol a r d ay wer e G od s ye ars and God n eve r
re ve al ed th at to him All through th e s cripture s som e tim es
a sola r d ay and o the r tim e s one d e gre e of th e circl e r epr e se nt
’
T im e m e an s 360 ye ars e tc and wh en a
o n e o f Go d s ye ars
’
year i s m e nti on e d it m e ans a solar ye ar as th e s e vent y ye ars
c apt ivity Tho s e wh o m M os es sent t o spy th e l and of Canaan
w e re a bs ent f o rty d ays and b rou gh t a fals e r e p ort to th e p e opl e
wh i ch c aused th e m t o r e b el a g ainst G od Th e j ud g ment of
God w as th at th e p e opl e must rem ai n forty ye ar s in th e wild
e r n e ss a ye ar fo r e a ch d ay th e y we r e spyin g th e l and
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
,
D ani e l thou gh t th at th e tre e r epre se nte d Ne buch adn e zza r
and th e seven tim e s w er e se ve n solar ye ars Hen c e hi s l it eral
inte rpretati on of th e dre am wh i ch was ne v er fulfilled
D aniel i s fre e from th is frau d re cordin g th e fulfillm ent t o
’
his interpr etati o n of Neb uchadne z zar s dre am
.
,
.
.
’
It i s th e d evil s i nventi on He use d som e w ell m e anin g
’
m an lon g afte r Dani el s d ays wh o thou ght h e w as d o in g a
gre at se rvi c e t o Go d i n supplyin g a fals e fulfillm ent int o
’
’
D ani el s i nterpretation of Ne buch adn e z zar s dre am
-
.
,
,
.
Th e d evil knew at the tim e wh en h e inv ente d this m on
strous fraud th at th er e would b e p e opl e l ivin g on th e e arth
b efor e hi s tim e w as up wh o w ould kno w that a gre at kin g
like Ne buch adn e zz ar n ever was turn e d loo se with th e b e asts
of th e field e ve n if h e w as insan e for s ev en ye ars
,
.
,
It would al so b e impo ssibl e ac c ordin g t o th e laws of God
th at gove rn th e n ature of m an and ox en th at Ne buch adne z za r
c ould e at gras s b e cause h e h ad th e t e eth of m an and not tho s e
o f an e x
Ne ithe r could h is h e ad grow fe ath ers nor h is fin ger
’
nails b e c om e lik e e a gl e s cl aws b e c aus e th at i s a gainst th e law
of n atur e
,
,
,
.
,
.
Th e intenti on of th e d e vil i s cl e a r He wi sh e s t o m ak e
Ne buchadne zzar su ch an unn atural m onst er th at any thinking
p erson would r e adily und e rstand it t o b e a li e Having thus
pre par ed hi s vi ctim s t o r e c e i ve on e fal seho od h e i s th en pr e
p are d t o ins inuat e th at all th e writin gs th at ar e cre dit e d t o
Dani el ar e fo r geri e s and th a t such a p er son n ever ex ist e d
.
.
,
,
.
(
)
50
kno wl e d ge th at God gav e
thr ou gh D an i el to th e world f or th e b enefit of f utur e ge nera
ti ons so th at m ank ind would finally d oub t th e V ery exi st en c e
He i s v ery c ar eful an d z e al ous in c r e atin g th e b eli ef
of God
th at ther e is no d e vil and t o a g r e at e x t e n t h e h as s uc ce e de d
with s uch devi c e s t o draw m ankind aw ay fro m God
He h as al l thr ou gh th e B i bl e suc c e ed ed in ins ertin g h i s
i nventi on s f o r the pur pos e of di scred itin g the w ord of Go d
it contains
Th e v ery first i s t hat Go d m ad e th e firs t wo man out of
’
m an s r ib Thi s falseh o od h as b e e n tau ght and del ive re d from
on e p ers o n t o anothe r fro m th e v e r y b e ginnin g and i s gen eral
ly a c c epte d for truth
Th e ap ostl e Paul b eli e ve d i t to b e tru e He s aid : God
is ab ov e Chri st ; Ch r is t abov e m an ; m an ab ove w oman Th er e
for e h e o rd er e d th at wo m en sh ould n ot sp e ak in ass e mbli es
onl y b y th e p erm i ssion of th e ir hu sb and s
I h av e s e e n a v ery go o d m an h oldin g a B ibl e ove r hi s
h ead his e ye s fill e d w ith t e ars and h a ve h e ard h im s ay
“
E very wo rd i n thi s b o ok is th e w ord of
E very such s ent en c e i s very ple as in g t o th e d evil b e c aus e
h e h as suc c e ed e d in m ixin g th e w ord of Go d w ith hi s and h as
th ere b y b e en abl e t o l e ad m en astray aw ay from God
In th e ninth ch apter of D ani el w e c an se e wh en D ani el
h ad b e en sixty e i ght ye ars in B abyl on h e kn ew b y th e
proph e si e s of Je rem iah th at the e nd of th e c aptivi ty was n e ar
He said :
“
3
And I set m y fac e unto th e Lord God to se e k by
prayer and suppl ic ati ons w ith fast in g and sa ckcloth and
ash e s
“
4
And I praye d unto th e Lord m y God and m ad e m y
confe ssi on and said O L ord th e gr e at and dr e adful God
k e ep in g the coven ant and m ercy t o th e m th at l ov e h im and
to th em th at k e e p h is comm andm ents ;
“
5
We h ave sinned and h ave c om mitt e d i ni quity and
h ave d on e wi ck edly and h av e r eb ell ed even by de partin g
fro m th y pr e c epts and from th y j ud gm ents :
Thus h e w oul d
an n u l all th e
'
'
'
‘
‘
,
,
:
,
‘
‘
.
'
,
,
.
,
'
,
.
.
.
.
'
.
.
,
:
,
.
,
.
,
-
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
(
)
51
N e ith er h av e w e h e arkene d unto thy servants th e
proph ets whi c h spak e in thy name t o our kin gs our prin c e s
an d ou r f ath ers and to all th e pe o pl e o f th e lan d
“
O L ord ri g hte ousne ss b elon geth unt o th e e bu t unto
7
us confusion of fa c es a s at th is d ay ; t o th e m e n of Judah and
t o th e i nha bitant s of Je rus al em and unto all Isra el th a t ar e
n ea r and th at ar e far o ff thr ough all th e c o untri e s wh ithe r
th ou hast d r iv e n t h e m b e c aus e of th e ir tr e spass t hat th e y h av e
t re sp as se d a gainst the e
“
O L o rd to us b el on ge th confusi o n of f a c e to our
8
kin gs t o our pri n c es and t o our fath ers b e c au se w e hav e
sinned a gainst th e e
“
T o th e L ord our G od b el on g m erc i e s and f o rgive
9
n e sse s thou gh w e h av e r e b elled a ga i nst h im ;
“
10
Ne ith e r h av e w e ob e ye d th e vo i c e of th e L ord our
God t o walk i n h i s l aws whi ch h e s e t b efor e u s b y h i s s erv
ants th e proph ets
“
11
Ye a all Isra el h av e trans gre s se d th y l aw e ven b y
d ep artin g th at th ey m i g ht not o b e y th y vo i c e ; th er efor e th e
curs e i s p our ed up on us and th e o ath th at i s wr itt en in th e
l aw of Mos e s th e s ervant of God b e caus e w e h av e S i nned
a gainst him
An d h e h ath co nfirm e d h is word s wh i ch h e spake
a gainst us and against our j ud ge s th at j ud ge d us b y b r ingin g
up on u s a gre at evil : f or unde r th e whol e h e ave n h ath n ot
b e en d one as h ath b e e n don e up on Jerusal e m
“
13
As it i s wr itt en in th e l aw of Mos es all thi s e vil i s
c om e upo n us : ye t m ad e w e n ot our praye r b efor e th e L ord
ou r God
th at w e mi ght turn from our ini q uiti e s and und e r
stand thy truth
“
14
Th er efor e hat h th e Lo rd w at ch e d u po n th e evil and
br ou g h t it upo n us : f or th e Lord our Go d i s ri ght e ous in all
hi s w orks whi ch h e d o eth : f o r w e ob e ye d n o t his vo i c e
“
And now 0 L or d ou r Go d th at h ast b rou ght th y
15
p e opl e forth ou t of th e land of E gypt with a m ig h ty hand
'
and h ast gotte n th e e r enown as at thi s d ay ; w e h av e s i nn ed
w e h av e done wi ck edl y
:
:
,
.
,
,
.
,
1
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
i
.
’
'
‘
=
.
,
,
‘
'
,
,
.
,
(
“
16
)
52
O Lord a c c ord in g t o all th y r i ghte ousne s s I be
se e ch th e e l et thin e an ger and thy fur y b e turn e d away from
thy city Jerus alem thy h ol y mountain : b e caus e fo r ou r sins
and fo r th e iniquiti e s of our fath ers Je rusal em and th y p e o
pl e are b e com e a re pr oa ch t o all th at are ab out us
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
“
17
Now th er efore 0 our God h e ar th e praye r of thy
s ervant and his suppli cation s and cause th y fa c e t o shine
’
up on thy sanctuary th at i s d esolate fo r th e L ord s sake
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
“
O m y God in cline thin e e ar and h e ar ; o p en thine
ey es and b ehold our d es olati ons and th e c it y wh i ch i s c all e d
by thy name : f or w e d o not pres e nt our suppli c ati ons b efor e
th e e fo r ou r ri ght e ou sn e ss but f or thy gr e at m erc ie s
18
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
“
19
O Lord h e ar ; 0 L o rd forgiv e ; O L ord h e arken
and do ; d efe r n ot f or th ine ow n sak e O m y G o d ; f or thy c ity
”
and thy p eo ple ar e c all e d b y thy n am e
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
“
”
Wh ile D ani el was prayin g th e man Gabri el c am e and
m ade known t o him th e t im e th at still r em aine d t o th e childr e n
of Israel w ithin wh i ch t o c e ase fro m sinnin g and t o r eturn to
God b efor e th e ir final r ej e ct ion and expul si on from th e ir own
country
But th e b e ginnin g of thi s t im e to ok pl ac e aft e r
’
Dani el s d ays th e r efo re h e d id not know wh en th e t ime w ould
comm enc e o r wh e n i t would end
Th e inform ati on th at
Gabri el g ave t o D ani el w a s fo r future generat i ons and not
for D ani el t o und e rs tand
,
,
.
,
.
.
Thus Gabri el info r m s D ani el :
“
24
S eve nt y w e eks ar e d et ermin e d upo n thy p e ople and
upon thy h oly c ity t o finish th e trans gre ssi on and t o m ake
an end of sins and t o m ake r e concili atio n for iniquity and
to brin g in ev erlastin g ri ght e ousne ss and to s e al up th e vi sion
and p roph e cy and t o an oint th e M ost Hol y
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
“
Know ther efor e and und er st and th at from th e g o
in g forth of th e comm andm ent t o r e store and t o build Jeru
salem unto th e M e ssi ah the Princ e sh all b e s e ve n w e eks and
thre e sc or e and tw o w e eks : th e str e et sh all b e built a gain and
th e wall even in troublou s tim e s
25
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
“
26
.
.
And afte r thr e e sc ore and two w e eks sh all Messiah
(
53
)
b e cut o ff b ut n ot for hi mself : and th e p e opl e of th e princ e
that shall c om e sh all d e stro y th e city and th e s anctuary ; and
th e end th e re of sh all b e with a flo o d and unto th e e nd of th e
war desol ati ons are d e te rmin e d
,
,
.
“
And h e sh all confirm th e co venant with m any for
one we ek ; and i n th e m idst o f the w e ek h e shall c aus e th e
sa crific e and th e oblati o n to c eas e and fo r th e overspre ad in g
eve n until th e c on
o f abominatio ns h e shall m ake i t d e sol at e
summ ati on and th at d ete rmine d sh all b e poure d upo n the
”
d esolate
27
.
,
,
,
.
S eventy w e eks are four hundred and nin ety d ays ac co rd in g
t o th e B ibl e rule whi ch m e ans e ach d ay is a ye ar Four hun
dr ed and nin ety ye ars sti ll rem ain e d fro m th e wh ole p e ri od on e
thousand and nine hund red and on e ye ars that Go d fore
o rd aine d fo r th e p e o pl e t h at He would rais e fro m Abrah am
Is aac and Ja cob wh o w e re c all e d th e childre n of Israel t o
ce ase from s innin g an d entirely p ar t fro m th e d evil and t o
b e c om e th o rou ghly e st abli sh e d i n th e kn owle d ge of Go d i n
o rd e r to b e His p e ople and o b e d i ent children
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
T hi s p eri o d b e gan fro m th e offe rin g of Isaa c two thou
sand one hundre d and thirty tw o ye ars in the A M e ra and
exte nd ed t o four th ousand and th irty thre e ye ars A M e ra
The wh ol e tim e w as on e thousand nine hundr e d and o n e
ye ars wh ich Go d grant e d t o th e m f or r ep entanc e Th e o ffer
in g of Isaa c wa s th e fi gure of th e off erin g o f Chri st wh en
“
Abraham s a i d to h is son Is aa c :
Go d w ill pro vi de fo r him
”
self a l amb
,
-
.
.
,
,
-
.
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
W e ar e inform ed in ve rs e twe nty fiv e th at fr om th e g o
ing forth of th e c ommandm ent t o r e store and t o b uild Jeru
sale m unto th e Mes si ah th e Prin c e sh all b e seve n w e e ks and
thre e s cor e and tw o we eks —
th at i s sixty nin e we eks Sixty
nine we eks multipli e d b y se ve n give s u s 4 83 ye ars fr om th e
go i n g fo rth of th e co mm and t o Me ssiah th e Princ e
-
,
,
-
.
,
,
.
It i s r e cord e d i n E zra I :2 th at Go d ord e re d Cyrus th e
kin g of Persi a t o b uild th e t empl e of Jerusal e m and th at i s
all this d e cre e i nclud e s
Th e t e mple w as built und er m any
,
,
.
,
(
54
gre at d iffi culti e s c aus e d b y th e
inh ab ite d th e lan d
,
.
)
l aw l e s sn e ss
.
of
th e p eopl e
w ho
.
In th e s eventh ye ar of Artax erx e s th e kin g of Persi a 4 5 7
B C —th at i s 7 8 ye ars from th e d e cre e of Cyrus t o build th e
h ous e of God i n Jerus al em—w e find a d e cr e e o f th e K in g
Art axe rx e s re co rd e d in th e s eve nth ch apt er of E zra t o c om
m i ssi on E zr a t o go t o Je rus al em and r est or e th e governm e nt
i n Je rusal e m and in th e l and of Jud ah
An d t o s e t m a gis
trat e s and jud ge s t o j ud g e th e p e opl e and t o s e e th at th e l aws
of Go d and of th e K in g w er e ob eye d
‘
,
,
'
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
This i s a p art of th e d e cr e e r e c ord e d i n E zra ch apt er v i i :
,
“
W hats o e ver i s com m and e d b y th e Go d of h e aven
let i t b e d ili gently done for th e h ou se of th e Go d of h e aven : fo r
why shoul d the r e b e wrat h a g ainst th e r e al m of th e kin g an d
h is s ons "
23
,
.
“
Al s o w e c ert ify you th at t ouchin g any of th e pri e st s
and L evit e s S i n gers p ort ers Nethin i m or m inist ers of thi s
h ouse of God it shall n ot b e lawful t o imp os e t oll tribut e or
custom upon th em
24
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
‘
,
,
.
,
“
,
And thou E zr a aft e r th e w isd om of thy God th at
i s in th ine h and set m agi strat e s an d j ud ge s wh i ch m ay j ud ge
all th e p e ople th at ar e b e yond th e r ive r all su ch a s know th e
laws of thy Go d ; and t e ach ye th e m th at know th e m n ot
25
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
“
And wh o so ev e r will n ot d o th e l aw of th y God and
th e l aw of th e kin g le t j ud gme nt b e ex e cut e d sp e ed ily upon
him wh eth e r it b e un to d e ath o r t o b an ishm ent or t o c on
”
fisc at ion of goo ds or t o imprisonm ent
26
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
n nor any p ower on th e
It i s cl e ar t o everyon e th at no m a
e arth but God alone d id m ak e th is gre at rul er of th e se c o nd
U niv e rsal Empire to send E zra t o Je rus al e m t o e stablish th e
w orship of Go d in th e t empl e of Jerus al e m ac tior d in g to th e
l aw of Mo se s and t o se e th at it was m aint aine d and prot e cte d
fr om vi ol en c e b y th e stron g ar m o f th e Persi an l aw
,
,
'
‘
,
,
Nothi n g el s e c an b e cle are r th an that thi s i s th e v er y or
d e r of th e r e storati o n of Jeru sal em fro m wh i ch th e f our hun
dr ed and ni ne ty ye ars i s t o b e c ounte d At th e end o f that
'
.
(
)
56
Th e B i bl e ye ar I S 36 0 da ys c orr esp ond in g t o th e 36 0 d e
gr e es of a c i rcl e It is also d ivid e d in tw elve m onths of th irty
d ays e a ch Go d o rd er e d th e Childr en of Isra el t o e at th e first
p assove r on th e fourte enth d ay of th e firs t m onth of th e He
br e w e ra w hi ch w as the n c alle d Ab ib but aft erward Nisan
Thi s p ass over w as t o b e est ablish e d by an ordinanc e It was
t o b e kept in its s e ason all thr ou gh the ir generati ons fo r a
m emorial of th e ex odu s
,
.
“
.
‘
,
,
.
.
.
Th e ir ye ar b e gan in th e v ernal e quinox Wh e n th e e arth
had trav ele d j ust f our te en d e gre e s o n h e r j ourn e y around th e
sun it was th e fourt e enth d ay of th e m onth of Ab ib and it
was th en th e Childre n of Isra el d id e at th eir first p ass ove r
and on th e n ext d ay th e fifte e nth th e y l eft E gypt Just 1 5 1 3
ye ars aft e r th e ex odus Chri st w as cruc ifi ed i n Jerus alem on
th e 1 5 th d ay of Ab ib o r Nisan as i t w as th en calle d
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
D ani el s ays ( Dan iv z2 5 ) from th e goin g fort h of th e
c omm andment sh all b e se ven w e eks thr e e sc or e and two w e eks
Th at i s 4 8 3 ye ars to M e ssi ah th e Prin c e th e
( of ye ars )
R ul er
It m e an s t o th e crucifix ion of Chr ist wh en h e be c am e
th e M e ssi ah o r Pr ince throu gh c onquerin g th e d evil
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
This was at the end of th e 6 9th w e e k or 4 8 3 ye ars fro m
th e goin g forth of th e c omm andm ent t o r e st or e law and ord er
in Jerusal em an d in Judah
In E zra vi i :7 1 0 w e s e e that this exp edition l eft B ab yl on
on th e first d ay of th e first m onth —th at is
in th e v ery b e gin
nin g of th e He br ew ye ar wh i ch w as r e cko ned fr om th e vernal
e quinox sinc e th e exo dus
.
-
,
,
.
“
W e re ad in D ani el i x :2 1 :
And h e sh all c onfirm the
c ove nant with many for on e w e ek : and in th e m i dst of th e
w e ek he shall c aus e the s a crifi c e and th e o blat ions t o c e as e
.
Th e w e e k—th at i s th e s eve n y e ars —
th at Christ c onfirm e d
th e ne w c oven ant whi ch i s th e trans it i on from the Mo sai c
’
d isp ens ation to th at of Chr i st s w as n e ith er th e sixty ni nth
o r the s eventi eth
but was c ompo se d of h alf of e ith er of th es e
we eks
The r efore th e midst of th at w e ek h e c onfirm ed th e
covenant i s b etwe en th e sixty ninth and th e s eve nt ie th w e ek
,
,
-
,
,
.
-
(
)
57
i n th e end of the s ixty n inth and i n th e b e ginnin g of th e
s e venti e th w e e k And th e 4 8 3 ye ars te rm inate d i n th e e nd o f
th e sixty ninth we e k w ith th e crucifixi on o f Chri st 4 0 2 6 He
bre w e ra
Or i n oth e r w o rd s th e B ibl e ye ar i s 36 0 d ays corresp ond
in g to th e 36 0 d e gre e s o f a ci rcle and it b e gins i n th e ve rnal
e quinox Afte r the e arth h ad travel e d fo urte en and one h alf
d e gre es fro m th e v ernal e qui nox on h er j ourne y aroun d th e
sun i t was th en noo n o f th e 1 5 th sola r d a y of th e m onth
Ni san i n Jerus alem Thi s fifte enth d ay is comp o se d h alf of
the fourte enth and h alf of th e s ixt e enth d e gre e s And wh en
thi s i s astronomi c ally lo c ate d i t will pro v e th e cruc ifixion i n
Jerusalem t o b e on Frida y and ne w mo on and th e sun in
e clipse
Th e s e c ond itions c ause d th e darkne ss i n Jerusal em
The re i s no othe r tru e chron olo gy ex c ept that whi ch Go d
h as ke pt i n th e B ible
Th e chron olo gy th at i s give n b y th e
vulgar era is so c onfus in g th at no truth c an b e e st ablish e d
from it Th ere i s a known erro r displaci n g th e b irth of Chri st
four ye ars and th e re is ano th e r erro r of four ye ars fr om th e
a ctual b irth of Chri st 4 000 A M caus ed in that th e h i stori ans
h av e pla c e d th e cru cifix ion of Chri st i n th e ye ar 30 A D and
th e B ibl e Student s t o
Th e kn own e rro r of fou r ye ars co m e s i n th at th e vul gar
era i s re ckone d four ye ars afte r th e b irth of Christ Gonse
quently th e actu al or r e al b irth of Chri st i s four ye ars b efor e
th e b e ginn in g of th e vul gar er a
Ac c ordin g t o th e true y e ar and th e chr onolo gy th at Go d
has ke pt i n th e B ibl e Chri st w as crucifi e d wh en
ye ar s old
that is 4 0 2 6 of th e He bre w e ra
Th e first p as sove r was e at en in th e e v enin g of th e four
t e e n th d ay of th e se venth m o nth whi ch w a s fourte e n d e gr e e s
or d ays from th e vernal e quinox
In orde r to m em o ri z e th e
passo ver God ord e re d th e Children of Isra el t o b e gi n th e
r e cko ning of th e ir ye a r fro m th e v ernal e quinox inste ad of
th e autumnal equi nox Thus th e b e ginning of th e Heb re w year
and era i s th e v ernal e quin ox sinc e 2 5 1 3 T hi s m ak es th e
He br e w er a one h alf ye ar slower th an th e A M e ra and th e
or
-
.
-
,
,
.
,
,
,
-
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
-
.
.
,
(
58
)
pass over th e fourt e enth day of th e first m onth inst ea d of th e
s ev enth m onth
T h e refor e w e pr oc e e d wi th ou r palc ul ation s
fr om th e ve rn al e qui nox of th e Hebr e w er a 2 5 1 3, whi c h wa s
.
,
th e Ex odus
.
It i s r e cord ed in I K in gs vi i th at S olomo n la id th e
fo und at i on of —
th e te mple in Je rusal em 4 8 0 y e ars aft er th e
Ex odus and it wa s s ev en y e ars in buildin g
Th er e for e w e will h ave th e Exo dus
er a
Found at io n of th e t emple l ai d afte r
Ex odus
4 8 0 ye ars
Buildin g of th e t empl e
7 ye ars
x
,
,
,
.
,
.
Th e de di c ati on
of
th e t e mple
of
From th e d edi cat ion
Christ
Th e b irth of Christ
ye ars
th e t empl e
to
ye ars
y e ars A M era
.
.
,
.
W e r e ad in D ani el iv :2 5 that from th e g om g forth of th e
comm andm ent unto th e M ess i ah th e Prin c e sh all b e s ixty
n i n e w e eks ; th at i s a c c ord in g t o th e B ibl e rul e —a day for
a ye a
r 4 83 ye ar s And in E zr a v i i :1 th at th is commandm ent
w ent forth in th e s eventh ye a r of Art ax erx e s
,
—
,
,
.
I
.
Thus w e p ro c e ed
Ex o dus
Found ati on of th e templ e lai d afte r Ex odus
Build in g of th e t empl e
Fr om th e build in g of th e t empl e t o th e 7 th y e ar
of th e r e i gn of Artax erx e s
.
Th e Artax erx e s 7 th when th e ord e r w e nt
6 9 w e eks t o Me ss iah th e Princ e
7
ye ars
y ear s
543
ye ar s
4 80
ye ar s
4 8 3 ye ars
’
,
4 02 6
Christ cruc ifi ed
ye ars
I hav e onl y found in th e vul gar e ra o ne corr e ct chronolo g y
that i s 4 5 7 ye ars fr o m Chri st t o the Ar t axe rx es 7 th This year
a gre es wi th the B i ble chronolo gy of 35 4 3 A M era L et th e
fi gure s pr ov e it
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
Art ax e r x e s 7 th
e ar ” :
Fr om th e bi rth o f Christ to Artaxe rx e s
A
y
Th e b irth of Ch ri st
’
Chri st s a ge wh e n cru cifi ed
7 th
'
.
457
'
.
.
ye ars
A M e ra
ye ars
.
1
'
E
M er a
'
26
‘
Crucifixi o n of Chri st
x odus
Fr om b i rth of Christ t o Exo dus
.
‘
y e ars
Th c , bir th of Christ :
Exo dus
From the Ex odus t o th e Artax e rx e s
The A rt ax e rx es 7 th
He b
7 th
ye ar
.
era
ye ar s
.
whe n th e c omm andm ent
1
went ou t
Fr om th e bir th
’
f Chr ist to th e Artax erx e s 7 th
o
4 57
.
Bir th of Chri st a c co rd in g t o A : M e ra
Christ crucifi ed at th e a ge of
.
26
ye ars
ye ar s
y e ar s
Cruc ifixi on of
He b era
W e can w or k with th e c or r e c t numb e r 4 5 7 of th e vul gar
e ra fro m th e bi rth of Christ b a ck t o th e Exodus an d t o th e
cre ati on o f man w ith any num b e r or numb e rs of th e B ibl e
chro nolo g y and th e re sult w ill alwa ys b e corr e ct
Th e error i n th e V ul gar e ra i s ei ght y ears Th e first e rror
o f four ye ars com e s in th at Christ w as four ye ars old at th e
tim e wh en th e vul gar er a b e gan Cons e qu e ntly all th e c hr o
n ol og y fr om th e tru e b irth O f Chri st whi ch i s 4 000 A M ac
cord ing t p t h e B i b l e chr onolo gy i s be in g pu sh e d fo rw ard four
ye ars That m akes thi s ye ar 1 9 1 2 four y e ars faste r than it
would b e if th e chr onolo gy was counte d from th e b irth of
Christ 4 000 A M To r e me d y thi s error w e subtra ct four
ye ars from 1 9 1 2 Thi s do e s not in any w ay int erfe re with the
’
a ge of Christ but si mply t ake s the four ye ars e rror of th e
vul gar era and m ake s the b irth Of Ch ri st count f romth e ye a
r
.
‘
,
,
.
l
,
-
.
'
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
‘
.
,
,
.
.
.
,
'
i
.
(
60
A M wh e n h e was b o rn
th e pres ent ye ar 1 9 1 2
4 00 0
.
.
)
y ear s t o O ctob er
1 90 8
,
8 th
of
.
Th e oth er e rro r of four ye ars c ome s i n th at Christ w as
crucifie d ac c ordin g to th e B ibl e chr onolo gy wh i ch i s corre ct
4 02 6
But a c cording to th e h i stori an s h e w as cru cifi ed 30 A D
th at is 4 0 30 A M W e h ave h er e four y e ars of t im e count ed
th at neve r was cons e que ntl y th e chr on olo gie s c ould n ot a gr e e
w ith th e tim e counte d th at n ev er exp ired Now th e error of
e i ght ye ars h ad to b e re con cile d somehow To l e ave thi s err or
of t im e four ye ars also to thi s s id e o f th e b irth o f Ch r ist wh er e
it b el on ged w ould m ak e th e chr onolo gy of this pr es ent y e ar
to b e 1 9 1 6 A D i nst e ad of 1 90 8 A D corr e ct t im e All of
th e e rr o r of e i ght ye ars would th en b e on th i s s id e of the bi rth
o f Chri st wh er e i t b elon ged
But the h i st ori ans c ould h ar
m on iz e th e chronolo gy i n th e vul gar er a b ette r t o r em ove th i s
erro r of four ye ars of un exp ir ed t im e whi ch th ey could n ot
lo cat e anywhe r e fro m this sid e of th e b irth of Christ t o b efor e
h i s b irth 4 000 A M wh i ch of cours e only sh ifts th e erro r
but d o e s no t eliminate it In thi s c ase th e whol e ch ronolo gy
o f th e vul gar era is push e d four ye ar s b a ck from th e b irth
of Christ
W h ere as th e oth e r error of four ye ars push ed th e
chron olo gy forw ard four ye ar s W e h ave h e re an ex c e ss of
tim e e i ght ye ars—four ye ar s after th e b irth of Christ and four
y e ar s b efore C ons equ en tly if you d esi re to kno w th e co rr e ct
numbe r of ye ars t o an y ev ent b efor e th e b irth of Ch rist you
must sub tra ct four ye ar s as you d id afte r Christ fr om th e
chr onolo gy of th e vul gar era For instan c e ac c ord in g to the
vul gar e ra the cr e ati on of m an w as 4 004 B C l e ss 4 4 0 00
the c orr e ct tim e
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
'
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
2
.
.
Thus th e ye ar of Ex odus 1 4 9 1 B
l e ss 4 i s 1 4 8 7 ye a rs :
th e corr e ct t im e fr om th e b irth of Christ t o th e E x odus It
c an b e p roven w ith fi gure s :
F ro m th e b irth of Christ to Exo dus
ye ars
4 5 7 ye ars
Fr om th e b irth of Christ t o Artax erx e s 7 th
.
,
,
.
Fr om th e Artax erx e s
7 th
t o Exodus
.
ye ars
(
25 13
1 030
)
61
Ex odus of th e He brew era
ye ars fro m Exodus t o th e Artaxe rx e s
.
7 th
th e Art ax erx e s 7 th y e ar
Th e Exodus ye ar i s
From th e A rt ax e rx es 7 th to Exo du s
T o Artaxe rx e s 7 th from b irth o f Christ
35 4 3
y ear
.
.
.
4 57
Th e birth of Chri st A M er a
.
,
He b e ra
ye ars
ye ars
ye ars
.
Th e Exodus of th e Heb re w era
Fro m th e Ex odus to th e de d i cati on of t emple
Fr om it t o th e Artax e rx e s 7 th ye a r
Fro m th e Artax erx e s 7 th t o th e birth of Chri st
From th e birth of Christ t o his c r uc ifixi on
ye ars
4 87 ye ars
5 4 3 y ear s
4 5 7 ye ar s
2 6 ye ar s
'
.
.
The c rucifix ion of Ch ri st
ye ars
From th e cruc ifixion of Chri st
To th e v ernal e quinox of th e pre sent ye ar
( vul gar era 1 9 1 2 ) is
ye ars
,
From th e cre ati on
of
m an
In ord er to m ak e th is m atte r cle ar I w ill go ov er it a gain
i n a m ore conde nse d form n amely th at th e Ex odus t ook pla c e
y e ars of th e A M era i n th e fifte enth d ay of th e s e v
cuth m onth Th at is 1 95 d e gre es fr om th e autum nal e quinox
o r 1 5 d e gr e e s fr om th e v ern al e quino x
,
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
God ord er e d th e Childr en of Isr a el to e at th e p ass over in
th e e venin g of th e fourte enth d ay of th e s eve nth m onth whi ch
He o rdere d t o b e kept in its s e aso n all throu gh the ir genera
t ions invari abl y In ord e r to furth e r c omm em o rat e th i s eve nt
He o rd e red th at they should r e ckon th eir ye ar from th e v ernal
e quinox inste ad of th e autumnal e quinox as th e A M e ra i s
r e ckon ed
,
.
.
.
.
Thus th e He bre w ye ar and era c omme nc e d in th e vernal
e quinox 2 5 1 3 ye ar s and i s o ne h alf a y e ar slower than th e
-
62
A M e ra S o th e p a ss ov e r w as always eat en i n t h e even ing
of th e 1 4t h d ay Of the fir s t m onth aft er th e first p a ss ove r
Th e B i bl e y e ar of th e A M e ra be gins i n th e autumnal
e quino x and end s in th e autumn al e qu i nox b ut the Hebr ew er a
b e gins in on e vernal equinox an d e n ds in th e n ext Th e se ye ars
ar e invari able as th e y can run forev er wit hout a cha n ge O f
on e th ousandth p art of a s e cond
From on e v ernal equinox t o th e"n ext i s always 36 0 d e
gre es —th at i s a c om pl et e c ir cle So it follows that wh e n th e
e arth start s in th e v ernal e quinox in h er j ourne y ar ound th e
sun an d c om e s in th e v ern al e quinox a gain sh e has m ad e a
c omplete c ir cuit aro un d th e sun
Th e p assove r w as e at en in th e ev eni n g of th e fourte enth
day o f th e first m o nth and on th e n ext day ( th e fifte enth ) th e
Je ws l eft E gypt Th at is wh e n th e e arth h ad tr av el e d fif te en
d e gre e s fro m th e vern al e quinox th e Exo dus t ak e s pl a c e
The re are 1 5 1 3 y e ar s o r c ir cuits of th e e arth aroun d th e
sun from th e Ex odus t o th e cru cifix i on of Chri st in Je r us ale m
on th e fift e enth d ay of th e first month 4 0 2 6 of th e He br ew e ra
T o m ake thi s m or e app ar ent w e t ak e th e E xodus ye ar
from the c r u cifixi on year :
Chri st cruc ifi e d 1 5 th d ay of l st m onth 4 0 2 6 ye ars of Heb er a
Exo dus 1 5 th d ay of l st m onth
ye ars of He b e ra
‘
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
,
.
‘
‘
-
.
‘
.
,
,
.
.
,
'
.
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
Fro m th e E x o dus
to
th e crucifixi on
ye ars
.
A cc o rd ing to thi s c orr ect chr ono lo gy Chri st wa s b or nin
B ethl eh em on th e fifte enth da y of th e s ev enth m onth 4 0 00
y e ars of th e A M e ra from th e cr e at io n of m an H e w as
crucifie d in Jer usalem on th e fifte enth d ay of th e first m onth
‘
He br e w e ra 4 0 2 6 ye ars fr o m th e cr e ati o n of m an
Th is pl a c e s th e b irth of Christ c ountin g fro m th e autumnal
’
e quin ox ( S ept emb e r 2 3d ) fif te e n d ays t o O cto b e r 8th That i s
4 000 y e a rs fifte en d ays of th e A M e r a And fro m th e b irt h
of Chri st to thi s p r e sent ye ar ( of vul g ar e ra 1 9 1 2 ) i s 1 90 8 ye ars
t o th e 8th of O cto b er
S inc e h e Was cru cifi e d 1 5 d e gr e e s or on th e 1 5 th d ay fro m
th e v ernal e q ui nox ( March 2 0th ) w e c oun t fift e en d ays f r o m
,
,
.
.
.
'
.
,
,
.
’
.
.
.
‘
.
,
'
‘
(
64
)
’
D ani el s proph e cy of ch apt er nine whi ch b rou ght us t o th e
cruc ifixi o n of Chri st Th e s e venti eth w e ek ye t re mains
It h as b e en cle arly expl ain e d th at th e we ek—th e se ven
y e ars—that Christ confirm e d th e n ew c ovenant is not sixty
n inth or th e s e venti eth w e ek but thre e and on e h alf ye ars fro m
th e sixty ninth and thre e and on e h alf ye ars from th e s even
t ie th we ek
,
.
.
.
.
,
-
,
-
-
.
Cons equ ently i n th e end of th e sixt y ninth w e ek and i n
th e b e ginnin g of th e s eventi eth w e ek—th at i s b etwe en th e
s ixty ninth and th e s event ieth w e ek i s th e d ay that Chr ist was
c ru cifi ed
-
-
.
Wh e n Christ b e gan t o c onfirm th e new coven ant h e s ai d :
“
”
“
”
Th e t im e is fulfill ed
Here ari s es th e qu est ion wh at t im e "
Th e answe r i s th e t im e that God grant e d t o th e ch ildr e n of
’
Israel to b e c om e Go d s p e opl e
.
,
.
,
Wh en God ord e re d Abr ah am to ofi er h is son Isa a c Abra
h am told Is a a c that Go d d e sire d h im for a s a crifi c e and Isaa c
was willin g t o b e s a cri fi c ed to God W he n Abr aham was ab out
to a cc omplish th e d e e d Go d i nterfere d and provid ed a ram fo r
“
a substitut e
And s aid :
Go d will pr ovid e for Him self a
”
L amb
,
.
,
.
.
’
The s e ve nth ye ar of Art ax erx e s i s th e dat e wh en E zra s
exp editi on st arte d from B abylo n to Jerusal e m
From th at
ye ar Go d inform ed D ani el the re yet r em ain e d 4 90 ye ar s fo r
the ch ildre n of Israe l t o c e as e fro m sinnin g and to m ak e r e
“
”
c oncili ati on for ini quity : And t o an n oin t th e Mo st Hol y
.
,
,
—
.
We h ave alre ad y s e e n th at th e s ixty nin e w e eks th e 4 83
“
—
y e ar s fr om th e Artax erx e s s eventh ye ar c ar ri e d us unt o th e
”
Me s si ah th e Princ e
th at is th e cru c ifixi on of Christ Thi s
was 4 0 2 6 of th e He br ew er a Fr om thi s ep och the s ev ent i eth
we e k th e s even ye a r s b e gin s and c arri e s u s t o th e ye ar 4 033
wh i ch i s th e end of th e t im e that Go d grant ed t o th e ch ildr e n
of Isra el to r e turn t o th e spi ritual w orsh ip of Go d
-
—
,
.
—
.
,
,
.
We h ave from th e o ff erin g of Isaa c t o th e s eventh ye ar of
Artax e rx e s—1 4 1 1 ye ars and fro m Art ax erx e s s e venth ye ar
ye t r em ain ed for th e Je ws t o an n oin t th e Most Holy 4 9 0
,
—
(
65
)
ye ars Th e wh ole tim e Go d grante d t o th e Je ws f or r ep entanc e
wa s 1 9 01 ye ars
.
.
Wh e n Chri s t b e gan to confirm th e ne w c ovenant h e said
”
“
Th e time i s fulfilled
Th at i s th e tim e th at Go d gave t o
th e Jews t o b e com e His pe opl e and als o th e end of th e symb oli c
wo r shi p h ad c om e Th e L am b w as t o b e sacrific e d and th e
n ew covenant was t o b e gin whi ch i s th e spiritu al w orshi p of
G od Th i s Chri st di d t e ach in p erso n for th e first thr e e and
one h alf ye ars and th e Jews crucifi e d h im i n th e m idst of th e
Thus th ey d e stro yed hi s physi c al bo dy onl y But h e
w e ek
d i d co nfirm th e n ew c ovenant th e last h alf of th e w e e k—thr e e
an d on e h alf ye ars—in s pirit th rou gh hi s apo stles But th e
Jews d id n ot m ak e th e Me ssi ah th e ir s piritual kin g but in
st e ad c om m en c e d t o d e stro y the ch ildr en of God Go d gave
’
th e m ye t thr e e and on e h alf ye ar s gr ac e in wh i ch t o a c c ep t
th e t e ach in gs of Chri st and at th e end of th e thr e e and a h alf
ye ar s th e d oo r of m e r c y was clo s e d t o th e Jews
Her e is th e e nd of th e sev enty we eks fro m th e Art axerx e s
s ev enth ye ar Her e is th e end of th e whol e tim e 1 9 01 ye ars
th at God grant e d t o th e childr e n of Isra el t o b e com e H i s
’
p e ople Th i s i s th e y e ar 4 033 wh en th e Jew s tim e e nds and
’
th e Gentile s t im e b e g ins
We h ave ye t anoth e r num b er t o c on sid er i n D an IX 2 6
“
th e sixty tw o w e eks D ani el s ays :
And afte r thr e e s co re an d
”
two w e e ks shall Me s si ah b e cut o ff
That is s ixty two w e eks
fro m th e po int wh er e th e s eve nty w e eks end e d whi ch was 4 0 33
Con sequently all of th e s e sixt y tw o w e eks or 4 34 ye ars ar e in
th e Ge ntil e t im es
It carri e s us from th e end of th e Jewish t im e 4 033 plus 4 34
t o 4 4 6 7 co r re ct ti me and a c c ord in g t o th e vul gar e ra 4 71 A D
B y thi s tim e th e We st e rn R om an E mpir e wa s alr e ad y de
stro ye d b y th e war s of the s ava ge s and th e c ont endin g faction s
ove r th e r eli gi on of th e d ev il
Th e chur ch th at th e ap ostl e s est abli sh e d afte r th e c r u c ifix
i on of Christ wa s th e Chur ch of God for ab out 2 7 5 ye ars
Th er e w a s a univer sal h armon y and lov e am on g th e true br eth
ren of th e church Go d i s l ov e and th e reli gio n of Christ w as a
.
,
,
,
.
-
,
.
.
-
.
,
,
.
-
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
-
.
.
-
.
-
.
.
,
-
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
(
66
)
“
”
univers al l ov e He e ven said : L ov e y o ur en em ie s
Th er e
for e in a tru e chur ch of God th er e i s n o murd er no for c e and
n o strife nor ar e hum an l ive s d e stroye d fo r an y pretense
.
.
,
.
,
Chri st n ev e r even p er su ad e d any m an t o ac c ep t h i s d o c
trine He onl y d e clar e d th e truth as h e re c e ive d it from Go d
M an is h i s own m ast er—h e i s of fre e w ill
and i s th e refor e
no t t o b e for c ed t o an y w orship God p ermit s m an t o m ak e his
o wn ch o i c e
He can s e r ve e ith e r Go d or th e d ev il
Con se
quently at th e e nd of h i s e arthly exi st enc e h e h as n o on e but
h ims elf t o bl am e for th e j ud gm ent th at falls upo n h im Chr is t:
s ays t o all th o s e wh o ar e n ot at p e a c e w ith God—th at i s th os e
w h o ar e afrai d t o d i e b e c ause th e ir cons ci en c e cond emn s th em :
“
Com e unto m e all y e th at l ab o r and ar e h e avy l ad en and I
”
will giv e you r e st
Th at i s t o s ay : r e ce ive m y d o ctrin e and
you will find Go d and after th at d e ath will h old no t error s fo r
Th e d o ct r in e of Ch ri st i s : Sin no m or e ; or k e e p th e c om
y ou
m an d m e n ts
Go d i s lo v e ; God i s spir it and th e tru e wo r
shipp er s of God will worshi p Hi m i n s piri t and in truth
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
'
In th e v ery m om ent Chri st exp ir ed on th e cro ss h e c on
q uer e d th e d evil an d th e n Go d c as t th e de vil and hi s ang els
’
out of h e ave n on t o th e e arth He limite d th e d evil s t im e on
e arth and circum scri b e d it w ithin w ell d e fin e d b oun ds wh i ch
h e was n ot p erm itt e d t o c ross till th e ve ry e nd of h i s tim e
,
.
-
,
.
In o rd er t o g et follow er s it w as n e c e ss ary f or th e d evil
t o d estro y th e chur ch of God wh er e l ove fr e edo m truth and
r i ght e ousn ess r ei gned am on g th e childr en of Go d
,
,
,
.
Hi stor y pro v es th at till ab out 2 75 ye ar s from th e c ru ci
fix ion of Christ th e B ish ops of R om e di e d th e d e ath of mart yrs
Th at m e an s th at th e Sp iri t of Go d w as th en ye t th e l e adin g
S p iri t of th e church
.
.
S o o n aft er th at w e s e e two fa ction s fi ght in g f or d omini o n
ove r th e chur ch th e Ath ana si ans and th e Ari an s Th at i s a
cl e ar p roof th at n e ith e r of th e se fa cti ons we r e of God but b o th
w er e of th e d evil
Cons e q u ently th e M e ssi ah w a s cut o ff
Th at i s th e s pir it of God was dr iven from th e chur ch
.
,
.
.
.
,
It w as th e m at er ial b o dy
of
Ch ri st th at w as crucifi ed o n
(
67
)
th e cro ss Th e sp iritu al b od y—th e soul of Christ wa s n ot cut
It l ive d and r e i gne d in th e church o f Go d Ther e wa s
o ff
h arm ony p e ac e j o y and h appin es s in th e church b ut wh e n th e
’
sp irit of th e d evil t oo k p o sse ssi on of th e chur ch th en G od s
sp irit d e parte d out of h e r
No m an church com munity or
n ati on c an se rv e two m ast ers
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
C H A P TE R V I I
THE
.
PR E C E SSI O N E "P L AI NE
D
.
Th e B ible y e ar i s un chan ge able It cannot ch ange b e caus e
it b e gins in th e v ernal e quinox wh i ch is a statio nar y p o int i n
th e h e avenl y vault and i s m e asure d b y th e e qual and u n
ch an ge able d e gr e es of th e cir cl e i n th e h e avenly vault Con
s e qu ently it c annot i n an y w a y b e e ff e cte d or ch an ge d b y th e
c onstantly m ovin g e arth
.
,
,
.
.
Th e B i bl e ye ar i s th e n the p eri od from on e ve rnal e q uinox
t o th e n ext It i s an e quino ct ial ye ar b y whi ch o nl y a corre ct
t im e c an b e m e a sur e d a s lon g as th e pr e c e ssio n is n ot und er
sto od
:
.
In ord e r t o und erstand wha t c aus e s th e d ifle r e n c e i n th e
s olar ye ar we mus t co rre ctly un d erst and th e s everal m ot ions
of th e e arth
.
Th e st ars ar e suns and th e y and our ow n sun do n ot m ove
Th at i s th ey d o not ch an g e th e ir pla c e s i n th e h e avenl y vault
but th e y h ave s ever al m oti ons in the ir s t ati ons no t e vid ent t o
th e ordinary o b serve r h o we ve r
.
,
,
,
.
Th e sol ar syst em i s an el e ctri c gl ob e and th e st ati on of th e
sun i s in th e c ente r th e re of Th er e th e sun i s turnin g c ont inu
all y fro m north t o s outh an d fr o m w e st t o e ast thus c ausin g
th e ele ctri city in th e s ol or syste m t o cir cle aroun d th e sun
and th e planets i n it t o trav el around th e sun in o rb it s from
w e s t t o e ast at th e s am e t im e turnin g from n orth t o south
p erm ane ntly
.
,
,
,
.
Th e e arth turns from nort h to s outh onl y o nc e i n ab out
(
68
)
ye ars Thi s re volutio n c o nstantl y ch an g e s th e se ason s
and also th e sola r days and ye ars
.
.
This is a co ns e cutiv e m oti on It is a v ery slo w m ot ion
Th e e arth turn s only a l ittle ove r fift y s e c ond s i n a ye a r from
n orth t o south th at i s ab out fou rt e en fe et i n twenty four
hours
.
.
,
-
,
.
Th is r e volut ion—fro m north t o s outh—is th e cre ati on
“
”
d ay
In six of th e se p e ri od s God fitte d th e e arth fo r m an
t o liv e on and l ast of all He cre at ed m an
.
,
.
Th e m oti on from w e st t o e ast i s als o a c onse cutiv e moti on
but i t is a r ap id on e Th e e arth tr av els on h e r to rb it e i ghte en
and on e h alf mile s in a s e c ond and turn s c ompl et ely aroun d
fro m w e st t o e as t in twent y four h ours m akin g thr e e hundr e d
sixty fiv e an d on e fourt h such r evoluti on s i n on e so lar y e ar
This m otio n give s us d ays an d ni ghts
,
'
.
-
-
,
-
-
.
.
We c anno t pro c e e d any furth e r t ill w e s e e wh i ch way th e
plan ets tr avel ar ound th e sun
.
Th e astron om ers s ay th at th e planets trave l around th e
sun c ontr ary t o th e h and s of th e cl o ck whi ch is imp os sibl e
sin c e w e s e e th e sun ari sin g i n th e e a st an d s ett in g in th e
w est And as th e e arth i s c ontinuall y r evolvin g from w e st t o
e ast on h er j ourn e y around th e sun
,
,
,
.
.
Th e fa c t i s th at th e pl anets ar e tr av eling around th e sun
from w e st t o e ast in th e s am e d ire cti on as th e h and s of a clo ck
a re m ovin g Th e y c anno t tr avel co ntrar y t o th e mot ion of th e
h and s of a clo ck b e c aus e th e y are c ontinually turning fr o m
w e st to e ast in the i r unc e as in g j ourne y ar ound th e sun
.
.
You n ever s e e a l o c om ot iv e or train g etti n g b ack into the
st atio n it left unle s s the m otio n of th e wh e els i s r ev ers e d
No m ore c an th e pl anets t r av el c ontra ry t o th e h and s of a
clo ck a s l on g a s th e y are turn in g fro m w est t o e as t i n th e i r
orb its in th ei r c e as el e ss j ourne y aro und th e sun Cons e q uentl y
it i s impo ss i bl e f or th e planets t o tr av el in any o th e r
dir e ct ion but as th e h and s of th e clo ck ar e turnin g
.
.
.
It d o e s not r e quir e much knowl ed g e o r d e ep thinkin g t o
s e e that th e plan et s ar e trav eli ng i n th e i r orb it s i n th e s am e
(
)
69
d ire ctio n a s th e h ands of a cl o ck are m ovi n g You only n e ed
know that th e e arth turn s fifte en d e gre es in o ne h our from w e st
t o e ast Th e re st c an b e und erst oo d b y o bs ervati on
.
.
.
Let any on e wh e th e r no rth o r so uth of th e e qu ato r pla c e
h im self wi th hi s fac e t o th e north and h ave a clo ck b efor e him
Le t us s el e ct fo r th i s expl anati o n th e tim e of th e e quinox e s at
s ix o cl o ck i n th e m ornin g b e c au se th e n th e sun ar ise s i n th e
e ast
Now l et th e o bs erve r und erst and th at wh en th e h our
h and of th e clo ck h as m ove d fro m s ix to s e ven th e e a rth h as
turn ed fifte en d e gre e s fro m w est t o c ast but i t app e ars t o
th e o b se rve r th at th e stati onary sun h as gon e up fift e en d e
gre e s
Thus th e e arth will turn fift e en d e gre e s e ve r y h our
and wh e n th e h our of twel ve i s ob s erv ed th e e arth h as turn e d
nin ety d e gre es from w e st t o e ast and th e sun i s th en i n th e
n o on or m e ridi an
Fro m thi s t im e th e sun appe ars t o th e
o bs e rve r t o go d own at th e rat e of fifte en d e gre e s ev ery h our
’
till it di sappe ar s i n th e e venin g at si x o cl o ck in th e w e st
Th is i s b e c aus e th e o b s erve r i s c arri e d six h ours w ith th e r e
volvin g e arth at th e r at e of fift e e n d e gre e s i n an h our and
away fro m th e st ationary sun sinc e no on or on e hund re d an d
ei ghty d e gr e e s wh i ch is half th e c ir cumfer enc e of th e e arth
sin c e th e ob s e rvati on c o mm en c e d
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
su n—s ix
’
Fr o m th e go in g d own of th e
o clo ck in th e e ven
in g—th e r e volvin g e arth w ill c arry th e ob s erve r at th e rat e of
fifte en d e gre es eve ry h our t o th e pl ac e wh er e hi s obs ervati on
co mm en c e d twenty four hours b efor e Th at is a c om pl et e r evo
luti e n of th e e arth fro m w e s t t o e ast th e refo r e th e o bs e r ve r
se e s th e sun a gain arise i n th e e ast
In th e tw enty four h ours wh i ch is one r e voluti on of the
e arth from west to e ast th e e arth ad vanc e s ( turnin g from
w e st t o e ast ) on h e r j ourney i n h e r o r b it around th e sun on e
o f thre e hundr e d sixty fiv e and on e fourth p arts of h e r c ircuit
around th e sun Wh en sh e m ake s thre e hundr ed and sixty fiv e
and on e fourth r evoluti ons from w es t t o e ast sh e c omple te s
h e r c ir cuit around th e sun
Wh o c annot h e r e aft e r cle arl y s e e th at th e plane ts tr av el
around th e sun in th e ir or bits from w e st to e ast i n th e s am e
,
-
.
,
.
-
,
,
,
,
,
-
-
-
.
-
.
(
)
70
d ire ction as th e hands of th e clo ck are m oving —the only d ir e c
tio n th e y c an trave l a s l ong as th ey ar e turnin g from w e st t o
e ast "
Th e fa ct i s th at th e stat ionar y sun and th e st ati onary stars
d o app e a r c o nti nually circl in g th e m o vin g e arth co ntrary
t o th e hands of th e clo ck That i s th e y app e ar to travel from
e as t t o w e st aroun d th e e arth on c e i n a ye ar This app e aran c e
is c aus ed b y th e r e volut ion of th e e arth fro m w es t t o e ast in a
ye ar ar oun d th e sun Hen c e the a stro nom er s mi stak e b e caus e
th e y h ave co nfounde d th e true m otion of th e e arth fro m w e st
t o e ast wi th th e app arent m ot ion of th e sun from e ast t o we st
th e e clipti c wh i ch d o e s n ot exi st
Th e third m otio n of th e e arth i s n ot a c ons e cut ive mo tion
It i s inter r upt e d e very s ix m onths b y th e stopp in g and turni ng
of th e e art h in D e c emb er and in June
Th e n orth p art of th e e arth i n s ix m onths turns forty
s e ve n d e gr e e s toward th e sun and th en th e e arth sto ps At
this t ime th e sun i s v ert ic al ab out twe nty thr e e and on e ha lf
d e gre e s north of th e e quato r Whe n th e e arth turns from th e
’
west t o e a st th e v ert i cal sun s ra ys fo rm th e tr opi c of c anc er
At th i s po int th e m o ti on of th e e arth is r everse d and th e
north p art of th e e arth turns aw ay fro m th e sun for six m onth s
Of c ours e th e s outh p art of th e e arth turns i n th e s am e pro
p ortio n to ward th e sun t ill th e sun i s v ert ical about twenty
thre e a nd on e h alf d e gre e s south of the e qu ator wh e re th e
ve rti c al sun c aus e d by th e r evo lvin g of th e e arth form s th e
tro pi c of Capri corn Her e this moti o n sto ps a gain and a r e
ve rse d m oti on b e gins f or anoth e r s ix months
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
-
-
.
.
.
,
,
-
.
.
No w i t will b e cl e ar if th e e arth d id n ot h ave thi s s ix
’
m onth s m otion the sun would alwa ys b e ve rt i c al on th e
e qu at o r and th e ni ght s and d ays wo uld always b e of e q ual
l en gth fro m p ol e to p ol e
But th e e arth h as this m ot ion so it c au se s th e vert i cal su n
t o t ravel b etwe en th e trop ic s and on th e e quat or of th e e arth
twi c e i n e a ch year in th e vernal and autumnal e quinoxe s
and th en onl y th e ni ght s and d ays ar e of e qual l ength from
p ole t o p ole
,
,
.
—
,
,
.
,
(
)
72
t i on a gain Co ns e qu ently th e sun i s the n ve rti cal
e q uator—this i s th e ve rnal e quinox
.
’
th e e art h s
on
.
W h en th e e arth h as turne d still farthe r twenty thr e e and
one half d e gre e s sh e c om e s t o th e tr op i c of Canc e r wh er e th e
sun i s v e rti c al and i t is verti c al th er e b e c aus e sinc e th e v ernal
equinox th e e arth h as turn e d fro m h e r h or iz on tal p osition
twenty thre e and on e half d e gr e e s to ward th e sun An d h er e
sh e s tand s still and he r moti on i s a gain r ev ers ed for anoth er
six m onths
-
-
,
,
,
'
,
-
-
.
.
A s th e e arth h as thi s h alf ye arly m oti on w e s e e th e sun
ris e i n th e e ast and s et in th e w e st onl y in th e e q uinoxe s b ut
in th e t w e n tv fir st of D e c em b er wh e n th e south p art of th e
e a rth i s turn e d fro m h e r h o r izo nt al p o sitio n twenty thr e e and
a h alf d e gre e s th e sun ri se s and s ets twe nt y thr e e and a h alf
d e gre e s south of th e e quator
-
,
-
,
-
-
,
.
Jun e tw enty fir st wh en th e north p art of th e e arth is
turn e d twe nty thr e e and a h alf d e gre e s t oward th e sun from
h e r ho ri zo nt al p os iti on i n th e v ernal e quinox th e sun ris es and
s ets twe nty thre e and a h alf d e gre e s north of th e e quator
-
-
,
-
.
E
L et us suppo s e th e p os ition of th e e arth on h er orb it t o
b e twe nt y thre e and a h alf d e gr e es 0 from a r i gh t an gle In
such a c as e th e e a r th c ould n ot tr avel fo r on e s e cond i n h e r
orb it around th e sun but w ould d e v i at e and st art i n a sp iral
orb it i nto th e spa c e whi ch of cours e n eve r w ould cl o s e but
h e r j ourn e y i n such an o rb it would so on com e t o an end be
c aus e th e e arth w ould bre ak into fra g m ents
-
.
,
,
,
,
.
The refor e it i s cl e ar th at th e e arth and th e o th e r plan et s
ar e always at ri ght an gle s w ith th e ir orb its i n the i r c e asele s s
j ourne y ar ound th e sun b e c aus e th e y always travel th e sam e
o rb its and ar e alway s ac c ompli sh in g the i r c ircuit s fro m on e
circuit t o th e n ext pr e cis el y wi th in th e s am e p e rio d of tim e
A m e ch ani c will fix th e ton gue of a w a go n at a ri ght an gl e
with th e axl e s Oth e rw is e it woul d h av e an i ncl inat i on t o run
If th e ton gue of a wa gon i s plac ed twenty thre e
e d th e ro ad
and a h alf d e gr e es off from a ri ght an gle th e w a gon w ill not
stay on th e r o ad
,
,
.
,
.
-
.
.
(
73
)
Th e co rre c t and only po siti on th e e arth c an h ave is to b e
always ex actl y in a ri ght angl e with h e r o rb it Th at i s t o s ay
tha t n e ithe r th e n orth p ol e n o r th e south p ole i s i n advan c e
But wh e n th e e arth h a s this ro ckin g
of th e oth e r i n spac e
m oti on of s ix m onth s alre ad y explaine d sh e only can b e in
th e e quinoxe s wh en sh e i s in h e r h oriz o nt al p ositi on p o int in g
ex actly into th e tru e north and int o th e true south po int s i n
th e h e ave nly v ault But wh e n sh e stands still sh e i s tw enty
thre e and a hal f d e gre e s o ff fro m th e tru e n orth an d th e t r ue
s outh p oint s in th e h e ave nly vault but n o t t o th e e ast no r t o
th e w est fro m tho s e p o ints but up and d own from th em
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
If th e e arth h ad only th e c onse cuti v e m oti on fro m w e st t o
e ast and th e i nterrupt e d or r o ckin g m oti on of six m onths from
n orth t o south and a gain from south t o north sh e would ac
c ompl ish h er c ircuit aro u nd th e sun j ust ex a ctly at th e v ery
m om ent sh e com e s t o h er v ernal e q uinox B ut this i s n ot tru e
Sh e turns tw enty minut e s and tw e nty on e
of th e e arth n o w
s e cond s lon ge r from w e st to e ast ti ll sh e com e s t o h e r full c ir
cuit around th e sun Th is sp ac e is on th e surfac e of th e e arth
a littl e ove r fifty s e cond s farth er w e st th an wh e n sh e c am e t o
h e r v ernal e quinox Of c ours e i t c aus e s th e app e aran c e th at
th e ve rn al e quino cti al p o int in th e h e avenly v ault h a s m ov e d
b ack toward e ast fifty s e co n ds durin g th e ye ar
Thi s sam e
b ac kward m ovem ent o f th e v ern al e qui no cti al po int app e ar s
t o take pla c e from ye a r t o y e ar wh er e a s th e r e al c aus e is
th a t th e e arth turns h er surfac e t ow ard th e w e st fro m e v ery
vernal e quino x fif ty s e cond s t il l sh e c om es t o he r full ci rcuit
ar ound th e sun Thi s i s c ause d as h as alre ad y b e e n s aid b y
the unint errupte d turnin g of th e e arth fro m nort h t o south
m akin g on e c ompl et e r evoluti o n i n ab out
ye ars from
north to s outh
Wh en th e earth i s in h e r h or i zont al p osit io n th e t e rr e st r i al
e qu ato r c oin cid e s w ith th e c el e sti al e q u ator and th e t erre st r i al
p ol e s with th e h e avenly p ol es
Th es e c ondi ti on s ar e p erm a
n ent i n th e h e avenly vault
The re ad e r must h av e a cl e ar vi si on i n h i s m ind of th e
thr e e m oti ons of th e e arth i n cir clin g th e sun
,
.
-
.
.
,
.
,
,
"
.
,
-
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
(
74
)
L e t us st art n o w fro m th e b e ginn in g of th e ve rnal e qui
as th e e arth
n o c tial ye ar upon our j ourn e y a round th e sun
at th i s tim e i s i n h er hori z ontal p o s itio n an d th e sun is v erti c al
ab o ve h er e q uator di vidin g th e e arth int o tw o e qual h alve s
,
,
.
Afte r w e h ave tr avel ed th re e m onths and advanc e d o ne
quart e r of our j ourn e y in th e c ele st ial vault th e n o r th p ar t
o f th e e arth i s turn ed twe nty thr e e and on e h alf d e gr e e s to w ar d
th e sun This brou ght th e st ationary sun verti cal to tw enty
thre e an d a h alf d e gre e s north o f th e e quat o r And h er e i s
th e stati on of th e e arth wh er e sh e stands still and h e r mot io n
is r e vers e d for anoth er s ix m onths Thi s i s Jun e 2 1 st
Wh en w e trav el anoth er six m onth s o n our j ourn e y in th e
c ele sti al vault w e h ave a dvanc e d h a lf of th e ci rcl e and h av e
c om e t o th e aut umnal e q uinox wh er e th e e arth is a gai n in
h er hor i zont al p o siti on
Co ns e qu ently th e n ort h p ar t of th e
e ar t h must h av e b e en turni n g away from th e sun twenty thr e e
an d a h alf d e gre e s sinc e Jun e 2 l s t
Wh en w e c ontinue our
j ourney ano th e r thre e m onths aro un d th e sun in th e h e avenl y
v ault w e h ave ad v an c e d thr e e fo urths of ou r c ir cuit and th e
s outh p art of th e e arth i s turn ed the n tw enty thr e e and a h alf
d e gre e s to th e sun and th is much turnin g of th e e arth toward
th e sun b rou ght th e sun ve rti c al t o twenty thr e e and a h alf
d e gr e e s south of th e e q uato r and th is i s th e statio n wh er e th e
m oti on of th e e arth i s r ev erse d a gain fo r anoth er s ix m onths
Thi s i s th e 2 l st of D e c em b er
Th e re still r em ain s thre e months o f our j ourne y i n th e
h e ave n l y vault t o c omple t e th e cir cl e t o th e v ernal e q uino x
fro m wh en c e w e st arte d nine m onths ag o Th e e arth will c om e
a gai n into he r h o ri zo ntal p os iti on Cons e que ntly th e constantly
chan gin g t err estri al p ol es will a gai n co inc i de w ith th e un
ch an ge ab le c elesti al pole s and th e constantly ch an ge abl e e qua
to r o f th e e arth whi ch always divid es th e e art h into e qual
h alv e s must a gain co in c id e w ith th e n ever ch an ge abl e c el esti al
e q u at or
In th e very m om ent th e e q uator of th e e art h c o incid es w ith
th e c ele sti al e quat o r our c ir cl e in th e h e av enly v ault i s cl ose d
in th e v e r nal e quino ct ial p o int Th is i s th e un ch ang eabl e B i
,
,
-
-
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
-
.
,
'
-
,
-
,
-
,
.
.
-
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
(
75
)
ble ye ar and it m ay b e c alle d th e vern al e quino ctial y e ar be
c aus e i t b e gins and e nd s in th e v ern al e qui nox Durin g th e
y e ar th e e arth i s imp er c e pti bl y an d c onst antly turnin g from
north to s outh and always a dj ustin g h e r pole s and e quato r
to th e p erm an ent cele sti al p ol e s and e quator as i s app ar e nt in
th e e q uinox es
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
In th e end of e ach ye ar wh en th e c ir cl e i n th e h e av enl y
vault i s cl os ed i n th e v ernal e quinox th e imp e rc e ptibl e turn
in g of th e e arth fro m n orth t o south b e co m e s app arent in th at
th e e q u ato r of th e e arth on th e W e st e rn Hem i sph er e i s fifty
s e c ond s farth e r south th an it was a ye ar a go and o n th e e ast
e rn fifty s e c onds farth e r north Thi s new e q uat or d iv id e s th e
e arth into two e q ual h alve s j ust a s th e e q uat o r a ye a r ag o
did
It cuts th e old e qu ato r i n nin et y d e gr e e s e ast and i n
ninet y de gre e s we st fro m wh er e th e e arth turns int o tw o e q ual
p arts
,
,
.
,
.
.
From an y v ernal e q uinox th e e a rth will travel on h er
orb it tw enty m i nut e s and twe nty on e s e c onds lo nger t ill sh e
c om e s to h e r full c i r cuit around th e sun While sh e i s travel
in g t o c omplet e h e r c ircuit sh e turns fr om w e st t o e ast fifty
se conds and thi s turnin g of th e e arth g ives th e app arent dr o p
pin g b ac k of th e v ern al e q uino cti al p o int i n th e h e av enly vault
“
e ve ry ye ar of fift y s e c o nds Th is i s th e m yst eri ou s pre c e s
”
s i on th at mak e s th e sol ar ye ar alw ay s twe nty m inut e s and
twent y on e se co nd s lon ger th an th e B ibl e o r e quino cti al ye a r
-
.
,
,
.
,
-
.
If th e e arth d id turn nin ety d e gr e e s inst e ad of fifty s e c
e nds from no rth t o s outh i n a ye ar that would brin g th e e arth
into h er hori zont al p o sit ion in ev e ry vernal e quinox s o th at
th e n e w e quator would run thr ou gh th e re gion s wh er e th e
p ol e s w e r e a y e ar a go and th e n ew p ol e s woul d b e on th e
e q uato r of l a st ye ar and th e n ew e qu at o r w ould cr o ss th e old
e q uato r ex a ctl y in a right an gle
It would t ak e th e e arth on h er orb i t fro m th e vernal
e q uinox j ust on e fourth of a ye ar till sh e a c complish e d h er
circuit aro und th e sun C onse qu ently th e app ar ent mot ion of
th e v e rn al e quino cti al p o int i n th e h e avenly v ault w o ul d be
nin ety d e gre es b a ckward from ye ar t o ye ar c aus e d b y th e
,
,
,
,
.
-
.
,
(
)
76
tu r nin g of th e e arth nine ty d e gre e s fro m n orth to so uth s inc e
she l e ft h e r ve rnal e quinox Th e d ir e cti on th e fri gid zone s are
m o vin g is n ot cle a r to m e Go d h as withh eld th at fro m m e
but wh at I h av e so far d e s cri b e d I cl e arly s ee and know it t o
b e c orr e ct
.
.
,
.
It dimly app e ars t o m e th at the no rth pol e i s comin g on
th e We stern Hemisph er e over L ab rad o r i n a south e ast erl y d i
re cti on at the r at e of fifty s e co nds a ye ar That would b r in g
Ne w York und e r th e ar cti c c ircle i n ab out 35 0 0 ye ars and th e
n orth p ole would r e ach th e p res ent e q uat or ne ar th e m outh of
th e Am a zo n rive r i n 6 4 8 0 ye ars Th e n th e s outh p ol e would
b e on th e i sland of Sumatra and th e e quator woul d run a cross
th e p res ent p oles
,
.
,
,
.
.
In th is c as e th e e q uato r would run on th e E astern Hem i
sph e re alon g or in th e m iddl e of th e R e d S e a and ove r th e
D ardan ell es prob ably w est o f Wars aw but e ast of V i enna
and B erlin toward s th e n ort h p ol e
Of cours e th e eq uat or o n th e Weste rn Hemi sph er e would
run we st of th e Hawa ii an Isl ands o ver K am ch atka and th e
n e w S ib eri an Island s Th e s e li ne s ar e n ot t ak en fro m a glob e
’
but of a sm all atl as o n M er c ator s proj e ct ion th erefor e th ey
c anno t b e ac cur ate but will only serv e t o giv e an i de a of m y
d im vi sion
Th e r e ad e r will un d e rst an d th at if th e no rth p ol e c om e s
o n th e no rt h p art of th e We st ern He mi sph er e i t will m ove
away fr om th e n orth p art of th e E ast ern He mi sph er e —th at i s
S ib e ri a will b e gettin g warm e r in th e s am e proporti on as th e
Atlant i c Co ast of Am e ri c a grows c old e r
If th e no rth pol e i s m ovin g th e w ay I h ave d e scrib e d i n
such a cas e th e E ur op e an c ountri es will h av e ver y littl e of th e
nort h and s outh mo vem ent b e c aus e n inet y d e gre e s to th e e a st
and ni n ety de gr ee s t o th e w e st from wh e re th e fri gid zo ne s
are m ovin g th e e q u at ors cut e a ch oth er and wh er e th e y cut
th er e of c ours e c an b e non e of th e m ovem e nt
Thi s cut of th e e q u ato rs i s m ovin g fro m w est t o e ast e ver y
y e ar fifty s e conds
Pro b ably i t i s m or e corre ct t o say it i s
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
(
77
)
m ovin g from northwes t to s outh e ast b e c aus e th at i s re ally th e
c ase
Now i t i s cl e ar from wh at h as b e en s aid and explaine d
th at all th e p arallels and m er idi ans th at ar e us e d fo r inte r
’
national bound ary line s m ust b e co ntinually mo vin g fro m
e ast t o w est
,
.
.
Thi s pre c e ssi on an d th e m ovi n g of th e zone s w as d e
“
”
scri b e d in th e Movi ng Zon e s in th e ye ar 1 89 3 and in th e
”
“
A ge of th e World and th e M yst eri e s of Its Cre atio n i n 1 9 0 5
b ut th e d evil h a s h el d th e p e o pl e of th i s wo rld from givin g
glo ry to God so th at th e y h ave silently suppr esse d th e se revela
ti ons of Go d th e s e m any ye ars But from now on G od will s e e
that all th e servants of th e d e vil w ill fall
,
,
.
.
T o explai n th e p re c e ssi on wa s a d ep arture fro m th e ori g
in al whi ch w e l eft at the cruc ifixi on o f Chri st
.
C H AP TE R V III
C HR
IS T THE S O N
,
OF
.
G OD
.
Th e word s M e ss i ah th e Princ e th e Mo st Holy h ave n eve r
any refer en c e t o th e m at e ri al b o dy of Christ but onl y t o h is
sp i ri tu al and eve r l ivin g s oul Wh e n Christ r eferr e d t o h i s
“ ”
“
”
sp iritual b od y i t w a s always I or S on of God
b ut ab out
“
th e m at eri al b ody h e s aid :
It sh all go with th e s on of ma n
”
as is writt en
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
We h av e alre ad y s e en th at th e cru cifixi on of Chri st to ok
pla c e i n Jerusal em j ust ex actl y o n th e v ery d ay a s D ani el
Ther efor e i t i s cl e ar th at Chr ist cam e
ph oph e sied it should
t o b e cru cifie d
Th e Jews ar e not t o b e blam e d for cruc ifyin g
Chri st but f or r ej e cting h is d o ctrin e th at was of G od
,
.
.
.
,
It was i mp ossibl e f or Go d t o kn ow wh eth e r Chr ist would
co n q ue r th e d e vil o r be ov e rc om e b y t emptat ion Chr ist e n
dure d th e tri al co nque re d th e d evil and b e c am e th e ruler of
th is w o rld th e Me ss i ah th e Mo st Holy
N ow God c ast th e d evil out of h e aven and l imit e d h is
'
.
,
,
,
.
(
78
p o w e r h er e and d e fin ed th e end
p eri o d
)
of
h is rul e on e arth t o a fix e d
.
Th e d evil was an unm ol e st e d r ul er on th e e arth t ill th is
t im e and carri e d e ven th e very ch os e n p e opl e of Go d w ith him
s o that th ere w er e o nly a fe w of th e cho s en o ne s wh o re c e iv e d
th e t e achin gs of Chr ist
,
.
th e cre at i on in th e m at e rial world i s th e work of God
All th e sp irits eve n th e d evil was ori ginally fro m Go d
Al l th e v isibl e o bj e cts w ill r eturn t o th e invisibl e el e c
t r ic ity from wh i ch God cr e at ed the m b ut th e s p ir itual b e ings
th e individual liv in g b e in gs th e an gel s of Go d and th e an gel s
Th e y ar e
of th e d evil and th e d ev il him self w ill liv e for ever
sp irits and ar e ind e stru ct ibl e
John th e B apt ist b or e re c ord of Ch ri st s ayi n g h e wa s
th e s on of Go d and Christ h ims e lf s aid th e s am e and th at
“
”
I c am e fro m m y Fath e r and w ill go t o m y Fath e r
C on s e
que ntly Christ as a s on of Go d w a s in m or e confid enc e w ith h is
Fath er th an th e an gel s w er e wh o ar e onl y m e ssen ger s or s erv
ants of God
Wh en th e ch i ef of th e s e an gel s d iso b eye d Go d He r ej e ct e d
h im and thi s s am e unfaithful s ervant i s th e d evil th e l ivin g
wi ck e d sp irit who h ad unm ole st e d swa y b oth in h eav en and
on th e e arth till Chri st c onquer e d h im on th e cr os s
“
John th e B aptist s ai d of Christ :
Aft e r m e com e s a m an
”
An d
wh o wa s pr eferr e d b efor e m e fo r h e w a s b efor e m e
“
”
Christ sai d t o th e Jews :
B efore Abrah am w as I wa s
Thi s
i s b e caus e Christ wa s th e spir it ch o s en or God s et him ap art
f or Hims elf i n h e ave n as Hi s son
That i s h e w as a distinct
individual b e in g in h e av en w ith God b e fo r e th er e w as any
cre ati on of th e un iv er se i He c am e d own fro m h e aven t o c on
q uer th e d evil wh o c arri ed all m ankind with hi m
Wh en
“
Chr i st c onquer e d h im on th e cro ss He r ej o i c e d and said : B e
”
of goo d ch e e r I h av e o ve rcom e th e world
It i s th e sp iritual b od y of Chri st th at c am e d own fr om
h e aven and con q u er ed th e d evil on th e cross But th e physic al
b od y of Christ c am e t o exi st enc e on th e e art h a cc o rdin g t o th e
s am e law of Go d as all oth e r hum an bod i e s in th e wo rld do
Al l
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
(
80
)
b y th at ve ry a ct h e entirely b rou ght h is p ow e r on th e e arth
un de r re stri cti on Go d di d n ot p erm i t h im t o p ass th e s e b o unds
.
.
Th e r est of m ankind b e c am e individual s on th e e arth
Th at i s th e so ul of ev er y m an i s of Go d but unit e s i n form
i n g th e m at e ri al b ody on th e e arth
It b e c o m e s a bl end of th e
s oul and b o dy of th e e arthly p arents and t o s o m e ext ent of
th e i r inh erite d traits A ch ild is n ot r espons ibl e b efor e God
fo r h is wi ck e d and un h ol y in clin ations and m ot iv e s till h e be
c om es a cco unt abl e fo r h i s own a ct s ; wh en h e r e ach e s th e a g e
of r e as on
Th en h e i s hi s ow n m ast er and c ons e q uently of
hi s own volit ion Go d p e rm it s h im t o m ak e th e cho i c e f or h is
d estiny—t o s erv e e ith er Go d o r th e d evil
“
’
Chr ist s aid :
A t re e i s known b y its fruits
Th is m e ans
th at a m an i s a child of Go d if th e spi ri t of God dwell s i n h im
U nd e r such cond itions it i s imp ossi ble f o r hi m t o d ep art on e
’
h air s bre adth fro m th e d oct r in e of Christ wh i ch i s t o do th e
will of God and h e will d o i t at all h a zards Man i s th e n of
th e d ivin e n atur e and th at m e ans th at th e s oul of th at m an
“
i s a gai n i denti c al with G od Th e kin gd om of Go d i s w ithin
”
him
He is of God and has a p e rfe ct uni o n w ith hi s Fath er
He commun es w ith God on th e e arth and wh e n h e d epart s
fro m his t emp oral r esid en c e h e w ill r ej oi c e b e c ause h e knows
h e will go to h i s Fathe r t o b e wi th him for ev e r
’
At th e tim e of Christ s b i rt h th e Jews w e r e lookin g fo r
“
”
—
th e M e ssi ah th e
s on of D av id
a t emp oral rule r wh o
would r e est ab lish th e kingdom of his fath e r D avid ; but Chr is t
“
”
d e clar e d : My kin gdo m i s n ot of thi s world
Th e Jews h ad n o knowled ge of th e sp iritu al k in gdom of
“
whi ch Chr ist w as th e K in g Th erefo re whe n Christ s a id :
I
“
”
”
and m y Fath er ar e o n e
and I am th e s on of Go d
th e y
th ou ght h e wa s bl asphem in g and b e c am e willin g t o ols in th e
h ands of th e d evil t o cru cify h im b e c aus e th e y h ad n o knowl
ed ge of Go d
D avi d foretold th at th e m at er ial b od y of Chr ist should
s e e n o corrupt ion—and thi s w or d of Go d wa s fulfille d in that
his b ody did r e solve its elf int o el e ctri c ity and i n th at ele ctri c
b od y whi ch h e at will d id d isc ard and a gain d id app e ar in
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
:
.
9
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
,
.
—
-
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
(
)
81
aft e r h i s crucifixion h e app e ar ed to h i s di sciples and oth ers
,
.
If Chri st h ad no t app e ar e d t o hi s di scipl e s i n a visi bl e
b od y afte r th e cru cifixi on th ey would h av e th ou ght h im d e ad
till th e d ay of Jud gm ent b e c aus e th e y w e re ye t m at eri al i n
th ei r v i e ws Just b efo re th e as c e nsi on of Chr is t th e y aske d
“
Wilt th o u at th is tim e r e st or e a gai n th e kin gd om
o f h im :
“
”
t o Isra el " And h e s ai d unt o th e m :
It i s not for yo u t o
kno w th e t im e s or th e s e a son wh i ch th e Fath e r h as put in
h i s own p o w er
But y e sh all re c e ive p owe r afte r th at th e
”
Holy Gh ost c om e upon you
T ill thi s tim e th e Apo stle s w er e in s e clu si on and w er e
huddl ed to geth er in fe ar and tre mbl in g and pra yi n g ; but
afte r the y r e c e ive d th e Holy Gho st all fe ar d e p art ed from
th em —th e y b e cam e b old and app e are d in publi c d e clar in g th e
kin gd om of God w h ic h d id b e g i n on th e e arth on th e very
m om ent wh en Chri st c on q u ere d the d evil o n th e cr os s Th e y
kne w n ow that th e y w er e of God and th e m at erial b od y whi ch
h a d blin de d the m b e for e b e c am e t o th em o nly a t emp oral r e s i
denc e on th e e arth Th e y kn e w that th e k in gdo m of Chr i st
was a sp iritual ki n gd o m th at w oul d exis t for ever
It i s the d e vil wh o d e c e iv e s m ankind int o b eli evin g that
th e m at eri al b o dy is all th er e is of m an ; wh er e as th e m at e ri al
b od y of m an i s only h i s e arthly r e sid en c e and i n hi s d epartur e
from thi s w orld it w ill b e c ast away as a w orn out garm e nt
whi ch i s no lon ger fit for us e
It m ay b e consiste nt t o s ay th at th e m ateri al m an i s as
it were a r e cordin g instrum ent wh er e b y th e eve r ex ist in g s oul
To a
of m an m ak e s hims elf n ot onl y app arent b ut c oncr et e
wis e m an Go d appe ars t o b e m o re co ncret e th an th e e arth it
s elf As an ex ampl e of Hi s p o we r consid e r that th e m os t
s killful m an cannot m ak e a t ime pi e c e th at w ill k e e p ex act
t im e fo r on e ye ar Ye t th e plan et ary s yst em i s so a c curat e a
t im epi e c e th at th e e arth and th e oth er pl an ets from th e v ery
tim e th ey st art e d on th e i r j ourne y ar ound th e sun h av e always
a c co mpl ish e d th e ir cir cuit exa ctl y fr om on e c ircuit t o th e next
w ith out th e sli ghte st v ari at ion A fo ol says th er e i s n o Go d
but th at all is ch anc e Thus h ath th e d evil blind e d hi s ch ildr en
,
.
,
.
.
,
'
,
.
,
.
.
,
-
.
,
-
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
(
82
)
Th e d evi l i s a d e c e ivin g spirit and s o blinds his v i ctim s
’
th at th e y th ink th e y ar e d o in g Go d s s ervi c e while th e y ar e
s ervin g Sat an "Ch ri st kn e w this for h e s aid to h i s d is cipl e s :
“
Th e tim e com e s that wh os o ever kills yo u w ill th ink h e d o e s
”
“
Go d a s e rvi c e
And h e als o sai d t o th e m :
S e ar ch the
”
spirit s
If i t w e re p o ss ible eve n th e v ery el e ct w ould b e
d e c e ive d b y th e d evil
,
.
,
.
.
No m an n e e d b e lon g d e c e iv e d b y th e d evil if h e d e s i re s
t o kno w in who s e e mplo y h e r e ally i s Hi s own s e cret thou ghts
and d e sire s ar e th e t r ue l iken ess of hi s soul Th e y r epr e s ent
h is s oul vis ibly t o h im If h e is a child of God th e n h i s soul
i s id ent i c al with th e Holy Gh o st that dwells i n h im whi ch
i s th e sp ir it of Go d and h e i s in p erf e ct p e ac e w i th Go d hi s
o nly d e sir e i s t o kno w th e will of Go d th at h e m ay s erv e Him
blam ele ssly and b e Hi s ob e di ent ch ild He h as c onquer e d th e
He is th e l iv in g
d e v il c onse qu ently th e d evil fle e s fro m h im
s oul w ith whom God dw ells in his m at eri al b ody on th e e arth
and afte r hi s t emp or a
l exi st en c e e nd s h e will l ive for ev e r with
h i s Fath e r
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
Th e child
of
Go d i s not d e c e ive d
He knows wh er e h e i s
an d wh ith e r h e go e s
D e ath is no t e rro r t o him He i s n o
lon ge r c ontrolle d b y th is m at e ri al world but b y th e spi rit of
God
.
.
.
,
.
No w th e d ev il w ill su gge st t o you th at th e c as e w as no t s o
with Paul s in c e h e w as c ont inu ally t orm ente d b y th e d e vil
and thou gh h e w as pre a chin g Chr is t t o othe r s h e was afra id
h e h im s elf mi ght b e cast aw ay
,
,
Thi s i s th e onl y inst an c e wh er ei n Go d h as t ak en a man
a gainst hi s will wh o w as a s ervant of th e d evil and"m ad e him
an i nst r um e nt to Him self
,
.
But Go d i s invari abl e i n all Hi s l aws and w ays Wh en
H e cre at e d m an H e put His sp ir it i n h im w ith fr e e dom t o ac t
s o that e ver y soul c an m ake ch o ic e who m h e w ill s erve Go d
or th e d evil
H e will n ot b re ak His ow n laws
God d e sir e s
o b e di ent children and n ot slave s t o l ive with Him
.
—
,
.
.
.
’
B e c aus e Paul d id no t d e p art fro m th e d e v il willin gl y but
,
(
83
)
by for c e h e n eve r h ad p erfe ct p e a c e but w as torm ent e d b y th e
d evil
Paul w as a W i llin g t o ol i n th e h ands of th e d e vil He w a s
on hi s w ay from Je rus al e m t o Dam as cus to d e str o y th e chil
dr en of G od wh en h e w as sudd e n l y stru ck d own and hi s spir it
was c arri e d b efor e th e thr on e of God wh er e h e h e ard m ost
Th e
w ond e rful th in gs whi ch no m an wa s allow e d to utt e r
pr e se nc e of Go d wa s su ch a t erribl e s i gh t to th e s ervant of th e
d evi l th at afte r s e e in g it Paul w as willin g t o d ep art fr om h i s
old m aste r th e d evil an d b e com e th e s ervant of God H e also
w as forew arn e d th at h e must su ff e r m u ch and wh e n h e kn e w
that hi s d e p artur e fro m thi s w o rl d w as n e ar h e r ej o i c e d
,
.
.
,
.
,
-
.
,
,
,
.
,
R i ght eousne ss ,
truth j usti c e and l o ve are all on e Th e y
flo w fro m th e s am e fountain fro m th e unalt erab l e e v e r ex ist in g
God and of th e s e attri but e s of God ar e His tru e childr en l ik e
wi se po ss e ssors Th e y ar e ins ep ar abl e If any of th e s e e ss e n
ti al qualiti e s l ac k in any soul it is a de ath soul—a ch il d of th e
d evil but it do e s not know i t ; it i s d e c e iv ed b y h im
Chri st th e Ap ostl e s and th e m artyrs wh o s e ale d th e ir h ol y
live s w ith the d e ath of th e i r m at eri al b o d ie s ar e go o d ex ampl e s
of tru e childr en of Go d
Th e opp osit e i s true of a p erfe ct child of th e d evil On e
i s a p e rf e ct child of th e d evil w h en h is c ons ci en c e c e as e s t o
tr oubl e him
Cons c i en c e i s the vo i c e of Go d o r th e vo i c e
o f th e s oul
Wh e n m an i s ent irely in th e servi c e of th e d e v il
Go d c e as e s to c all him—th at i s—h i s c o nsc i en c e will n o lon ger
tr ouble him He i s n ow a w illin g t o ol i n th e h and s of th e
d evil h e is r e ad y t o g o wh e re eve r h is m aste r l e ads h im and
’
h e find s d eli ght in d oin g h is m ast er s w ill b e c aus e h e i s of
th e natur e of h is fath e r th e d evil
Fals eh o od un ri ght e ou s
’
n e ss strife and th e l ov e o f th is w o rld ar e h is s oul s attribut e s
and with th e m th e d evil k e ep s h is ti m e continuall y o c cup ie d t o
th e v er y l ast mom e nt of hi s exist en c e and th en i s sure of
his vi ct im
A s l on g as th e c onsc i en c e of a m an i s no t qui et God h a s
n ot lost all h op e of hi s r e cov er y th er efor e H e k e ep s callin g t o
“
h im
But h e n e ed s t o say as th e prodi gal son d id
I will go
.
,
-
,
,
.
.
,
-
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
84
”
unto m y Fathe r
The n h e must c e ase fr om sinnin g b efor e
h e can b e co m e a ch ild of God A s s o on as h e c e as es from s in
nin g h e i s i n r e b ell io n a gain st th e d evil an d i s drawin g ne ar e r
t o God and finall y h e will co nque r and aft er Go d h as pur ifi e d
“
”—
—
b
y
that
is
b
y
tr
ials
th e de vil will try t o dr aw h im
fi
r
h im
e
away fro m Go d Aft er Go d i s s atisfi e d that hi s n ew b orn ch ild
i s th e c onquer or H e will r e c e iv e h im w ith op e n arm s an d h e
will r e c e iv e th e Holy Gho st an d th i s is th e s an c tific ation of thi s
m an He wi ll n ev er d ep art fro m Go d He w ill b e in p erfe ct
p e a c e with Go d and hi s c ons c i en c e w ill n eve r a ga in tr oubl e
h im
.
.
,
-
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
Th e m oth e r of Chr ist was a vir gin but sh e w as not a m aid
Th e wor d v irgi n h as no r efer en c e t o any s ex or a ge It do e s
no t m e an a fem al e and h as no r efer enc e t o th e m at er ial b od y
“
”
b ut t o th e spiritual Youn g ch ildr e n ar e vir gins
Youn g
m en an d youn g w om e n ; ol d m en and old w om en ar e all v ir gin s
if th e y ar e the ch ildr e n of Go d all thos e in wh om th e sp ir it
of Go d dw ells ar e vir gins
.
,
.
,
.
.
—
.
,
’
Th e 34 th vers e of th e 1 st ch apt er of Luke is th e d evil s
“
i nt e rp olat ion :
Th en s aid M ar y un to th e an gel How sh all
’
this b e s e e in g I kno w not a m an "
Th e an ge l d id not t ell
“
h e r that sh e h ad alre ady co nc e ived but th at th ou sh al t c on
”
It was th e n yet in th e futur e
Conse quently w h e n
c e iv e
th e m at erial b od y of Ch ri st w a s b e in g f orm e d a c cord in g
t o th e l aw of God th e s o n of G od th e individual b e in g Chr i st
cam e d own fr om h e aven and un it e d w ith i t an d w a s b o rn
‘
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
E
C H A P T R IX
THE
.
E I LE T I ME S
G NT
.
W e h ave al re ad y s e e n th at Go d r ej e ct e d Hi s p e o pl e th e
Jews in th e y e ar 4 033 and turn e d th en to t e ach th e kn owl ed g e
of Go d t o th e Gentiles but in le ss than 30 0 y e ars th e y als o r e
j e c t e d th e t e achin gs of Chr is t and b e c am e w ill in g t o ol s i n th e
h ands of th e d evil And h enc e th e turmo il th at h as b e en in
,
,
,
.
(
85
)
th e wo rld b e c ause th e spirit of G od d e parte d and th e d evil
ruled th e wo rld But Go d at no t im e p erm itted h i m t o trans
gre s s th e pre scri bed limits w ithi n whi ch h e w as bound sin c e
Christ c onqu er ed hi m on th e cro ss
,
.
,
.
W e als o h ave se e n that God r e ve al ed t o Ne buch adn e zzar
in th e i ma ge th at th ere sh ould onl y b e four U ni versal Emp ir es
i n th e wo rld and th e n th e K in gdom of God should co m e th at
is Chri st sh ould rule in th e w orld n ot i n th e phys i cal b od y but
in th e sp iritual
In th e sev enth ch apte r o f D anie l w e s e e th at God r eve al s
th e s e four U nive rsal Em pi r es to h im i n a ni ght vi sion i n th e
form of b e asts He d e s cri b e s e ach of th e m in a mor e parti cular
m anne r as t o the i r chara ct e r and a cti ons
In th e s event h
ve rse h e d e scri b es th e fourth b e ast as dre adful t e rr ib le and
stron g ex c e ed ingly
He s aid it w as d iffe rent from all th e
b e asts th at w er e b efo re it and i t h ad t en ho rns
“
D ani el says in v ers e e i ght : I c onsid e re d th e h orn s and
b ehold th er e c ame up amon g th em anoth e r l ittl e ho rn be
fo re who m th er e w er e th re e of th e first h orns pluck e d up b y
th e ro ot s : and b eh old in th is h o rn wer e e ye s lik e th e e ye s of
”
a m an and a m outh spe akin g gre at things
Th e fourth b e ast i n th e s ev enth v ers e sym b oli z e s th e
And i n th e e ighth v ers e th e R om an p ow e r i s
R om an p owe r
d ivide d i nto t en kin gd o ms symbo li z e d b y th e t e n h or ns of
th e b e ast and th e el e venth h orn sy mb ol iz e s th e t emp oral p ow e r
o f th e Pop e And b ef or e i t cam e int o exi sten c e thre e of th e
ori ginal te n kin gd oms w e re d e stroye d Th e se thr e e kingdom s
w ere the Heruli the V and al s and th e O str o goths
Od o ac e r ch i ef of th e He ruli to ok R o m e i n 4 76 A D and
was kin g of Italy for s event e e n y e ars Hi s kin gdom w as ov er
thrown b y Th e o dori c th e O stro goth wh o b e c am e kin g of
Italy B eli sarius d e str o ye d th e V an dal k in d g om of Afri c a i n
5 35 and h e also d e stro ye d th e O str o gothi c kin gdo m i n It aly i n
Th e t em po ral p ow er of th e P op e d id not c om e into ex i st
5 54
enc e till th e ye ar 7 5 2 So w e s e e Go d d id r e ve al thi s thin g
corr e ctly t o D ani el ove r
ye ars b efo r e it o c curre d
D ani el saw i n h i s visi on all th e ab omin abl e works that th e
,
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
'
.
.
.
,
(
)
86
d evil d id on th e e arth t ill th e ve ry end of h i s t im e wh en th e
s aints with Chri st gath er e d ar ound th e thron e of Go d to j ud ge
him an d h is an gels an d afte r that th e kin gdo m of God too k
pl a c e on e arth Th e v isi on tr ouble d Dani e l and h e w ant e d t o
kno w th e truth ab out it He i s told i n th e s ev ent e enth vers e
“
th at : Th es e gre at b e asts wh i ch ar e four ar e fo ur kin gs
”
wh i ch sh all ari s e out of th e e arth
In th e e i ght e e nth v ers e h e
“
is told :
But th e s aints of the Mo st Hi gh shall t ak e th e kin g
”
dom an d p osse ss th e kin gdo m for ev er e v en f or eve r and e ver
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
Th e n h e d es ir e d to k no w t he truth of th e fourth b e ast
And of th e t en h e rns th at w er e in hi s h e a d and of th e oth e r
whi ch c am e up and b efo r e wh om thr e e fell ; eve n of that h orn
wh i ch h ad e ye s and a m on th wh i ch sp ok e very gre at thin gs
wh o s e lo ok was m or e stout th an h i s fellows I b eh eld an d th e
sam e h orn m ad e war w ith the s aints and pr evail e d a gains t
th e m until th e an ci ent o f d ays c am e an d j udgm ent w as
giv en t o th e s aints of th e Mo st Hi gh ; and th e t im e c am e th at
th e s ai nts p oss e ss ed th e k in gd om
Thus h e s aid th e fourth
b e ast sh all b e th e fourth kin gd om up on e arth wh i ch sh all b e
d i ff er ent from all kin gdom s and sh all d e vour th e wh ol e e arth
and sh all tr e ad it d own and bre ak it i n p i e c e s and th e t en
h o rn s out of th i s kin gdo m ar e t e n kin gs that sh all ar is e and
anoth er sh all ari se aft er th em ; and h e sh all b e d ivers e from th e
fir st ; and h e sh all sub du e thr e e kin gs
An d h e sh all sp e a k
gr e at w ord s a ga i nst th e M ost H i gh and sh all w e ar out th e
sai nt s of th e Mo st Hi gh and th ink t o ch an ge t im es and law s
and th e y sh all b e give n in h is h ands until a t im e and tim e s
and th e d ividin g of tim e But th e j ud gm en t sh all sit and th e y
sh all tak e away hi s do m ini on t o c onsum e and t o d estr oy it
un to th e end And th e kin gdom and th e d om inio n and th e
gr e atne ss of th e k in gd om un de r th e wh ol e h e ave n sh all b e
give n to th e s aints of th e M o st Hi gh wh o s e kin gdo m is an
e ve rl astin g kingdom and all do m i n i ons sh all s erv e and o b e y
”
Him i
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
'
,
,
Afte r th e We stern R om an Emp ire w as d estroye d th es e t en
kin gdom s i nto wh i ch it w as d ivi d e d w ere rul e d a c co rdin g t o
the i r o wn r eli gi on but i n c ours e of ti me th e Pop e b e c am e a
,
(
)
88
that th e V and al kin gd om of Afri c a an d th e Ostro goth i c kin g
d o m of Itali a w ere d e stro ye d b y B el isarius Th e oth er kin g
dom s of th e Ari an faith w er e co nve rt e d t o th at of th e Ath an
’
asi an Thu s this p ow erful o ppo siti on t o th e Pop e s sp iritual
p o we r c am e t o an end afte r h avin g d es ol ate d th e e arth for
“
30 0 y e ars
G i bb on says : Th e V isi goth s an d th e Suevi w er e
allur e d o r dr iven into th e faith of th e Catholi c co mmunion
T he amb ass ad ors of B e c ard ( th e kin g of V isi goths ) r e sp e ct
fully o ff e re d on th e thresh ol d of th e V ati c an h i s ri ch pr e sent s
o f gold and g ems
Th e y a c c e pt e d a s a lucrativ e ex chan ge th e
h air s of John th e B aptist a cro s s wh i ch en cl os e d a sm all pi e c e
of th e tru e wo o d and a ke y wh i ch containe d som e p arti cle s of
”
iro n w hi ch h ad b e e n sc rape d fr om th e ch ains of S t Pet er
Th e kin gd om of th e Lom b ard s was th e last of th e Ari an ki ng
d oms t o b e c om e r e c on cile d w ith R om e
.
.
.
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
"
.
.
.
No w th e P op e b e c am e th e s ol e sp iritual rule r of Chri sten
d om but th er e w as no lon ge r th e sp ir it of Go d i n th e church
Th e chur ch advis e s th e rule rs of E ur op e t o b rin g their s ubj e cts
Th e suc c es sor s of Clovis kin g of th e Frank s
t o th e chur ch
infli ct e d on e hundre d l ash es on th e p e as ants wh o r efus e d t o
d e stro y th e i r id ols —
su ch c onv ersi on i s not of Go d but of th e
d evil
“
D ani el c ontinue s in ve rs e 2 5 : And h e sh all sp e ak gre at
word s a gainst th e Most Hi gh and shall w e ar out th e s aint s of
th e Mo st Hi gh and th ink t o ch an ge t im e an d l a w s and th e y
sh all b e given i nt o hi s h and s until a tim e and t im e s and d i
”
v id in g of tim e
“
”
Th e Pop e s ays h e i s th e V i car of Chri st on th e e arth
If h e w er e h e would h ave th e sp irit of Christ and woul d al
w ays h ave b e e n l e d b y it And i n th e chur ch th er e would
h ave b e e n a c ontinuous p e a c e j o y h arm ony h appine s s truth
a nd j usti c e b e c aus e th es e ar e th e attri but e s of th e sp irit of
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
God
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
Th e wo rks of th e chur ch prov e th at th e Pop e i s th e V i car
of th e d evil an d i t i s the d evil who h as do ne all this h orr ibl e
work wh i ch D ani el b eh eld in a visi on and th e Po p e h as onl y
’
“
b e e n an i ns trum ent t o c arry ou t h i s mast er s w ill t o we ar
,
,
(
)
89
o ut th e s aints of th e Mo st Hi gh And th ey sh all b e give n int o
”
hi s h ands until a ti m e and t im e s and th e d ividin g of t im e
Th at is one c ircuit of the e art h around th e sun is 36 0 d e gre e s
and th e t im e s m e an t w o c ircuits th at is tw o time s 360
72 0
And th e d ividin g of tim e m e ans h alf a ci rcuit or 1 8 0 d e g r e e s
1 2 6 0 d e gr e e s ; th at
Thus w e h ave th e 360 plu s 7 2 0 plus 1 8 0
is 1 2 6 0 ye ars whi ch m e ans th a t G o d p erm itt e d th e d evil t o
rul e th e wo rld fo r 1 2 6 0 ye ars
.
.
'
—
,
,
.
,
.
'
,
,
,
:
,
.
In th e 2 6 th ve rse D ani el i s c omfort e d w ith th e wor d th at
th e j ud gm ent will s it —th at is th e j ud g m ent of God— and
they sh all t ake away hi s d om inio n Th e kin gs of Eur op e w ill
“
do it by w ithdr awin g th e ir supp ort fro m th e Pop e
t o con
sum e and to d e stro y it unto th e end An d th e kin gd om and
d omin io n and th e gr e atne ss of th e kin gd o m und e r th e whol e
he ave n shall b e given t o th e p e opl e of th e s aint s of th e Mo st
H i gh wh os e kin gdo m i s an e verlast in g kin gd om and all do
”
mini ons sh all se rv e an d o b e y Him
Go d showe d t o D aniel i n a v is i on wh at th e d evil wa s p er
m itt e d t o d o o n the e arth
B ut D ani e l w as n ever p erm itt e d
’
to kn ow th e e nd of th e d evil s d omini on In th e fourth ve rs e
“
o f th e twelft h ch apte r h e is t old :
But thou 0 D an i el shut
”
up the wo rds and se al th e b o o k eve n t o th e t im e of th e end
In th e ve rse s six and se ven D ani el rel at e s a c onversatio n
that h e h e ard b et w e en two m e n On e ask e d from th e oth er
“
”
How lon g sh all it b e t o th e e nd of th es e w ond er s " Th e n
th e m an cloth e d in lin e n put up b oth hi s h and s t owar d h e ave n
and swor e b y Go d and sai d th at it sh all b e f or a ti m e t im e s
and a half wh i ch is alr e ad y explaine d t o b e 1 2 6 0 ye ars
“
In ve rs e e i ght Dani el s ay s :
I h e ard b ut I und er sto o d
no t ; th e n s aid I O m y Lord what sh all b e th e end o f th e s e
”
thin gs " In v e rs e nine D ani e l i s inform e d a gai n th at th e
“
wo rd s ar e cl os ed up and se al e d t ill th e t im e of th e e nd
Man y
shall b e purifi ed and m ad e w h it e a nd t ri ed ; but the w i ck e d
shall d o wi cke dly and non e of the wick e d sh all und ersta nd ;
“
”
but th e wi se shall und e rstand
V e rs e 1 1
And fro m th e
tim e that th e daily sacrifi c e sh all b e t ak en aw ay and th e
a bom ination th at m ake s d e s ol at e s et up th er e sh all b e 1 2 9 0
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
(
90
)
d ays that i s 1 2 90 y ears t o th e tim e wh e n j ud gm ent w ill s it i n
“
h e aven to j ud ge th e d e vil and h i s an gels V e rs e 1 2
Bl e ss e d
is h e th at w aits and c om e s to the th ous ands thre e hundre d and
”
fiv e and th irty day s
Th at i s t o say 1 335 ye ars fro m th e tim e
whe n d es olati on was s e t up th e d ev il and h i s an gel s will b e
j ud ge d an d th e kin gdo m of Go d e stab lishe d on th e e arth
“
V e rs e 1 3
But go th ou th y w a y t ill th e e nd b e fo r thou sh alt
”
re st and st an d i n thy l ot at th e end of th e d ays
D ani el i s
inform e d th at wh en th e j ud g m e nt of th e d evil and h is an gel s
b e gins h e will b e on e of th e j ud ges b efor e th e thron e of God
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
'
In v ers e 1 1 i s p o int e d t o us th e t im e fro m wh er e th e 1 2 6 0
and 1 2 9 0 an d th e 1 335 ye ars b e gins It i s fr om th e t im e th e daily
“
sa crific e sh all b e t ak en away and th e ab omin ati on th at m ak e s
”
d es olat e s et up
Th e dail y s acrifi c e m e ans th e true worship
of God Thi s c am e to an end in th e ye ar 6 1 0 whe n th e ima g e
worshi p w as e st abli sh e d in th e church
.
.
.
.
Th e B isho ps o f R om e h ad f or ye ar s tri e d t o o bta in fr om
th e e mp e rors of th e E ast th e titl e of U nive rs al B ish op of
Chri st e nd om but no t until Ph o c as th e murd er e r a p erfe ct in
strum e nt of th e d e vil—I o nly m ention th is b e c aus e it i s natural
for b ir ds of th e sam e fe ath er t o flo ck t o geth e r—di d giv e that
title t o B o nifa c e III i n 6 07 and h is suc c e sso r B on ifac e I V wh o
ru le d Chr ist end om fro m 6 0 8 to 6 1 5 r e c e ive d fro m Ph o c as th e
P anth e on in R om e and d e di c at e d i t t o th e wo rs hip of th e
s aints and th e V ir gi n M ary Th es e Pop e s frat ern i z e d with
Ph o c a s th e y w er e of th e s am e sp irit—that is of th e d evil
He re w as th e ab ominat i on s e t u p—th e ima ge wo rsh ip whi ch
m ake s d esol at e
Pho c as w as kille d i n 6 1 0 plus
th e y e ar i n wh i ch V i ct or E m anu el t ook R om e b e c aus e th e
rul ers of Europ e withdre w th eir support fro m the Po p e
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
—th e y e ar wh e n
W e h ave a ga i n 6 1 0 p lu s
Jud gm ent w as s et up in h e ave n t o j ud ge th e d ev il and hi s an
gels We w ill add th e ye ar 1 335 t o 6 1 0 w e th en h av e 1 9 4 5
wh en th e d ev il and h i s an gel s h ave b e e n j ud ge d and th e kin g
d om of God wi ll r e i gn on th e e arth for e verm ore
'
.
,
,
.
W e h ave alre ad y s e e n h o w God und erto ok t o t e ach th e
(
)
91
Childre n of Israel to b e c om e Hi s childre n but th e y e ntir ely
d e parte d fro m God and b e cam e th e childr en of th e d ev il Con
se que ntly God re j e cte d the m and l eft th em i n th e p owe r of
the ir own ch os en m aste r Howe ve r God limit e d th e r e i gn of
S atan o n e art h t o 2 5 2 0 ye ars w h e n He aft e r h avin g j ud ge d
th e d evil and his ch ildr en at th e expi rati o n of th e 2 5 2 0 ye ars
w ill a gain rule o n th e e arth
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
’
Ne buch adne zzar i n th e ye ar 6 05 B C a c c ord in g to Go d s
commandm ent c apture d Je rus alem b e c aus e Go d r ej e cte d Hi s
“
p e opl e Th e refor e th e y e ar 6 0 5 is th e ye ar th e tre e was cut
”
“
d own
wh i ch was t o r emain d own till s e ven tim es p as s o ver
”
him
G od p erm itte d th e d evil who m th e Ch ildre n of Isra el
ch os e fo r th e i r rul e r to rul e in th e w orld for 2 5 2 0 y e ars Whe n
w e subtr a ct th e y e ar 6 05 fro m 2 5 2 0 w e h av e th e ye ar 1 9 1 5 W e
ad d t o thi s th e e i ght ye ars fo r th e erro r th a t i s in th e vul gar
e ra and four ye ars for th e t im e of grac e and thu s h av e th e
ye a r 1 9 2 7 A D Th en th e kin gd om of Go d w ill b e e st abl ish e d
on th e e arth
Th is m a y b e th e short e ne d tim e th at Chr ist
spe aks of Watch thi s ye ar
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
’
We h ave s e en th at D ani el s proph e syi n g br ou ght us t o th e
ye ar 1 94 5 b efo re th e kin gdom of Go d wo uld b e e stabl ish e d o n
th e e arth but Chr ist t old h is d isci ple s th at th e t im e b e in g
sh ort en ed b e c au s e of the ab ominat ion of d es ol ati on spoken of
b y D ani el th e Proph et th at n o fle sh would h ave b e e n sav e d if
th e work of the chur ch as an instrum e nt in th e h ands of th e
de vil durin g th e 1 2 6 0 ye ars h ad no t b e en ch e cke d and th e
ori ginal t im e of th e d e vil sh ort ene d
Th e refor e l et no m an
slumb e r or be bli ndfold e d by th e d evil Th e court h as b e en
in s e ss ion i n h e aven sinc e 1 9 00 to j ud ge th e d e vil and hi s
s e rvants Th e pl ans of th e w icke d w ill n e ve r a gai n m atur e t o
th e ir full s ati sfa ction but will finally r e vert t o th eir own d e
st r u ction And th e j ud gm e nt s of God on th e e arth w ill in
cre ase and b e of vari ous an d of wo nd erful natur e in ord er t o
’
awaken th e world from th e d e vil s del ir ium L e t n o m an b e
d e c e ive d b y th e d e vil th at th e c omin g j ud gme nts of God ar e
“
”
“
ac c id ents o r n atural c aus e s
Chri st s aid
No t a sp arrow
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
'
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
(
92
)
”
will fall to th e ground w ithout th e knowl ed ge of God
Gonse
qu ently wh ate ve r h app ens i n thi s world i s b y p e rmiss i on o f
God
.
.
E
C HA P T R X
.
THE RE V EL A TION OF J OHN
.
We h ave al re ady se en th at God in a gen e ral wa y r e v eal e d
throu gh D ani el all th e futur e ti m e fr om th e b e ginnin g of
’
Neb uchadne zzar s r e i gn in th e ye ar 6 05 B C till th e kin gd om
o f Go d will a gain b e r est or e d o n th e e arth in 1 94 5 A D
But
n o w throu gh John h e d e scr ib e s th e events on th e e arth and
th e do in g s of th e d evil amo n g m en w ithin th e p re scri b e d
b ound ari e s in wh i ch Go d p ermitt e d him t o a ct i n a m ore p ar
t ic u lar m anne r si nc e th e cru cifixi on of Christ
,
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
In th e first v ers e o f th e first ch apte r w e s e e th at th i s
“
re velation Chri st r e c e i v e d fr om God :
t o sh o w unt o h is s e rv
”
ants thin gs wh i ch must sh ortly co m e t o p ass
And h e r e
v e al e d it t o hi s se rv ant J ohn
.
.
U nd er th e n am e of th e s e ven church e s God d e s cr ib e s s e ven
d i ff e rent p erio d s o f t im e in s uc c e s sion e ach of e qu al duration
Thi s ti m e b e gan f r om th e c r uc ifixi on of Christ and ext e nded
to th e ye ar 1 9 00 wh en th e j ud gm ent of th e d evil and h is an
gel s b e gan in th e court of h e ave n But th e d ivisi o n from th e
crucifixi on we c ann ot us e b e caus e w e w oul d b y s o d o in g l o s e
th e b enefit of th e chr onol o gy i n th e vul gar e r a whi ch b e gin s
from th e b irt h of Chri st And w e ar e als o told th at Go d r e
—
th
e
s
ev
enth
p
er
i
od
L ao di c e an But th i s r ev elati on of
e
c
e
t
d
j
J ohn m ak e s it cle ar th at th e sixth p eri o d end e d in 1 8 00 A D
Th e refor e w e will d ivid e 1 8 0 0 by 6 and w ill h av e s ix p eri ods
30 0 ye ar s e ach i n su c c e ssi on
o f t im e
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
“
Th e m e ss en ger of Christ t el ls John in v ers e 1 8 :
I am h e
th at l ive s and w as d e a d and b eh old I am al iv e forev ermor e
”
and h av e th e k eys of h ell and of d e ath
Christ h as no r efer
e nc e h er e t o hi s phys ic al b o dy but t o hi s spi ri tu al Th e Je w s
w e re spir itually d e ad Whe n Christ c am e on th e e arth th e y
,
.
.
.
(
)
93
w e re i n th e em pl o y of th e d evil b e c aus e th e spirit of Go d
“
” —
w as n o t in th em Christ said :
I c am e u nto m y own
ye s
“
h e d id but the y rej e ct ed h im
B eh old I am al ive for ev e r
”
m ore
Th at i s to say th e s pir it of G od w ill nev er d ep art
fro m th e w orld It will b e wit h th e childr en of God wh er eve r
th ey are an d h ave th e ke ys o f h ell and of d e ath
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
Wh en Chri st conque re d th e d evi l on th e cro ss h e b e cam e
Princ e of Life thus h e o p en e d th e d ark d om ai n ( h ell ) of th e
d evil Th e d o ctrin e s of th e t e a chin gs of Chr ist are th e k e y s
that op e n th e d oo r t o th e ch ild ren o f th e d e vi l t o e scap e fr om
“
h is po we r and b e com e th e childre n of Go d Chr ist s aid :
I
”
am th e d o o r of th e sh e e p
,
.
.
.
“
In vers e 1 9 Joh n i s t ol d t o writ e th e th in gs wh i ch tho u
h ast se en and th e th in g s w h ic h are and th e thin gs whi ch shall
”
“
b e h ere aft er
Vers e 2 0
Th e myste ry of th e s eve n stars
whi ch tho u s aw e st i n m y ri ght h and and th e se ven gold en
c andle sti cks Th e s ev en st ars are th e an gels of th e s e ve n
”
church e s
that is th e rulin g sp iri t du r in g e a ch of th es e p e
“
r io d s i s i ts an gel or star
and th e s ev en c andl e sti ck s wh i ch
”—
thou saw est ar e th e s e ven chu rch e s
th e seve n p eri od s of
ti m e
,
,
l
.
.
,
—
.
,
,
,
.
E
C HA P T R X I
TH
E
TH
.
SE V E N C H U R C H E S
ECH U RCH
.
OF
E P HES U S
.
In th e s e cond ch apt er w e h av e th e c omm en c em ent of th e
first p eri od wh i ch ext end e d t o 30 0 A D In th e first v ers e
John i s told t o writ e unt o th e an gel of th e church o f E ph e sus
Th at is to th e sp ir it of th e first 30 0 ye ar s :
.
,
.
.
,
,
“
Th es e th in gs s aith h e th at hold eth th e s e ve n s t ars in h i s
ri ght h and wh o walk eth i n th e m id s t of th e s e ve n gold en c an
,
dl estic k s ;
"
2
I know th y w o rks and th y l ab o r and th y p ati en c e
and h ow tho u c anst n ot b e ar th e m wh i ch ar e ev il : and thou h ast
.
,
,
,
(
)
94
t ri e d the m wh ich say th e y ar e apo stle s and ar e not and hast
found th em li ars :
,
“
3
And h ast b orne and h a s t p ati e nc e
’
n am e s s ake h ast labor e d and h ast not fainte d
.
,
,
“
4
,
and f or m y
.
Nev erth el ess I h ave s ome w h at a g ainst th e e b e c aus e
th ou h ast l eft th y first l ove
.
,
.
“
5
Rem emb er ther efor e fr om wh en c e tho u art fallen and
re p ent and d o th e first w orks ; or else I w ill c om e unt o th e e
qui ckly and will re mov e thy c andle sti ck o ut of h i s plac e ex
cept th ou r ep ent
.
,
,
,
,
.
But thi s th o u ha st th at th o u h at est th e d e eds of th e
Ni c olaitans wh i ch I als o h at e
,
.
,
“
7
He th at h ath an e ar l et h im h e ar wh at th e Sp irit
s aith unt o th e chur ch e s : T o h im th at over com eth w ill I giv e
t o e at of th e tr e e of life whi ch i s i n th e m id s t of th e p aradis e
of God
.
,
,
.
In th e s e c ond vers e Chr ist prais e s the p e opl e of th e p eri o d
b e c aus e th e y d id n ot tolerat e any w i ckedn e ss He s a id t o h i s
“
”
apo stle s :
Try th e sp irits
and thi s p e ople a c cordin g t o h i s
t e a chi n g did try e v eryon e wh o s ai d th e y w er e ap ostle s an d
wh en th e y found th e m d e c e ivers th e ir d o ctr i n e wa s rej e ct e d
b e caus e it w as of th e d evil
,
.
,
,
,
.
In th e fourth vers e th e m e ss en ger of Chr ist tell s John of
th e dan g er that w as appro a chin g th e childre n o f Go d b e c au s e
th e ir sp irit in th e l at e r p art of thi s p er io d w as n o lon ge r
z e alou s and fe rvent a s in its b e g innin g Th i s e a gern es s and
d e sir e and fe rv ent l o v e of t h e first Chri stians was th e e fie c t
of th e d eli ght an d j o y wh ich th e y d e rive d from b e in g i n c on
st ant co mmuni on w ith Go d In th e clo s e of thi s p eri o d th e y
k ept th e d o ctrine of Chr ist pure but th ey p o ss e ss ed no l o n ger
th e fervent love th at unit e s th e child of God insep arab ly w ith
hi s Fath e r
.
.
,
.
In th e fifth v e rse th e m e s s en g e r t ells John cl e arly tha t
thi s s lumb e rin g w i ll l e ad yo u t o fall and y ou must rep ent and
r eturn t o th e ori ginal lo ve from wh i ch yo u d ep arte d o r el se
“
I will com e unt o th e e qui ckly and will re move thy candle sti c k
,
‘
(
96
)
l ed b y th e sp irit o f th e d evil T o th e fir st h e s ays : I kno w
The i r w orks w e re of Go d
th v works tr ibulation and p ove rt y
Th e y w er e p e rs e cut e d and th e y wer e p o o r i n sp ir it lon gin g
an d d e si r in g to b e c o m e p erfe ct i n th e si ght of God
.
'
.
,
.
,
.
"
T o th o s e wh o w e r e s ervin g th e d evil h e s ays : I know'
blasph em y of th e m whi ch say th ey ar e Jew s and ar e n ot
ar e th e syn a go gu e of S at an ; th at i s a dwellin g pl ac e of
d evil
,
th e
bu t
the
,
,
.
In th e t enth v ers e Chri st adm onish e s hi s p e opl e o f th e
c omin g c alamit i es s ayin g : Fe a r non e of tho s e th in gs wh i ch
t h o u sh alt su ff er
,
.
B eh old th e d e vil sh all c ast som e of yo u i nt o priso n th at
y e m a y b e tri ed Go d d o e s not know w h at Hi s childr e n will
d o t ill th e y are le ft in th e p ow er of th e d ev il and th e refor e
He p erm itt e d thi s p ers e cuti on for te n ye ars
.
,
.
Histor y pro ve s th at th e E mp er o r D i o cl eti an i ssu ed a ge n
eral p e rs e cutin g e d i ct of th e Christ ians in Ni com e d i a i n th e
ye a r 30 3 A D This e di ct r em ain e d in forc e throu gh out th e
Rom an E mp ir e fo r t en y e ars On th e 1 3th of June 31 3 A D
’
in Ni c om e di a M aximin s la st imp er i al a ct w a s t o i ssu e an e di ct
o f toler ati o n t o th e Chri sti ans
Th e y w er e no w p ermitt e d t o
go t o th e ir h om e s and th e co nfi s c at e d prop erty of th e i r ch ur ch e s
wa s r e stor e d
Th ey c ould wo rshi p Go d a ga in w ith out fe ar ,
“
”
aft e r h avin g h ad trib ulatio n fo r t e n d ays
whi ch m eans t en
ye ar s Her e you s e e h ow Go d lim it e d th e work o f th e d evil
within t en ye ars and Hi s d e cr e e w as c arrie d out a c cordin g t o
th e d e s cripti on John h ad wr i tt e n down
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
“
Joh n c onclud e s th e t enth v ers e w ith th es e w ord s :
Be
”
th ou faithful unto d e ath an d I w ill giv e th e e a crow n of l ife
Th i s m e ans th e ph ysi c al d e ath B e faithful t o Go d—le t th e
d evil d e stro y your m at eri al b o dy y ou r sp l r itu al b ody w ill r e
c e iv e th e crown of life ; th at i s yo u sh all b e th e child of Go d
.
.
—
.
,
In th e elev enth ver s e w e ar e inform e d th at h e w h o c o n
que rs th e d e vil w ill n ot be hu r t b y th e s e cond d e ath
Th e
.
(
97
)
s e c ond d e ath is th e d ay of g eneral j ud gment wh en everyon e
shall r e c e ive a c co rdin g t o th e spi rit h e p o ss ess e d wh e n he l eft
th e e arth
CH U RCH O F P ERG AM OS
THE
.
.
.
Th e d es cripti on of th e th ird p eri od b e gins i n vers e twelve
und e r th e nam e Pe r gam o s and ends with th e s ev e nte enth Thi s
p e rio d b e g an 6 00 A D and ende d 9 00 A D Th e 1 2 th v ers e
“
An d t o th e an gel of th e chur ch i n Per gam o s w rit e : Th e s e
’
thin gs s aith h e whi ch hath th e sharp swo r d w ith two e d ge s "
Th e m e ss en ger of Chri st or d ers John t o wr it e t o th e 'Childr e n of
G od th at l ive o n th e e arth dur in g th e th ird p eri o d—fro m 6 0 0 t o
“
Th e 1 3th v ers e :
I kno w th y work s and whe re tho u
9 00
’
dwellest eve n wher e Satan s s e at i s and tho u h old est fast my
n am e and h ast not d eni e d my faith e ve n in tho s e d ay s wh er e in
”
Antip a s w as m y faithful m artyr
C hri st t ell s h i s di s cipl e s
th at th e third p eri od will b e rul e d b y th e d ev il and h i s d is
c ipl e s will liv e am on g th e ch ildr en of th e d evil and wh e n the y
’
opp os e th e do ctrin e of th e d evil the y w ill di e a m artyr s d e ath
fo r prot e ctin g th e do ctrine of Chri st and opp o sin g th at of th e
d e vil T his Anti p as cle arly m e ans the Children of Go d wh o
re b ell e d a gainst th e im a ge wo rsh ip e stablish e d b y th e Pop e
with th e ai d of Ph o c as in 6 1 0 and w er e d estro ye d by th e war s
’
a ga in s t th e O pponent s of th e d evil s w orsh i p in wh i ch th e Pop e s
’
w er e fin ally c onqu er o rs and c alle d th e d ev il s d o ctrin e th e
o rth odo x faith
.
,
:
.
.
.
.
‘
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
“
Th e 1 4 th v ers e :
But I h ave a fe w thin g s a gainst th e e
b e c aus e thou h ast th er e them th at h old th e d o ctrine of B alaam
wh o t au ght B al ak t o c ast a stumb l i n g b lo c k b efor e th e Childre n
o f Isra el t o e at thin g s s ac ri fi ce d unt o idol s
T h e do ctrin e o f
B alaam and th e a dvi c e h e gav e t o B alak w as t o t e a ch th e
Ch ildren of Isra el to de part fro m G od ; th en B alaam s a id t o
B alak Go d wo ul d rej e ct th e m Now the r e w er e alr e a dy am o n g
the Child ren of Go d th o s e wh o h a d no l on ge r th e pur e t e a ch in g s
“
of Christ
Ver s e 1 5 :
S o hast th ou als o th e m th at h ol d th e
”
d o ctrin e of th e Ni c olait ans whi ch thin g s I h at e
It will b e
r em emb ere d th at th e church of th e Ap o stle s durin g th e fir s t
,
.
.
.
.
,
(
98
)
p eriod h ate d th e d o ctrin e of th e Ni c olaitans but no w th e y
d o not h ate it
,
,
.
“
Vers e 1 6 :
Rep e nt or els e I will c om e unto th e e qui ckly
”
and will fi ght a gainst th em w ith a sword of m y mouth
Th at
i s a gainst th o s e wh o h ave d ep arted from th e pure do ctrine of
Chri st h e will fi ght with th e wor d of Go d as a w eap on
,
.
.
,
“
V ers e 1 7 :
He th at ha s an e ar l et him h e ar wh at th e
Sp irit s ays un to th e chur ch es T o h i m th at ove r c om eth will I
giv e to e at of the hidd en m anna and will giv e hi m a w hit e
stone an d i n th e sto ne a n ew nam e written wh i ch no m an
”
knows s ave h e th at r e c e iv e s it
,
.
,
,
,
.
T o hi m th at co nqu ers th e d evi l Chri st w ill give t o e at of
th e h idd en m anna Th e m ann a th at th e Ch ildre n of Isra el at e
w as visi ble ph ysi c al f o od but this i s hidd en invis ibl e spiritual
fo o d—th e uni o n with Go d and Christ And a whit e ston e that
i s th e pur e truth fr om Go d wi thout an y int ermixtur e of th e
’
d evil s do ctrin e An d in th e ston e a n ew n am e writt en wh i ch
n o m an knows save h e th at r e c e iv e s i t
Th is i s th e New
Jerus al em whi ch m e ans th e sp irt u al l ife of a child of Go d on
th e e arth
THE CH U RCH OF TH Y ATIR A
‘
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
.
He re w e h ave th e Re velati on of Chri st th at h e gave t o h i s
s ervant John c onc ernin g th e Spirit th at w oul d and di d rul e
Christ end om fro m 9 0 0 to 1 2 00 A D writt e n down b y Joh n
fr om v ers e e i ghte en to th e e nd of thi s ch apter un d e r th e nam e
of Th yatira
,
,
.
.
,
.
“
Vers e 1 8 :
And unt o th e an gel of th e church in Thy atira
writ e : T h e s e thin gs s ays th e son of Go d who has h is e ye s
”
lik e unto a fl am e of fire and h is fe et ar e lik e fine b ras s
Chri st
c ommune s only w ith hi s s ervant s on th e e arth b e caus e th e y
ar e of th e s am e sp irit W e are t old in ch apt e r l st v er s e 20
that th e s even stars ar e th e an gels of th e s e ve n chur ch e s th at
is th e spirit of G od th at pr evails on th e e arth durin g e a ch of
th e se p e ri od s and th e s eve n c andle sti ck s ar e th e s e ven church e s
Th er efor e th e chur ch and a c andl esti ck m e an s th e li ght of th e
w o rld wh ich th e Childr en of Go d ar e and to th em Chri st r e
,
.
,
'
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
(
1 00
)
know that Go d di sc erns wh at is in th e mind of any m an as h e
i s go o d or ev il
“
Vers e 2 4 :
But unto y ou I s ay and unto th e r est in
Thyatira a s m any as h av e n ot thi s d o ctrine and wh i ch h ave
n ot kn own th e d epths of S atan as th e y sp e ak I will put on
“
”—
you non e o the r burd en
But unto you I s ay
th at i s t o
“
”
th e children of God
and unt o th e r est in Thyatir a m e an s
all th os e wh o are livin g on th e e arth durin g th e p eri o d fr o m
9 00 to 1 2 00 A D eith e r c arel e ss of th e ir d e stiny or b ew ilder e d
b y th e d e vil no t sur e w h ich wa y to turn and h av e n ot th i s
“
orth od ox do ctrin e wh i ch i s of S at an
I will put up on you
“
”
25 :
n one oth e r burd en
But th at wh i ch you h ave alr e ady
“
”
”
h old fast t ill I c om e
Hold fast t ill I c om e i s th e word
It impli e s th e c om in g j ud gm ents up on th e d evil and h i s in
strum ent th e c h ur ch
“
Ver s e 2 6 :
And h e th at o ver com e s and ke ep s my w o rks
”
unto th e end to h im w ill I giv e p ow er o v e r th e nations
That
h e wh o c o nqu ers th e d evil and r ema in s in th e do ctr in e of Ch ris t
unt o th e end of h i s e arthly exi s ten c e t o him Chri s t will g i ve
p ower ove r th e n ati on s wh e n th e kin gdo m of G o d i s e st abli sh e d
on th e e arth
“
Vers e 2 7 :
And h e sh all rule th e m w ith a r o d of ir o n
a s th e ve s sels of a p o tte r sh all th e y b e br ok en to sh ive rs eve n
”
as I r e c eive d of m y Fath e r
Chri st w ith th e childr en o f Go d
will rule th e wo rld aft er Go d d estr oys th e p owe r of th e d evil
“
V ers e 2 8 :
An d I will giv e hi m th e m o r n in g st ar 29 :
He th at h ath an e ar l et hi m h e ar what th e Sp irit s ay s unt o
”
th e church e s
Th e m orni n g st ar pr e c ed e s th e d ay S o do th e
children of Go d kno w th at th e d arkne ss th e p ow e r o f th e dev il
i s p assin g awa y and l ight—th e ki n gdom of God c om in g to
t ak e th e pl ac e of th e kin gd om of th e d evil
.
,
,
,
,
—
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
‘
,
,
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
,
.
.
—
,
,
.
THE CH U RCH
OF
S A RDIS
.
Th e third ch apte r b e gins w ith th e fifth p er io d fro m 1 2 00
t o 1 5 00 A D Th e m e ss a ge of Chr i st t o hi s s e rvant s for thi s
p er io d is r e cord e d un d er th e nam e S ard i s b y J o hn i n th e fir s t
“
s ix v er s e s o f th i s ch apt er Vers e 1 :
And unto th e an gel of
.
.
,
.
,
(
101
)
‘
th e church S ardi s w ri te : Th e s e th in gs s aith h e th at h ath th e
s e ven Spirits of G od and th e s e ve n stars I know thy w orks
’
that th ou h ast th e n am e th at th ou l ive st and art d e ad
Chri st say s that hi s se rvants h av e th e nam e of b ein g th e chil
d re n of God but th at th e life wh i ch i s th e Spir it of G od h ad
alre ady d ep arted fro m th em durin g th e y e ars fro m 1 2 00 t o
.
,
.
,
,
1 5 00
,
.
“
Vers e 2 :
B e watchful and stren gth e n th e th in gs wh i ch
rem ain th at ar e r e ad y t o d i e fo r I h av e n ot found thy w orks
”
p e rfe ct b efo re God
Her e w e s e e h ow th e actio ns of m an
wh i ch are c ontrolle d by th e spirit th at dwe lls in hi m are ex
“
am in e d by Chri st b efor e God in h e av en
He s ays :
I h av e
”
n ot found th y w orks p erfe ct b efo re God
,
,
.
,
.
.
“
Ve rs e 3 :
Rem em b e r th er efor e h ow th ou h ast r e c e iv e d
and he ard and hold fast and r ep e nt If th er efor e thou sh alt
n ot wat ch I will c om e on th e e as a th i ef and th ou sh alt n ot
”
know wh at h our I w ill co m e upon th e e
Her e Chr ist ur g e s
hi s childre n to re turn to th e p ur e t e ach in gs of Chri st or els e
j ud gment will c o m e up on th em
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
“
Verse 4 :
Th o u h ast a fe w n am e s e ve n in S ardi s wh i ch
h ave n ot d e file d th e ir garm e nts and th e y sh aI l walk w ith m e
”
in white f or th e y are w orthy
Chr i s t s ay s th er e ar e onl y a
few n am e s in S ardis th at i s th er e are only a few p e opl e livin g
o n th e e arth durin g th e p eri od fr om 1 2 00 t o 1 5 00 wh o h av e
n ot d ep art ed from th e t e achin gs of Chri st c onse qu entl y th e y
alon e ar e th e ch ildr e n of God
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
“
Vers e 5 :
He th at o ver come s th e s am e sh all b e cl oth e d
in wh it e r aiment and I w ill n ot b lot o ut hi s nam e from th e
b o o k o f l ife but I will c onfe ss hi s n am e b efor e m y Fath e r an d
”
b efo re His angels
Chri st s ays th at h e w h o conqu ers th e
d evil will b e cloth e d in whit e r ai me nt —wh it e r aim ent sig n i
fie s th e purity of th e ch ildre n of Go d 6 : He that h ath an
e ar l et hi m h e ar wh at th e S pirit s aith unto th e church e s
,
,
.
.
.
THE CH U RCH IN P HIL A DEL P HI A
.
Th e m e ssa ge of Christ t o h is p e opl e dur in g th e sixth p e
r io d from 1 5 00 t o 1 8 00 A
D is re corde d by Joh n und er th e
.
.
(
1 02
)
nam e Ph i lad elphi a from the s eventh ve rs e to th e fourte enth of
th is chapt er
“
Vers e 7
And t o th e an gel of th e church in Ph ilad elphi a
writ e : Th e s e thin gs saith h e th at is h oly h e that i s true h e
that h as th e key of D avid h e that o p ens and no m an shut s ;
”
th at shuts and no m an op ens
Kin g D avid w a s ne ver c on
qu er ed but did always c onquer Th at m e ans th at p ow e r and
a k ey in th e h and s of on e wh o h as p ower will unlo ck any do or
Christ s ays h e h as th e k e y and w hen h e o p ens th e d o or n o m an
can shut it and wh en h e shuts it n o m an c an o p e n it
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
“
Ve rse 8 :
I kno w thy w orks : b eh old I h av e se t b efor e
the e an op en d oo r and n o m an c an shut it : for th ou h ast a lit
tl e str en gth and h a s k ept m y w ord and h ast n ot d eni e d m y
”
n am e
T he o p e n do or i s th e tr ansl ate d B ible in th e lan gua ge
of th e p e ople Luth er and "
win gl e start e d th is work in th e
b e ginnin g of thi s p er io d and it w a s c arri ed on b y th e s ervants
of G od und er gr e at d iffi culti e s but in th e ye ar 1 8 0 0 all oppo
s ition
b oth to th e transl ati on and t o th e c ir cul at ion of th e
“
”
B ibl e had e ntirely c e ase d
And no m an ca n shut it
Th e
Ro m an chur ch b u rned the transl at e d B ibl e s fo r a lon g tim e
and put to d e ath tho s e wh o h ad th em but th e w ord i s th at no
m an c an shut th e do o r th at l e ad s t o God th e re fore th e d e vil
“
”
c ould not d o it
Th o u h ast a l ittle str e ngth m e ans th at th e
Spir it of Go d h ad alm ost v ani sh e d fro m th e e arth b efore th e
d o o r was op ene d
“
Vers e 9 :
B eh old I w ill m ak e th em of th e syna go gue
of S atan whi ch say th e y are Jews b ut ar e not b ut d o li e ; I
W ill m ake th em t o co m e and w or sh i p b efor e th y fe et and t o
“
”
”
kno w that I h ave l ove d th e e
B y th e wo rd Jews i s h e re
also m e ant th e c h ild r e n of God as i n th e s e cond p eri od and
“
”
wh i ch say th e y ar e Jew s and ar e n o t but d o li e
m e an s n ot
onl y th e m e mb ers of th e Rom an church but of th e Prot estant
church e s als o wh o duri ng th e s ixth p e ri od and also n ow e x
p e c t b y th e i r d o gmas and cr e ed s or b y s om e o th er pres cr ib e d
fo rmul a to inh e rit th e Kin gd om of Go d T o th e s e p e ople God
“
says :
B ehold I will m ake t hem t o co m e and wo rsh ip b efore
”
This implie s that b efor e th e Kin gd om of G od ar
thy fe et
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
(
1 04
)
Th e s e l ast w ords h av e n o r efe re nc e to th e m at eri al b ody o f
Christ but t o th e spiritual ind ividual b e in g wh o was a p art
Go d b efore th er e was an y cre atio n of th e mat eri al uni
of
vers e Christ i s n ot God but h e i s of God in th e sam e s ens e
a s a drop of w ate r i s of th e o c e an B y thi s I w ish t o co nv e y
only a n id e a and n ot t o c omp are Go d with th e o ce an as th e
e arth its elf i s onl y a sm all thin g W e kn ow th at th e o c e an i s
limite d and all that w e c an form any conc epti on o f i s l im it ed
but G od alo ne i s unlim it ed He i nh ab it s th e b oundles s sp a c e
Th e only know le d g e we h ave o f Go d i s th at wh i ch Chri st de
and after h is as c ensi on
c lar e d on e ar th d ur in g h i s m i nistry
throu gh th e Spi ri t t o h is s ervants We kn ow th at Chri st w as
limit e d b e c aus e h e h im self s aid s o
While h e w as a spiritu al
b e in g in h e ave n h e cr e at e d n othin g but w ith h is kno wl ed g e
Go d c re at ed all th ings and wh e n h e c am e d own fro m h e aven
h e d id not cr e a t e anyth in g but Go d gav e h im p ower t o d o
m ira cl e s th at hi s p e opl e m i ght b eli eve hi m to b e th e prom i se d
Me ssi ah wh o w ould d el iver th em from th e b o nd a ge of th e
d e vil But th e y s ai d th e m ira cle s h e p erform e d w er e b y th e
p owe r of th e d evil Christ w as th e s on of God He kne w th at
Go d w as goin g to cre at e th e e arth and p e o pl e it w ith ind ivi d
u al be i n gs cloth e d in m ate ri al b o di e s durin g th e i r e arthly ex
ist e n c e
But th e so ul th e s pir itual b od y of Christ —cam e
d own fr om h e aven and w a s cloth e d on th e e arth w ith a m at e
r ial b ody in th e ord in ary c ours e of th e natur al l aw th at G od
h as p rovid ed fo r th e prod ucti o n of human b o di e s Wh er e as
o u r soul s b e c am e i nd iv iduals o n th e e arth
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
'
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
—
,
.
,
.
.
“
Ve rs e 1 5 :
I kno w th y works th at thou ar e n e ith e r c old
”
nor h ot ; I w ould thou w ert c old or h o t
W e h ave alr ead y
o bs erved that th e Ap o s tol i c Chur ch r et ain e d th e d o ctrin e of
Ch rist pur e until 300 A D
Th e onl y c aus e f or complaint
Chr ist h ad a g ainst th e m w as th at th e y h ad lo st the i r first l ov e
Durin g th e s e cond p eri o d t o 6 00 A D Th e chur ch is d ivided
int o two p arti e s—tho s e who ar e Jews and th os e wh o cl aim
t o b e Jews Th at is th e tru e Chr isti ans wh o h ave k ept th e
pur e do ctrine of Chr i st an d th os e of th e s yna go gue of Satan
D uring th e third p er od t o 9 00 A D th e ch ildre n of Go d we re
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
(
1 05
)
kille d fo r ke ep in g th e pur e d o ctrine of Chri st by tho s e wh o
had ado pt ed th e d o ctri ne o f th e d e vil
D urin g th e f o urth
p e ri od to 1 2 00 A D Chr ist i s w ell s ati sfi ed w ith th e purit y of
th e do ctrin e of th e childre n o f Go d b ut w arn s th e m of th e
c om in g d a n ge r b e c au s e th e ch il dre n of G od p erm itt ed th e
wo man Je ze bel—th e Rom an chur ch—t o mix th e pur e do ctrin e
Durin g th e fifth p e ri o d t o
of Chri s t with th at o f th e d e vil
1 5 0 0 A D th e d o ctrin e o f Chri st r em ain e d no l on ge r pur e
“
”
Th e children h ad o nly th e nam e
Christi an
but n ot th e
’
Christi an s life
How ev er Christ s ay s th er e ar e y e t a few
n am e s i n S ard i s wh o h av e no t d e fil e d th e ir garme nts—that i s
wh o s till r etain th e pure d o ctrin e of Chri st Durin g th e s ixth
“
p eri od t o 1 80 0 A D Christ s ays t o h i s p e opl e
th ou h ast a
”
l ittle stren gth
But dur in g th e r em ainin g tim e t o 1 9 4 5 A D
’
of th e d evil s d o mini on on th e e arth Chr ist h as n o p e opl e at
all wh o ke ep h is d o ctrine Th e d evil h as suc c e ed e d i n m ixin g
th e do ctrin e of Chri st with h is s o th at all th e o pp o sit i o n of th e
n ominal Christ ians h as ce ase d and h e i s left to d o hi s w ill
unmol est ed Th e refor e Chri st w ish e s th at th es e nomin al Ch r i s
ti ans we re e ith e r cold or h ot Th at i s it would b e b ett er if
the y w er e e nt irely c ar eles s of th e ir d e stiny o r els e fe rve ntly
l o n gin g and se ek in g f or th e sp irit of God wh i ch th e y fe el
is not rulin g th e m ; or a gain t o fe el at p erf e ct e as e afte r h av
i n g p erform ed so m e m ani pulati ons whe r e b y th e d evil m ak e s
th e m fe el th at th e y are th e childre n of God th o u gh th e y ar e
’
in the d evil s emplo y
“
Vers e 1 6 :
So th en b e c ause tho u art luk e warm and
”
n e ith e r c old nor h ot I w ill sp ew th e e out of m y m outh
Be
c aus e th e n om inal Christian s w e r e luk e warm—th at i s th ey
felt p erfe ctly c ont ent e d w ith th ei r c o nditi on—th er efor e Go d
rej e ct e d th em i n 1 9 00 wh e n th e c ourt i n h e ave n co nven e d t o
j ud ge th e devil and his s ervant s
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
-
,
.
,
-
,
,
.
“
V
‘
ers e 1 7 :
B e c au s e thou saye st : I am ri ch and incre a s e d
’
with goo ds and h av e n e e d of n o thi n g and know es t no
t th at
th ou a rt w ret che d and m i serabl e and p o or and b lind and
”
nake d
B e c aus e you th ink y ou ar e th e childre n o f God
and know n ot you ar e wr et ch ed and mi s er abl e an d p o or and
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
(
1 06
)
b lind and n ake d Th e s e m e an th at yo u ar e e ntirel y d e ce ive d
b y th e d evil and h is spirit d wells in y ou and le ads y ou
.
.
“
Ve rs e 1 8 :
I couns e l th e e t o buy of m e gold tri e d in fire
that th ou m aye st b e ri ch and wh ite raim ent th at th ou m aye st
b e cloth e d and th at th y n ake dness d o not appe ar ; and ano int
”
thin e e ye s w ith e ye s alve th at th ou m aye st s e e
Chr ist says :
I c ounsel th e e —th at i s th e s e d elud e d vi ct ims of th e d evil
to c om e and r e c e ive th e t r u e d o ctri ne of Chr ist whi ch le ads t o
God
Gold tri e d i n fire m e an s truth tri e d and pro v en and
whit e ra im e nt m e ans th e pur ity of th e children of God
,
,
-
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
"As m an y as I l ov e I r e buk e and ch a st en : b e
‘
Ve rs e 1 9 :
”
z e alous the r efo re and r ep ent
Th ere ar e at pre s ent p e ople
l ivin g wh o ar e n ot d e c e ive d by th e t e achin gs of th e d evil and
a re tryin g t o live live s a c c eptable t o God th o se are th e on e s
Christ l ove s and s o h e brin gs up o n th e m tri als and t e mptati ons
t o purify th e m f or th e Kin gdo m of God
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
“
Ve rs e 2 0 :
B ehold I stand at th e d oo r and kn o ck If
any m an h e ars my vo i c e and o p e ns th e d oor I will co m e i nt o
”
him and will sup with h im and h e wi th m e
L et anyon e c e as e
fro m sinnin g and h ave a s inc e re d e si r e to turn to God th e
de vil will fle e from him an d Chr i s t and h e W 1 11 b e com e on
fri endl y t erms and h e w ill b e le d b y th e sp irit of Go d and hi s
fo rm e r m a ste r w ill not dar e appro a ch h im a gain
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
“
Ver se 2 1 :
To hi m th at ov er co m es w ill I grant t o sit
with m e in m y thron e e ven as I also o ver c am e and am s et
”
d o wn w ith my Fath e r in His thron e
Christ g r ants to ev ery
on e wh o co nquers the d e vil a s e at with h im in hi s throne wh i ch
h e r e c e iv ed from God b e c aus e h e conquer e d th e d e vil on th e
cro ss
,
,
.
,
,
.
Vers e 2 2 : He th at h ath an e ar l e t h im h e ar what th e
spirit say s t o th e church e s
.
THE C O U RT IN HE AV EN
.
In th e fourth ch apt er John d es cr ib e s th e e stablish in g of
th e court in h e aven in th e ye ar 1 900, whi ch i s n ow in s ess io n
I re co mm end everyon e t o r e ad th i s chapter car efull y
th er e
.
(
1 08
)
hono r and power for th o u h ast cr e at e d all thin gs and for thy
”
ple asur e the y are and w er e cre at e d
,
,
.
“
In th e first v ers e h e s ays
Afte r thi s I lo ok e d and a d o or
”
w as o p e ne d in h e aven
That is aft e r th e s e ev ent s whi ch h e
s aw t ak e pla c e o n th e e arth
whi ch he d es cr ib e s in th e first
thre e chapte rs h e wa s tr anslat e d int o h e ave n t o wi tne ss futur e
e vents th e re
Fr om the s e c ond vers e t o th e sixth John d e sc rib e s God on
His th rone surround e d b y tw e nty four eld e rs ; and b efor e th e
thro n e of God h e s aw s e ven lam ps of fir e whi ch ar e th e s even
S pi rits of Go d Th es e ar e th e pur e S p ir its o f Go d th at c am e
su c c es sively t o e arth durin g th e s e ven p eri ods but th e Sp irit
o f th e first p eri o d only r em ain e d pure
At th e pre sent tim e
ther e is n o m ore pure Sp irit of Go d on th e e arth b e caus e th e
d e vil h as d e stro ye d th e d o ctrin e of Chr ist
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
-
,
,
.
,
'
.
,
.
In vers e 6 John s ays h e s aw round ab out th e thro n e four
b e asts
Th ere are no b e asts i n h e av en nor any m at eri al ob
j e c ts n e ith er any cr e at ed thin g He ave n i s th e ab od e of God
and n othin g els e c an ent e r th er e ex c ept pur e spir itual b e in gs
the s ouls of th e children of G od wh ich ar e of God John him
s elf was in sp ir it th ere and h e s aw w ith hi s sp iritual e ye s th e
spi rit th e re w h ich app e ar e d fam ili ar t o h im but th es e four
b e in gs ne ar es t t o Go d w er e d ifie r e n t The s e ar e Eno ch M os e s
Elij ah and Chr i st Th es e m e n did not exp eri en c e th e physi cal
d e ath in th e m anne r wh i ch i s c ommo n t o all m e n at th e end of
the ir e arthl y ex ist e nc e
The ir b odi e s d id r etur n to inv is ibl e
ele ctri c ity and w ith th e s e imm at er i al b o di e s Joh n saw th em
ne ar th e thron e of G od and th e y did no t app e ar ri ght t o h im
i n th e sp iritual world Christ trul y exp ir e d on th e cr oss but
”
“
h is b o dy did no t s e e co rruption
It returne d int o ele ctri c ity
and w ith th at ele ctr i c b o d y h e app e are d af te r his p assion and
w ith it h e as c ende d into h e av en
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
John c ontinues t o d e s crib e hi s o b s ervat ion s in h e ave n in
chapte r five In th e first v ers e h e s ays h e s aw i n th e r i gh t
h and of God a b o ok w ritt en w ith in and se al e d w ith s ev en
s e als This i s th e b oo k in wh i ch a co rre ct r e cord is k ept of
th e w o rks o f th e d evi l and of h i s childr e n o n e arth durin g th e
,
.
,
.
(
)
1 09
s eve n d i ff e rent p e ri ods of whi ch the last i s j ust expirin g And
in thi s b o ok i s als o a re c ord of wh at th e s eve n sp irits of G od
w ere abl e t o a c com plish on e arth duri n g the s e p eri od s
"
2
An d I saw a stron g ange l pro claim in g wi th a loud
vo ic e Wh o i s w o rthy to op en th e b o ok and t o lo os e th e s e als
the re of "
“
And no m an i n h e ave n n or i n e arth ne ith e r un der
3
th e e arth was ab l e t o op e n th e bo ok n e ith e r t o lo o k th e re on
“
And I w ept mu ch b e c aus e no m an w as found worthy
4
t o o p en and t o r e ad th e b o ok ne ithe r t o l oo k th er e on
“
And one o f th e eld e rs s aith unto m e We ep n ot : be
5
hold th e Lion of th e trib e of Judah th e Ro o t of D avid h ath
pr eva ile d t o o p en th e b oo k and t o lo o s e th e s eve n s e als
’
there of "
Th e Li on of th e tr ib e of Judah and th e Ro o t of D av id h av e
ref erenc e to th e ph ys i c al b o dy of Chr ist Jo s eph w as of th e
h ouse of D avi d th er efo re h e wa s of th e Ro ot of D avid and
D avid was of th e t rib e of Judah conse qu e ntly Chri st w as th e
Li on—th e c o nque ro r of th at tri b e —and h a s pr e vaile d t o op e n
th e b o ok
Th at i s h e h a s a cquir e d a r i ght t o th at b y c on
que rin g th e d e vil Christ re sist e d th e d evil till th e d evil d e
s tro ye d h is ph ysic al b od y thu s h e c o nquer e d th e d evi l an d
o b taine d th e r i ght from Go d t o op e n th e b oo k and to lo os e the
s even s e als th e r e of and to j ud g e th e e ne my of thi s w orld th e
d ev i l wh om he c onque re d on th e c ros s
“
V erse 6 :
And I b eh eld and 10 i n th e mids t of th e thr on e
and of th e fou r b e ast s and in th e m i dst of the eld ers sto o d a
L amb a s it h ad b e en slain h avin g s e ve n h orn s and s eve n e ye s
whi ch are th e s ev en Sp irits o f Go d s e nt forth int o all th e
”
e arth
John s aw b efo re th e thr on e of Go d st andin g a s a cr i
fic e d L amb whi ch r e pr es ent s th e phys i cal b od y of Chr i s t th e
Root of D avid th e Li o n of th e tr i b e o f Judah
Th i s i s th e
Lamb of G o d wh o t oo k away th e s in o f th e world and ao
quire d th e titl e of Kin g t o th e K in gdo m o f G o d on th e e art h
“
Vers e 7
And h e c am e and t o ok th e b o ok out of th e ri ght
“
”
hand o f Him w h o s at o n th e thr on e
An d wh en h e h ad
8:
t ake n th e b o ok th e four b e as t s and f o u r and t w e n ty e ld e r s
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
'
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
(
1 10
)
fell d own b efor e th e L amb h avin g eve ry on e of th e m h arp s
”
and gold en vi als full of o dors wh i ch ar e th e prayers of saint s
“
And th e y s an g a n ew son g s ay in g Tho u art w orth y t o
9:
t ake th e b o o k and t o O p en th e s eal s th er e of for th ou wa s t
slain and hast r e d e em e d us t o Go d b y thy b lo od out of eve ry
“
”
kin gdom and ton gu e and p e ople and n ation
10 :
An d
h ast m ade us unt o our God kin gs and pri e sts and w e sh all
”
re i gn on th e e arth
Wh en th e Kingd om of Go d i s est abl ish e d
on th e e arth i n 1 9 4 5 th e s e s ai nts wh o are no w j ud gin g th e
d e vil and hi s an ge l s will r e i gn wi th Chri st and all oth er saint s
o n e arth—not in a m ate rial b od y but i n spi r it
“
Vers e 1 1
An d I b eh eld and I h e ard th e vo i c e of m any
an gels ar ound about th e thron e and th e b e asts and th e eld ers
and th e num b er of th em w as t e n th ousand tim e s t en th ous and
“
”
12 :
and thousands of th ousands
S ayin g with a loud vo i c e :
Wo rth y i s th e L amb th at w as slain t o r e ce iv e p owe r an d
r i ch e s and w i sdom and stren gth and h onor and glo ry and
“
’
1 3:
b l e s s in gs
And every cre atu r e whi ch is in h e aven an d
on th e e arth and und e r th e e arth and suc h as ar e in th e s e a
and all that are in th em h e ar d I sayin g : Ble ss in g and h onor
and glory and p ow e r b e unto Him th at sitt eth up on th e thron e
’
and unt o th e L am b for eve r and ev er
Wh e n th e c ourt i n
h e a v en w as or gani z e d in 1 900 and Chri st th e conqu ero r of th e
d evil r e c e iv e d th e b o ok from th e h and of Go d wh er e th e
r e c ords ar e kept of all th e works of th e d e v il an d h is chil dren
Fr om th at t im e th er e h a s b e en a gre at r ej o i cin g in h e ave n and
wh e n th e Kin gdom of God i s e st abli sh e d on th e e arth th e nam e
of God will n e ve r a gain b e b lasph em ed n e ith er will th e Kin g
“
14 :
And th e four
d om of God suffe r any m or e v iolenc e
’
b e asts said Am en
A nd th e fou r and twenty elders fell d own
”
an d worsh ip e d h im th at l ive s for ever and ever
,
,
.
‘
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
‘
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
‘
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
‘
,
.
.
(
and h e that s at
“
on
)
1 12
h im h ad a p ai r of b alanc e s in h is h and
.
I h e ard a v oi c e in th e m idst of th e four b e ast s sa y
A m e asur e of wh e at f or a p e n n y and thre e m e asur e s of b arl e y
”
f or a p enny ; and s e e tho u hurt n ot th e oil and th e win e
An d
,
,
.
Wh e n th e third s e al w as O p en e d Joh n saw a bl a ck h ors e
go out Th at m e ans th e t e a chin gs of Chri st w e re th en ent ir ely
r ej e ct e d b y th e chur ch Dur in g th e first p er i o d th e t e a chin gs
of th e church w er e pur e and th er efor e r epr e sent e d by a wh ite
h ors e D ur in g th e s e cond it w a s m ix ed with evil and durin g
th is third p eri o d from 6 0 0 A D t o 900 A D all th e r ays of
d ivine li ght h ad ent ir ely d ep art e d fro m th e chur ch And h e
th at s at o n th e h ors e i s th e d e vil T o hi m th e v oi c e of Go d
“
c am e fro m h e aven sayin g : A me asur e of whe at f or a p enny
and thr e e m e asur e s of b arl e y for a p enn y and s e e th o u hurt n o t
”
th e o il and th e w ine
Th at i s y ou ar e p ermitt e d t o tr afiic
and do as y ou pl e as e w ith yo ur chur ch in worldl y affairs but
you ar e not p ermi tt e d b y your church to d estr o y th e s p i rit o f
Go d from th e e arth
FO U RTH SE AL
TH E
.
.
,
.
,
'
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
“
An d wh en h e ha d O p ene d th e fourth s e al I h eard th e
vo i c e of th e fourth b e ast s ay Com e and s e e
,
:
.
,
“
And I loo ke d and b ehold a p al e h ors e : and h i s n am e th at
sat on him was D e ath and Hell follow e d wi th h im An d p ower
w as give n unto th em ove r th e fourth p art of th e e arth to kill
with swo rd and with hun ger and w ith d e ath and w ith the
”
b e asts of th e e arth
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
Th i s p eri o d extends t o 1 2 00 A D John s e e s a p al e h or s e
’
and th e r id e r s n am e was D e ath—that is th e d evil or th e sp irit
ual d e ath O f th e chur ch whi ch m e ans a c ompl et e d ep ar tur e
from G od Th e d evil h ad pre p ar e d th e church with h i s t en e t s
t o b e com e a p erfe ct instrum ent t o d o hi s w ork Thi s chur ch is
'
s ym boli z e d in th e m e ss a ge t o th e chur ch in Th yatira b y th e
“
”
w om an Je z e b el
And Hell foll ow e d w i th h im
m e ans th e
do ctr ine of Mahom et th at wa s durin g thi s p eri o d conquer i n g
th e world
.
.
,
.
.
.
,
.
In th e m e ssa ge to th e chur ch in Thyatira w e h av e th e
(
1 13 )
“
”
senten c e : And I wi ll kil l h er childr en with d e ath
It w as
explain ed th e re t o m e an spiritual d e ath And h er e it is state d
that t o th es e instrum e nt s of th e d evil th e orth odox d o ctrin e of
’
the Rom an Chur ch and Mah om et s do ctrin e Go d gav e p owe r
t o kill with d e ath th at is wi th th e spi ritual d e ath And b y
the b e asts of th e e arth is m e ant th e rule rs of th e wo rld who
’
w e re d riv en a s a conse qu enc e o f th e s e d evil s d o c tr in e s /to th e
k ill in g of m ank ind
.
.
.
—
,
,
.
,
,
.
THE FIFTH SE AL
“
.
A nd
wh en h e h ad O p en e d th e fifth s e al I s aw und e r th e
altar th e souls of th e m th at w er e sl ain f or th e word of G o d
and fo r th e te stimony whi ch th e y h eld :
“
And th e y cri ed with a l oud vo i c e s ayin g Ho w lon g 0 L ord
holy and true d ost thou not j ud ge and aven ge our bl o od on
th em th at dwell on th e e arth "
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
“
And whit e ro b es w ere given unt o e ve ry on e of the m ; and
it w as s aid unt o th e m th at th e y should r est yet f or a little s e a
son until th ei r fellow s ervants also and th e ir brethre n that
”
sh ould b e kill e d as th e y w er e s h ould b e fulfille d
,
,
,
.
,
This p eri o d ext end s from 1 2 00 A D t o 1 5 0 0 A D Durin g
th e l ast p erio d th e d evil h a d drive n aw a y e very vesti ge of th e
spirit of God fro m th e chur ch Cons e que ntly th e spir it of th e
d evil h ad n o o ppo sitio n any m or e and th e chur ch b e c am e a
willin g t o ol i n th e h and s of th e d e vil He pr e p are d a murd er
in g m ach in e the Court of Inquis iti on—wh i ch th e d evil c all e d
“
th e Holy ofiic e
T h e w o rk of this m achine w as t o d e s tro y
all thos e wh o did n ot entirely r ej e ct th e d o ctrin e o f Chr ist
’
Th e Roman Church w as th e p owe r to run thi s d evil s m a ch in e
Sh e d i d run th i s m a chin e z eal o u s l y with all th e p ow er Go d
p erm itte d th e d e vil t o giv e h e r Th i s sh e d id b e c aus e sh e h ad
no knowled g e o f Go d any mor e Sh e d id n ot understand th e s e
“
s ayin gs of Christ :
Th e tim e c om eth th at wh oso e ve r killeth
”
y o u will th ink th at h e do eth G o d s ervi ce
Th at tim e h ad
com e and the n th e chur ch m e r ciles sl y c arr i e d ou t th e m andat e s
of th e d evil unle ss th e v i ctim c omplet el y r enounc e d th e d o c
t r i ne of Christ Th e m ach in e d e s tro ye d th e c h ildre n of Go d
.
.
.
.
.
,
—
.
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
(
1 14
)
all throu gh thi s p e riod and th e next And wh ene ve r it b e came
app ar ent t o th e d evi l th at th e ma chine c ould n ot ac c omplish
th e work h e h ad und ertake n h e h ad h is s ervant the Pop e t o
ord e r the cro ss t o b e pr e ach e d a gainst them
.
,
,
.
In th e ye ar 1 2 0 5 A D P op e Inno c ent III o rd er e d th e Cro ss
t o b e pre a ch e d a gainst th e Al bi gens e s S o th e servants of th e
d evil w ent t o murd e r th em at on c e but th e A lbig e n c e s w er e a
h ard lot t o d e stro y Finally in 1 2 2 8 A D th e d evil had th e
Pop e t o o rd er L ouis VIII King of Fr anc e to murd e r th es e
p e o ple He d id s o and utt erly d estro ye d th e m T he s e ar e th e
soul s that John s aw und er th e alt ar cryin g for v en gean c e and
was told it w ould co ntinue ye t a littl e s e ason that God w ould
p e rmit th e w ork o f th e d e v il t o go o n
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
THE SI "TH SE AL
.
“
And I b eh eld wh en h e h ad op ene d th e s ixth s e al and 10
the re w as a gr e at e arth quake ; and th e sun b e c am e bl ack a s
sa ck cloth of h air and th e mo o n b e c am e as bl oo d ;
,
,
,
-
,
“
’
And th e stars of h e ave n fell un to th e e arth e ven a s a
fi g tr e e c asteth h er untim el y fi gs wh en sh e i s sh ake n of a
m i ght y w ind
,
,
.
And th e h e av en d ep arte d as a s cr oll wh en it i s roll e d
t o geth er ; and every m ountain and i sl and w er e m ov e d ou t o f
th e i r pl a ce s
“
.
“
And th e ki n gs of th e e arth and th e gre at m e n and th e
ri ch m en and th e chi ef c aptains and th e mi ghty m en and
e ver y b ond m an and ev ery fre e m an h id th em selve s in th e d en s
and in th e ro cks of th e m ount ains ;
,
,
,
,
,
,
“
And s aid t o th e m ount ain and ro cks Fall o n us and h id e
us from th e fac e of h im th at sitt eth on th e thr on e and fro m th e
wr ath of th e L am b :
,
,
,
Fo r t h e gre at d a y of hi s wr ath i s com e ; and wh o sh all b e
”
abl e t o stand "
Thi s p eri o d extend s t o 1 8 00 A D Joh n d e s cr ib e s in alle
gori c l an gua ge th e work o f th e d evil th at Go d p erm itt e d h i m
t o d o on th e e arth durin g thi s p e ri o d In th e 1 2 th v e rs e h e
.
.
.
(
1 16
)
m att er h ow go od and pur e the y w er e would b e lost Th er e
c ould n o t p ossibly b e an y e s cap e fro m it b e c aus e it w as an
’
a ct of Go d
Th is w a s Calvin s d o ctrine
Th e w orld n ev er
b efor e in its h isto ry h e ard th e d evil sp e ak so pl ainl y and
’
op enly b efo r e Calvin s ti m e He c am e i n a m or e subtl e m ann er
i n th e form of cr e ed s and d o gm a s o a s t o d e c e iv e th e chur ch
Th e wo rks O f Cal v in prov e wh o s e instrum ent h e was S erv etus
’
w h o r e si st e d th is d evil s do ctrin e w as co ndemn e d in Gen ev a
o n th e 2 6 th o f O cto b e r 1 5 5 3 t o di e b y fir e ; o n th e v er y n ext day
h e wa s burn e d It is cl e ar to e veryon e that th e s e Prot e stants
th e s o c alle d r efo rm ers w e r e i nstrum ent s i n th e h and s o f th e
d e vil b e c aus e afte r th e transl ation of th e B ib l e th e y corrupt e d
th e pur e t e ach in gs of Christ wh i ch it cont ains w ith th e ir
do gm as
Th erefor e John s aw th e symb ol of th e Go sp el th e
s un turn e d bl a ck and th e m o on b e c am e as b lo od and th at in
d e e d wa s th e c a s e Th e Pro te stants wh en in p ow e r w er e als o
p er s e cut ors and murd er ers B ut th e dark e st hour of Chri st e n
d om w a s i n Paris und e r th e Re i gn of T err or wh en th e Go sp el
and all knowl ed g e of G o d w as entir el y wip e d out b y th e
“
p owe r of th e d e vil Th e h e aven di d e ntir ely d ep art th e n as
”
a s cr oll wh en it i s rolle d t o geth e r
and th e work of th e nom i
nal Ch ri sti ans pro ve s th at C hr isten d o m i s in darkne ss T o day
the li ght of th e G o sp el of Chr ist an d its pow er is e nt i rel y
extin guish e d
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
-
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
.
.
“
An d e very mount a in and i sland w er e m ove d o ut of th ei r
”
plac e s
m e an s th e politi cal s ituat ion all throu gh this p erio d ;
but it h a s a mor e s p e ci al refer e nc e t o th e d o in gs of Napol e on
a s h e ch a nge d th e b ound ari e s of th e n ati on s and r e m o v ed th e i r
kin gs ; and s om e n at ions h e wip e d out of ex i st en c e e ntir el y
A n d it truly d id app e ar th en to th e p e ople o f E ur op e th a t th e
j ud gm ent of God h ad c om e
—
,
.
THE SE V ENTH SE AL
.
In ch apte r 7 John m e nti on s ev ent s th a t h e s aw and h e ar d
“
und er th e s eventh s e al
He say s i n th e fir s t ver s e : A f te r
”
this
th a t i s aft e r th e d ark d ay wh en th e sun b e c a m e b la ck
and th e m o o n is a s blo od wh en th e e xis t en c e o f Go d w as d en i e d
,
—
.
,
,
,
(
1 17
)
and the re w as a t erri ble commo tio n on th e e arth h e s aw four
an gels stand in g on th e four co rners of th e e arth h oldin g th e
four winds th at th e y shoul d n o t blo w on th e e arth n or o n th e
s e a nor o n any tr e e Afte r th e final c onquest of Napole on th e
“
Euro pe an p ow er s c omb ine d und e r th e nam e
Th e Holy Alli
”
anc e
i n S ept emb e r 2 5 th 1 8 1 5 to p re ve nt such a turm oil
from t akin g pla c e a gain Th is le a gu e c am e t o an end afte r
th e re voluti o n i n Franc e i n 1 8 30
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
“
And I saw anoth er an gel asc endin g from th e e ast h avin g
th e s e al of th e l ivin g Go d : and h e cri e d w ith a l oud vo i c e to
th e four an gels to wh om i t w as give n t o hurt th e e arth and
th e s e a
,
,
.
“
S aying Hurt n ot th e e arth n e ith er th e s e a n o r th e tr e e s
”
till w e h av e se aled th e servant s of ou r Go d in th e i r for eh e ads
,
,
,
,
.
An gel m e ans me ss eng e r and wind m e ans w ar strife or
any p oliti c al c ommotion In th e first v e rs e w e ar e inform e d
th a t God r e stra in e d th e Europ e an p ow ers fro m w ar aft e r
Nap ol e on wa s b anish e d t o St Helen a until 1 8 30 Th e s e c ond
“
A n d I s aw an oth e r an gel as c end in g fro m th e
ve rs e b e gins :
”
e ast h avin g th e s e al of th e livin g Go d
It m e ans Joh n saw a
m e ss en ger wh o d e clar e d th e pur e d o ctrin e o f Chri st se nt b y
th e livin g God wh o se exist enc e w as d eni ed dur in g th e r ei g n
of t e rro r t o th e p ow ers whos e r e straint was ab olish e d in 1 830
And wh o w er e n o w p ermitt e d a gai n t o c arr y o n war b o th in th e
new and in th e old world B y th e s e a i s s y m b ol i ze d th e e ast er n
h em isph er e and by th e e arth th e w e stern o r th e land s n ewly
d is co ver e d by Columbus and oth e rs aft e r h im
,
,
,
'
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
In th e third v ers e a gene ral r estrainin g ord er of Go d t o
th e p ow ers of th e w orld n ot to c arry o n w ar i s impl ie d b y
“
”
th e w ord s
hurt no t
th at is until th o s e wh o ar e e arne stly
str ivin g t o b e co m e h ol y and pur e ar e m ad e s ur e o r s e al ed t o
the Ki ngd o m of Go d
—
,
,
.
T o our pre sent d a y is th e r efe renc e m ad e T h e p owers d o
not s e e k war now no r any pr et enc e t o b e gin on e but ar e a s it
w er e b y common con s ent tryin g t o pre v e nt it In fact s om e
of th em ar e trying t o com b in e fo r th at purpo s e
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
(
)
1 18
Now is th e tim e for anyon e wh o i s abl e t o s e par at e h im
’
self fro m th e d evil s d o g m as t o b e com e h oly and pur e a fit
m em b e r for th e h ouseh old of God while th e door of m er cy
i s op e n ; wh ich will b e clo s ed wh en Go d w ithdraws h is r e
strainin g ord e r from th e nat ions of th e w orld fr om killin g
e ach o ther And the n th e d estru ctio n of th e kin gdom of th e
d ev il will b e gin and in its pla c e th e Kin gdom of Go d will b e
e stablish e d on th e e arth
,
,
,
.
,
.
He i s th e r e al Jew w ithi n wh om th e sp irit of Go d dw ell s
b ut h e wh o is c ircum c i se d is only m ark ed b y th at act a s a
des c e ndant of A brah am If h e d oe s th e w orks of th e d evil h e
i s n ot a Jew h e onl y h a s th e nam e of b e in g on e
A tru e
Chri sti an i s a r e al Jew but h e wh o do e s th e wo rks of th e d evil
h as o nl y th e n am e of b e in g a Chr isti an This appl ie s t o any
p ersuasi on of any nati on p e opl e or trib e i n th e whol e w orld
th at wh oso e v er am on g th e m is j ust ri ght e ous and pur e i s le d
b y th e spiri t of Go d that dwells in th em co nse quently such ar e
re al Jews or th e childr e n of God
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
From th e 4 th ve rs e t o th e 9 th w e s e e th at an e qu al num b e r
from e a ch tr ib e of th e childr en of Israel w er e s e ale d t o God
th ou gh th er e ex iste d a gr e at d ifi e r e n c e b etw e e n th em as t o
numb ers and w e alth But j ust
w e re t aken fr om e a ch
trib e —n o m or e n or l e ss It indi c at e s th at it m ak es n o d i ff er
en c e as to th e st at ion o r c onditi on of m an on e arth wh eth e r
h e b e kin g or sl ave r i ch or p o or whit e or bla ck o r wh ats o
e ve r sha de h is skin m ay b e or of wh at n ati on ton gue s o r trib e
o r o f wh at p e r su asmn h e i s h e is th e s am e b efor e God a s far
as h i s e arthl y co nditi on or st ation i s c on c e rne d But th e sp irit
th at p o ss ess e s a m an m ak e s all th e d ifi e r e n c e i n the s pir itual
w orld
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
Th e lin es of d em arkatio n th at sep ar at e m a n kind in thi s
w orld ar e entir el y ab olish e d at th e m om ent th e imp eri sh abl e
n
th e in d e struct ibl e th e e ve r exi stin g s oul o f m a
de p arts from
th e m at eri al b ody t o b e for ev er with h im wh os e s ervant h e is
wh en h e d ep art sfro m th e m at er ial w orl d
,
-
,
,
.
(
—we r e d estr oye d b y th e
120
)
“
”
Hol y Offi c e or o th erwise murd er e d
by th e children of th e d evil fo r th e w ord of God and for
k e ep in g th e d o ctrine of Chri st
.
In th e 6 th v ers e of th e 8 th ch apt e r wh en h e h ad op ene d th e
s e venth s e al th er e wa s a s ilen c e i n h e ave n f or ab out th e sp ac e
We d o n ot kno w wh at th e c ourt i n h e av en
of h alf an h o ur
trans acte d silently durin g th at h alf h our ( s eve n d ays ) b e c aus e
it wa s n ot r eve al e d t o John But w e d o know th at in 1 79 3
th e r ei gn of t e rror c omm en c e d i n Franc e whi ch is th e d ark
day wh e n th e e xist en c e of Go d w as ent ir ely d eni ed b y th at
n ation
Cons e qu e n tly G od p e rm i tt ed th e d evil to work am on g
the m th e h avo c h e wrou ght But wh e n th e p eo pl e l ost th e li ght
from th e sun and th e mo on th e y w e re afr aid and r eturn e d to
th e w orshi p O f Go d a gain He re th e op enin g of th e s eve nth
s e al was m ent ione d o nl y b e c aus e th e events that John s aw
und er it ar e alr e ad y d e s crib e d in th e 7 th ch apt er
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
“
"
Ve rs e 2
An d I s aw th e s eve n an gel s wh i ch sto od b efor e
”
G od and t o th em w e r e given s eve n trump ets
Trump e t s i n
th e h ands indi cat e w ars and p olitic al co mm oti on on e art h and
e a ch of thes e an gels in th ei r turn duri n g e ach of th e s e p er iod s
was to r eve al i t t o th e world
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
“
And anoth e r an gel c am e and sto od at th e alt ar h aving a
gold en c en se r ; and th er e was giv en unto h im mu ch in c ense
th at h e sh ould o ff er it w ith the prayers of all s aint s up o n th e
”
gold en altar whi ch w as" b efor e th e thron e
,
,
.
This w a s
in cens e up on
God But
of
b elon g t o th e
.
an an gel of th e Mo sai c d i sp en s ati on o ff e rin g
th e gold e n altar whi ch w as b efor e th e thr o ne
’
th e s e s e ve n an gels trump ets in th e i r hand s
go sp el d isp ensation
.
“
And th e s mok e of th e i nc e ns e wh i ch c am e with th e
pr ay ers of th e s aint s asc e nd ed up b efor e G o d o ut of th e
’
an gel s hand And th e an gel t o ok th e c enser and fille d it
w ith fir e of th e altar an d c ast i t int o th e e arth : an d th er e we re
”
vo i c e s and thund er ings and li ghtnin gs and a n e arthqu ak e
In th e s e v erses is d e s crib e d th e in di gn ation of Go d up o n
th e Jewish n at i on f or r ej e ctin g M e ssi ah th e Princ e o f Life
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
(
121
)
B y th e e arth quake is m e ant th e war tha t th e R oman s c arri e d
o n a gai nst th e Je ws whi ch finally end e d w ith th e c ompl et e
d e struction of Jerusal em w ith mo st of th e inh ab itant s th er e of
and th e expulsi on of th e r em aind e r t o w and er throu gh out th e
world
,
,
.
E"
C HA P T R
TH
E
IV
.
SE V E N TR U M P E TS
TH
EFIRST TR U M P ET
.
.
“
And th e s eve n an gels whi ch h ad th e s e v en trump ets
pr epar ed th em selves to s ound
.
“
Th e first angel s ounde d and th e r e follow ed h ail an d fir e
m in gl e d w ith blo od and th e y w er e c ast u p on th e e arth : and
th e third part Of tr e e s w as burnt up an d all gre en gra ss w a s
”
burnt up
,
,
,
.
In th e s eventh v ers e b e gins th e d es cripti on of th e firs t
p e riod wh i ch end e d in 30 0 A D Hail and fi re ar e b o th
d e structiv e el em ent s ; and th e y w er e c ast up on th e e arth
min gled with blo od m e ans th at th e Rom an p owe r w as d estro y
in g th e Chr isti ans durin g th e firs t p erio d
.
,
.
:
,
.
THE SECOND TR U M P ET
“
And th e s e c ond an gel
m ount ain burnin g w ith fire
th ird p art of th e s e a b e cam e
c re ature s wh i ch w e re i n th e
third p art of th e sh ip s w er e
.
sound e d and as it w er e a gr e at
w as c ast int o th e s e a : and th e
blo od ; and th e third p art of th e
s e a and h ad life di e d ; and th e
”
d e str o yed
,
,
,
.
We h av e alr e ady se en th at th e Ap o stoli c chur ch k ept th e
pur e d o ctrin e of Ch ri s t dur in g th e first p e riod But t o th is
s e co nd p eri o d Ch ri st t ell s in th e m ess a ge t o th e chur ch in
Smyrn a to His di s ciple s th at th e y ar e r i ch o r th e tru e d is cipl e s
of Chri st
and warns th os e w h o s ay th e y ar e Christi ans and
are n ot but are blasph em e rs th e syn a go gue s of S at an An d
.
,
,
,
,
—
,
.
(
)
122
w e h ave also s e en that wh en th e s e con d s eal w as o p ened a
r e d h o rs e w ent out i nd ic atin g th at th e d o ctrine of Chri st was
alre ad y corrupte d in th e chur ch Now we ar e t old under the
sound in g of th e se cond trum p et from 300 A D t o 6 0 0 A D
th at a gr e at m ount ain app e ar e d t o John as it w er e burnin g
w ith fire w as c ast int o th e s e a and th e th ird p art of th e s e a
Thi s m ountai n i s Const a n tin e th e Gr e at and
be c am e blo od
se a m e ans multitud e of p e o pl e and wh e n th e m ountain was
c ast into th e s e a and th e se a ch an ged partl y t o blo od m e an s
that whe n Constant in e ado pt ed Chri sti anity h e m ix e d the
do ctrin e of Christ w ith th at of th e d e vil
Co ns e quently th e
pur e d o ctrine of Ch rist th at w as t au ght b y th e Ap ost oli c
church d ep art e d from th e chur ch at th i s p eri od It is r elat ed
b y hist ori ans th at Const ant in e prom is ed t o every conve rt to
Chri sti an ity a wh it e garm ent with tw ent y p i e c e s of gold
Thus th e c onvert s add e d to the chur ch w e re n o lon ge r trans
fo rm e d fro m th e spi r it O f th e d e vil t o that of God b ut wer e
b ou ght b y a pri c e s o of cours e th e y w e r e th e ch ildre n of th e i r
fath e r th e d evil Gi b b on al so says th at Const antin e i n th e
s am e y e ar pub lish e d two e d i cts th e first of whi ch e nj o in ed
th e s ol emn o bs er v an c e of Sund a y and th e s e cond d ire ct e d the
re g ular c onsul tation of h aruspi c es —th at i s to insp e ct the
entrails of vi ctim s kille d b y s a crifi c e and by th em t ell th e will
of Go d
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
:
,
.
Wh e n th e sp irit of God d ep art ed fr om th e chur ch h e r
chil dren com m enc ed t o fi ght and s e par ate d i nto two ho stile
’
—
fa cti ons th e Ath an as i ans and th e Ari ans Now th e d evil s
work b e gan i n th e chur ch E a ch Of th e s e p arti e s w e r e bus y
und e r th e guid an c e of th e d evil i n formulatin g cr e eds and
d o g mas wh er e by th e d evil finally captured th e wh ol e church
Th e firs t aim of th e d e vil w as t o d e stro y th e w orship of one
Th e Ath ana sians d e clar e d th at th e re w ere thr e e Go ds
Go d
nam ely th e Fath e r th e S on and th e Holy Gho st and wh e n
th e Ari ans o bj e ct e d t o m ak e God of Chri st the y c omm en ce d t o
kill e ach othe r and b oth s ou ght th e a id of Co nstantine Th e n
Const antin e c all e d th e Co un ci l of Ni c e for th e purpo s e of r estor
in g p e ac e in th e chur ch and s um m on e d b oth of th e s e h o stile
,
,
.
.
'
.
,
:
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
(
124
)
”
m an no n ot th e an gels of h e aven but m y Fathe r only
God never r eve aled to Christ wh en th e j ud gm ent of th e d e v il
and His angels wa s t o b e gin n or wh e n His kin gdo m was t o
e nd
Of th es e thin gs Go d ke pt Chr is t i n i gno ranc e thou gh
He is j ud gin g th e d evil now
eth
no
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
Th e d e vil also kn e w th at Chr ist w as n ot Go d as h e c alle d
him th e Holy on e of G od ; and h e als o kn ew th at Christ wa s a
man b e caus e h e t e mpt e d h i m and cru cifi e d him Chri st h im
s elf n eve r s aid th at h e w as Go d b ut h e always s ai d that h e
was m an He kne w hi s m i ss i on on th e e arth was t o c onque r
th e de vil but wh e n hi s h our appro a ch e d h e w e ake ne d and
“
”
praye d t o God
if it b e p o ss ibl e l et th e cup p ass
but al
w ays with th e provisi on—th y w i ll b e d on e and n ot m ine
And w h en th e d evil c rucifi e d h im on th e cro ss Chri st c rie d
“
”
t o God
My Go d m y Go d wh y h a st thou forsaken m e "
Chri st is not God and n o o ne n e e d b e d e c e iv ed e x c ept h e
who i s willin g t o walk w ith th e d evil Chr ist s aid th at Go d
i s sp irit an d the r efor e invisi bl e and im p ers onal N O one h a s
eve r s e e n His S h ap e
T o Mos e s Go d app e ar e d i n fir e ; to
E z eki el in m o vin g wh e els ; but to Chr ist i n h e aven as He i s
Wh en Chri st w as on th e e arth h e w as a man but n ow
h e i s a spirit w ith God
And th e Hol y Gh o st is the S pirit
of Go d that pro c e e d s fro m th e Fath er and th e Son and fro m
e very ch ild of Go d Th ere i s but on e God an d Chr is t wa s
always of God b e caus e h e n eve r sinned th e refor e h e never
w as of th e d e vil And e v ery tru e ch ild of Go d is a son or
”
“
d aught e r of Go d But th ere i s n o moth er of Go d
That is
’
a d evil s i nventi on al so
“
In John
Chri st s ays h e i s a m an
If I h ad not
”
d on e am on g th e m th e w orks wh i ch n on e oth er m an did
“
Mo se s c alls him a proph e t ; Pete r
a m an appro ve d of Go d
“
”
”
b y m iracl e s ; St eph en
th e j ust one
and Paul wr it e s t o
“
T im othy
Fo r th e re is on e Go d a nd one m ed i ato r b etwe en
”
God and m an th e m an Christ Je sus
John th e B aptist s aid : He th at c om eth afte r m e i s pr e
”
ferre d b efo re m e fo r h e wa s b efor e m e
Pr eferr e d i s th e
s am e as ch os en calle d for eknown for e o rd ain ed ele ct e d or
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
-
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
“
.
,
.
.
,
'
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
(
125
)
pre d e sti nate d as Paul puts i t Mo se s w as cho s en of Go d t o
a c complish th e m i ss i on that God h ad app o inte d f or hi m t o
c arry out SO God has h ad and w ill h ave e ve ry on e t o c arry
out h i s appo int e d m i ssi on Jer em i ah w as ch os en and sancti
fi ed b efore h e wa s born and so w as John th e B aptist B u t
Paul w as cho sen wh e n h e w as an instrum ent i n th e h and s
Christ alon e wa s
o f th e d evil d estroyin g th e ch ildre n of God
ch os e n '
b efor e th e re w as ever any cr e ati on at all
Af t e r Con s tantin e h avin g d e stro y ed th e pure r el i gio n of
’
Chri st in th e c hurch th e devi l s rul e w as s up rem e B y phys i cal
fo rc e th e hi gh o ffi ce s in the chur ch we r e o bt ain e d and h eld
Gib b on s ays th at fro m th e ye ar 36 6 A D to 384 A D Damas cu s
and U rsinus held th e E p is co p al s e at i n Ro m e
At th e end
”
D amas cus pr evail e d
On e hundre d and th irty s ev en d e ad
b o d ies we re found i n th e B asili c a O f Sic in n us wh e re th e
”
Ch ri sti ans h eld th e ir r eli gi ous asse mbli e s
He als o s ay s th at
th e s aints and bi sh op s pro cur e d an imp er i al e di ct fro m th e
E mp e ror Grati an to punish as a cap i tal offen c e th e vi olati on
th e ne gle ct or e ven th e i gnor an c e of th e divin e l aw Her e
wa s C hrist cru cifi e d b y th e chur ch a s on e w as comp elle d to
wo rship th e d e vi l or b e put t o d e ath
.
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
'
-
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
THE THIRD TR U M P ET
.
“
And th e third an gel sound ed an d th er e fell a gr e at
star from h e ave n burnin g a s i t w e re a lam p and it f ell up on
th e third p art of th e r ive rs and upon th e fountains of w aters ;
11
And th e n am e O f th e star i s c alle d Wormwo o d ; and
th e third p art of th e w at er s b e c am e w ormwo o d ; and m any
”
m en di e d of th e w at ers b e c aus e th e y w e re m ad e b it te r
Th e
gre at s tar th at fell from h e ave n i s Mah om et Go d se nt him t o
ke ep th e knowled ge of on e i nvi s ibl e Go d on th e e arth In the
b e ginnin g of th e p er i o d 6 00 A D to 9 00 A D w as th e darke s t
ho ur th at e v e r exi s t ed on th e e art h
All ch ildr en of Go d
w er e dr ive n away fr o m th e church and th e childr en of th e
d evil w er e r e c e ive d int o h e r b oso m with gr e at j oy
Wh en
th e inhum an m onster Ph o c as a tyrant of th e lowes t typ e ,
wh o usurp e d th e thr one of th e E mp ero r Maur it ius in Con
s tan tin opl e in th e ye ar 6 02
an d k ille d h im and all h i s fam il y
10
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
,
,
(
126
)
without any cau se or pro vo c ati on wh atso eve r assur e d th e
Patri ar ch of Const antinople th at h e h eld th e Ortho dox b el ief
h e c onse cr ate d h im in th e Church of St Joh n the B apti st
Gr e go ry I Pop e of Rom e r ej oi c e d th at th e p i ety and b eni g
n it v of Ph o ca s ha d b e en r ai se d by Pr ovid en c e to th e imp eri al
thr on e and h e pra ye d th at th e h ands of Pho c as m i ght b e
str en gth ene d a
gainst all his en em i es and th at aft er a l on g
and trium phant r ei gn h e m i gh t b e transferre d from a t emp oral
to an e ver lastin g kin gdo m Th es e extr a cts ar e from Gib b on
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
B y Gre gory I and B onifa c e IV w ith th e p ermi ssi on of
Ph o c as im a ge wor shi p wa s e stabl i sh ed whi ch Chri st calls
th e d o ctrine of B aalam th at i s of th e d evil No w th e d evil
w as co mpl et e m ast er i n the Orth o dox church But in o rd er
to de stro y e nti rely th e d o ctrine of Ch rist h e h ad his s ervant s
c all c oun cils i n Con stantinople in th e y e ar 6 8 0 t o c ond emn
“
”
w h o h eld th a t in Chri st w as only on e
th e
Mon oth e tit e s
w ill—th at of God h is Fath er Th i s i s j ust wh at Ch ri st t au ght
He said th at n o m an c an serv e tw o m ast ers Him you s e rv e
wh o s e spir it you p o sse ss A tr e e i s known o f its fruits Chri st
was of God and p o sse sse d th e sp irit o f Go d and h e h ad a
d ivin e will and a divin e n atur e It i s im p o ssibl e for anyone
to p os se ss two wills an d tw o n ature s Chris t t au ght th at all
wh o o b ey e d and and r e c e ive d hi s t e a chin gs would b e c om e
th e ch ildr en of God—th at i s th e y also would h av e on e will
’
th e divine o r Go d s will And wh o did n ot b e co me th e childr en
’
of G od w e re th e ch ildren of th e d evil and h ave th e d evil s w ill
and d o hi s b idd in g
T o thi s all t h e Ap ostle s t e stify Paul
“
says
Kno w ye n ot th at ye ar e th e t empl e of Go d and
”
th at th e sp irit of Go d dwells i n v ou " And n ow w e hav e
th e w orld whi ch is th e sp ir it of
n ot r e c e ive d th e sp irit of
“
th e d evil An d i n John
Th at th e y all m ay b e on e as
th ou Fath er art in m e and I in th e e th at th e y als o m ay b e
on e i n us : th at th e wo rld m ay b el i ev e th at th ou h a st s ent
me
The r e i s h arm ony h er e b etw e e n God Chr ist and His
children
Th e y all h av e th e sp ir it of God ; ar e of th e s am e
d ivin e will an d n atur e th e ref or e ar e th e ch ildren of Go d
But Gre go r y Ph o c as and th e Orth odox church d id no t und e r
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
'
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
(
128
)
al so th e sun and th e m oo n—symb o ls of th e New and th e O ld
T e stame nts ar e p artly d ark ene d
Th e S criptur e s w er e n o
l on ge r p erfe ctly cl e ar e ve n to th e childr e n of Go d
.
,
.
’
Sinc e th e chur ch b e c am e a d evil s m a chin e t o pr ep ar e chil
dr e n fo r h im an d t o de stro y th e childr e n of Go d G o d p e r
m itte d th e d evil t o rule within pre s crib e d lim its but Go d s ent
His an gel to w arn th e inh ab i tant s of th e e arth s aying i n a
“
l oud vo ic e : W oe w oe wo e b y r e ason of th e thr e e tru mp et s
”
wh i ch ar e yet to sound
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
Wh e n th e princ ip al rul er s of Euro p e d e stroy e d th e chil
d r e n o f Go d at th e c omm and o f th e p op e Go d pr ep ar e d th e
Turks to d e str o y th e ch ildre n of th e Roman and of th e Gre e k
chur ch e s and t o k e e p th e Turk s in ch e ck Go d pr e p ar ed th e
M o gul Em pir e And wh e n th e ruler s of Europ e c e as e d t o b e
’
th e p op e s t ools Go d p ermitt e d th e d e c ay of th e Turkish E m
p ir e
Thus God di d k e e p th e wo rks of th e d e v i l b y ai d of
th e v ery s ervants of th e d evi l w ith in th e li mits durin g th e
tim e of th e tri bul atio n from 1 2 00 A D t o 1 800 A D
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
THE FIFTH TR U M P ET
.
.
.
Wh i ch i s th e fir s t Wo e In th e n i nth ch apt e r first v er s e
th e fifth trump et i s s ound e d It c o v er s th e s am e t im e a s th e
fifth m ess a ge an d th e fifth s e al d id and th r e f or e is fro m
A D t o 1 5 00 A D
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
CHAPTE R I X
A Star Falleth Fr om He aven
.
.
“
And th e fifth an ge l s ound e d and I saw a star fall
fro m h e ave n unto th e e arth ; and t o h im wa s giv en th e k e y o f
th e b ottomles s p it
1
.
,
.
And h e O p ene d th e b ott o ml e ss p it ; and th ere aro s e a
smok e out of th e p it as th e smo ke o f a gr e at furna ce ; a nd
th e s un and th e a ir w er e d arken e d by r e a s on Of th e sm ok e o f
th e p it
2
.
,
.
And th er e c am e out of th e sm ok e lo custs up o n th e
e arth : and unto th em w a s g ive n p owe r a s th e sco r p ion s of th e
e arth h ave p ow er
3
.
.
(
129
)
And i t was c o mm an d e d them th at th e y sh ould not hurt
th e grass o f th e e arth n e ith e r an y gre en thin g n e ith er any
tre e ; but only thos e m en wh i ch h a v e no t th e se al of God i n the ir
foreh e ad s
4
.
,
,
.
And t o th e m it w as give n that th e y sh ould not kill th em
but that th ey sh ould b e torm ente d five m onths : and th eir t or
m ent w as a s th e to rm ent of a sc orpi on wh e n h e striketh a
”
m an
5
,
.
,
.
And in tho s e d ay sh all m e n s e e k d e ath and S hall n ot find
it ; and shall d e sir e t o di e and d e ath sh all fl e e from th em
,
.
,
In th e s e vers e s i s a p e n p ictur e given t o us of th e Turkish
Empire th at God rai se d o n th e e arth to pr op a gat e th e r eli gi on
of M aho m e t b e c aus e th e princ e s of Christ endo m w e re de str oy
in g th e r eli gio n of Chri st and th e ch ildr en o f God
-
,
.
John saw a st ar fall from h e ave n an d unto h i m wa s giv en
th e ke y of th e b ottomles s p it Th e star is th e Turkish Empi re
and m ore e sp e ci ally its first rul e r and h is suc c e sso r s It fell
fro m h e ave n b e c aus e God pre pare d th is p owerful empi re to
’
propagat e Mah om et s r eli gi on wh i ch is m at eri al s ensual and
impure to Christendom b e cause it r ej e ct e d th e sp i ritual and
pure r el i gion of Christ
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
Th e b otto mle ss p it si gnifie s th e ab o d e of th e d evil : Out
Sun
of th e p it aros e sm ok e th at d arken e d th e sun and th e air
m e ans th e Ne w T e stam ent o r th e Go sp el of Christ and air i s
i ts influen c e on th e childr en of God Th e M ah om me dans d o
n o t t e ach t h e N e w Te st ament
th e refor e th e y do not know
th e li ght of th e Gosp el no r th e h app y i nflue nc e d erive d fro m
it wh i ch is p e a c e and j oy w ith God
Cons e qu ently its s ym
b ol th e sun was d arken e d But th e m o on wh i ch i s a s ym b ol
w as n ot darke ned b e c aus e it is r e ad
of th e Old T e stam ent
and tau gh t to th e Moh amm e dans
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
In the fourt h v e rs e w e se e th at a c omm and w as given
to th e M ohamm ed ans n ot to hurt any gre en th in g of th e
e arth no r an y tre e b ut only th os e me n who h av e n ot th e s e a l
o f Go d in th e ir for e he ads
It m e ans that Go d d id n ot ra is e
th e Turki sh Emp ire t o d e stroy th e ch ildr en of Go d n or tho s e
,
.
(
1 30
)
wh o st ill retain ed s om e knowl ed ge of God but only th o s e wh o
h ad entirely d ep art e d fr om God and we r e th e instrum e nts i n
th e h ands of th e d evil in d e stroyin g th e children of Go d
,
,
.
In th e fifth v ers e w e ar e told th at th e Turks d id no t
kill thos e wh om th e y c onqu ere d but t orm ent e d th em Hist ory
t ells th at th e y m ad e th em pris on ers B oys w er e traine d f or
th e Turkish arm y yo un g m ai dens w er e for c e d t o a lif e of
sham e and th e r est w e re s old into sl avery Wh en they c ap
p e rsons w e re taken in th e city
tur e d Const antinopl e
and tr e at e d in thi s w ay D e ath would h av e b e e n preferabl e
t o such a life Th e y we r e t o b e to rm ent e d for five months
Th i s i s B ibl e la ngua ge
On e d ay in th e B ibl e m e ans on e ye ar
and s in c e a m onth is e qu al t o th irty d ays w e h av e thirty
multipli e d b y five or on e hun dr ed and fift y y e ars In v ers e
1 0 John s ays a gain th at t o th e s e Turki sh w arr iors wa s p o we r
grant e d t o to rm ent Christend om for five m onths whi ch is
1 5 0 y ear s
Th e ab solut e p ow e r of th e Turks w a s first ch e cke d by
Christend om i n Eur o p e on th e s ev enth d ay of O ct ob e r 1 5 7 1
i n th e b attle of L ep ant o wh e n th e ir n a v y whi ch rule d th e
M edi t errane an S e a was d efe ate d b y th e un it e d fl e ets of
Sp ai n an d Veni c e U nt il th i s t im e the i r d om inion w as in c r e as
in g and all th e p ow ers i n Euro p e w er e tr emblin g in fe ar of
th e m
With tho se whom th e Turks c onque re d th e y d id as
th e y pl e as e d
A mu r ath I i s th e rule r of th e Turks w h o first c arr i e d hi s
c onqu e st int o E urop e He to ok Adrianopl e in 1 36 1 B e j az el I
c arri e d th e c onqu e st far int o Euro p e b ut was hims elf d efe ate d
and t ak en pris oner b y th e rule r of th e Mo gul E mp ir e T am e r
l an e in th e b attl e of An gora in th e y e a r 1 4 02 A D A mur ath
II i s th e Sultan t o who m Go d gav e th e c ommi ssi on on th e 7 th
1 4 2 1 t o to rm ent m e n a hun dr e d an d fift y ye a rs
of O cto b e r
wh i ch e nd e d in th e b attl e of L ep ant o O ct ob e r 7 th 1 5 71 Th at
i s th e t orm entin g of m e n end e d b e c au s e th e Turkish p ow er
w as c onquer e d and c ould n ot th er e aft er to rm ent th e c onquere d
p e opl e as b efore This Sultan l eft t o th e Gr e e k Emp ire n oth
in g b ut Const antinople
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
'
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
(
1 32
)
Wh ile the s e atro citi e s w e re go in g ou und er th e i mm edi at e
’
sup e rvi si on of th e Pop e s l e gat e Inn oc ent III calle d a coun cil
in Rom e in th e ye ar 1 2 1 5 att end e d b y o ver 1 2 00 h e ads of
th e church In this coun cil th e d e v il add ed a n ew fan gl e t o
“
”
—
hi s rel i gi on th e
tran sub st anti ati on
Th e y als o d e cre e d
th at any p erso n who h eld c ontrar y vi e ws t o tho s e of th e
Romi sh church sh oul d b e sh own n o m er cy and k in g s e mp e r or s
and r ule rs wh o d id n ot dr ive away h er et i c s from th e ir d omi n
i o ns w e r e t o b e ex communi c at ed
Finall y i n 1 2 2 8 Kin g
Loui s VIII of Fr anc e und ert o ok a blo ody c am p ai gn a gainst
th e h ereti c s and th e unfo rtun at e Alb i gense s we re ext in guish ed
in blo od
Thi s is th e w ay th e d e vil h ad l e d th e kin gs of
Christend om to d estr o y th e childr en of Go d wh e nev er h i s
“
”
m achin e
th e Holy O ffi c e
was no t able to d o i t
Th e s e
ar e th e souls Joh n s aw und er th e altar wh o w er e slain for
th e W ord of God and for th e t e st imo ny th e y h eld
Con s e
th e Chur ch of
q uently at th e end of th e p e rio d 1 5 00 A D
“
”
’
a l ittl e st ren gt h
b e c au se th e d evil s chur ch
Go d h ad onl y
h ad d e str o ye d th e ch ildre n of Go d
,
,
,
.
.
‘
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
History t ell s of th e co nstant d e struction of m anki nd dur
in g thi s p er io d
Th e Mo gul Emp ir e s w er e conqu e r in g Asi a
and Europ e and d e st ro yin g b oth Moh amm edans an d Chri s
tians alike And th e Eur op e an rule rs w er e c onstantly c arr y
i n g on war amo n g th e ms elv es And th e Turks w er e c onquer
in g Euro p e Const antinopl e f ell int o th e ir h ands with a gre at
sl au ght er in 1 4 5 3 Truly th e re wa s w o e up on th e e arth an d
th ere w ere yet two m ore w o e s t o c om e
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
.
“
One w oe i s p ast ; and b eh old th er e com e two w o e s
m o re h e re aft er
13
And th e sixth an gel s ound ed and I h e ard a vo i c e
from th e four h orns of th e golde n altar wh i ch i s b efor e God
12
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
14
S ayin g t o th e s ixth an gel wh i ch h ad th e trump et
L o os e th e four an gels wh i ch ar e b ound in the gre a t r ive r
E uphrate s
.
,
.
15
.
And th e four an gels w er e l oos ed wh i ch w e re
,
pr e
(
1 33 )
p are d f o r an h our and a d ay and a m onth and a year for
”
to slay th e th ird part o f m en
,
,
,
,
.
THE SI "TH TR U M P ET
SECOND W OE
.
.
Th e S ixth trump et whi ch i s th e se cond w o e extend s t o
1 8 00 John b e gi n s in ve rs e 1 3 to d e s cri b e th e work th e Turki sh
Empire h ad to d o unde r thi s p eri o d whi ch th e y c omm enc e d
un d e r th e fi rst w o e It is w ith th e Turki sh Empi r e that Go d
ke e ps th e d evil wi thin th e limi ts p ermitte d durin g th e fifth
and th e sixth p eri ods —that is fr om 1 2 0 0 A D to 1 8 00 A D
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
“
John h e ars a vo ic e from h e ave n say in g : Loo se th e four
”
an gel s whi ch are b ound i n th e gre at rive r Euphr ate s
.
“
An d th e four an gel s w er e lo os ed wh i ch we re pre pare d
f o r an h our and a d ay and a m onth and a y e ar fo r t o sl ay
”
th e thi rd part o f m en
Th i s i s a gai n B i bl e tim e A B ibl e
ye ar i s 36 0 d ays and a ye ar fo r a d ay m ea
ns 36 0 y e ars on e
m onth 30 ye ars o n e d ay on e ye ar and on e h our 1 5 d ay s S o
w e h av e 39 1 ye ars an d 1 5 d ays th at Go d kept th e Turkish
Empi re to ch e ck th e d e vil and t o k e e p h im within hi s lim its on
th e e arth
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
Th e followin g is an extra ct from th e U niversal Histo ry of
Isra el Smith Clar e wh ich prov e s wh e n th e c omm issi on of
39 1 ye ars and 1 5 d ays th at Go d grante d t o th e Turki sh Emp ir e
t o k e ep th e d evil i n ch e ck o n e arth c am e to an e nd
Th e
Gre eks r e b elled a gainst th e Turki sh rul e in th e ye ar 1 8 2 1 and
w ould h av e b e e n subdue d o r entir ely d e stroyed by th e Turks
but En gl and Fr an c e and Rus sia c onclud e d to give th e Gr e eks
th e ir lib e rty F or thi s purpo se a c omb ine d En gli sh Fr ench and
“
Russi an fle et was sent t o th e Gre ci an w at ers
Th e r efusal
of Ibrahim Pash a t o e va cuat e th e M ore a o c c asio ne d th e b attl e
of Navarin o on th e 2 0 th of O ctob er
1 8 2 7 in whi ch th e all i ed
”
fle et tot ally annihilat e d th e Turko E gypti an fle ets
Afte r th e
d e structi o n of the fle et th e Sultan gr e w only mo re insol ent
t oward th e alli e d p o wers and refus e d to give t o th e Gr e eks
th ei r l ib erty In 1 8 2 8 Russi a d e clar e d w ar a gainst him and
was vi ct ori ous b oth in Europ e and in A si a In th e m eantim e
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
-
.
.
,
.
,
(
1 34
)
Ibrah i m Pasha h ad b e en c om p elle d b y th e Fr ench fle e t t o
e va cuat e th e Mo re a and to r e stor e t o h i s Gre e k prison ers
“
th e i r l ib ert y
In January 1 8 2 9 th e Sultan r e c e ive d a pro
to col from th e thr e e alli ed p owers d e cl arin g th at th e y t o ok
Gre e c e und er the i r own prot e ct io n and that th e y would c on
si de r another Turkish i n v a
sion of Gr e e c e as an atta ck up on
”
th em sel v e s
Th e Russ i an arm ie s m ad e rap id pro gre s s in
c onque rin g Turke y On th e 2 0 th o f Au gust 1 8 2 9 th e Russi an s
“
c apture d Adriano ple
And on th e 2 4 th of S ept emb er 1 82 9
th e p e a c e Of Adri an opl e w as c onclud e d b etw e en Russ i a and
Turk e y b y wh i ch th e Ott oman Po rt e acknowl ed ged th e i nd e
”
3
9
1
Gr
e
e
c
e
Her
e
end
s
th
e
commi
ssi
on
of
ye ars
c
e
o
f
e
n
d
e
n
p
and 1 5 d ays that Go d gave to th e Turkish Emp ir e to S l ay m en
Wh at e v er th e Turks h av e don e s inc e and will d o a gain it i s
with th e c on se nt of th e Europ e an p owe rs and not b y th e co m
mis si on of Go d
Wh en w e sub tra ct th e 39 1 ye ars and 1 5 d ays f r om th e
2 4 th of S ept emb er 1 8 2 9 wh en th e p e a c e in Adri anopl e w a s
si gn e d w e get t he 9 th of S ept emb er 1 4 38 whi ch is th e v er y
t im e God grante d th e c omm iss io n t o th e Turks to slay m e n
Th e Sultan wh o rule d in 1 4 38 w as A m ur ath II He c onqu e re d
all th e Gre e k Empir e e x ce pt Constantino ple Chri stian Euro p e
gath er ed a p owerful arm y and m arch e d t o th e ass ist anc e Of
th e Gr e ek E mp e ror but it w as di sastr ously d efe at ed b y th e
T urks in th e b loo d y b attl e of Varn a in the ye ar 1 4 4 4
Sultan B aj az e t h a d extend e d hi s conque st s far i nt o Eur op e
and was b e s ie gin g Constantino pl e Th is w a s b efore th e tim e
appo int e d by Go d fo r th e fall of Co nstantinople Go d sud de nl y
rais e d th e Mo g ul m p ir e und e r T am erlane w h o conqu er e d
Indi a and Pers ia and d es ol at ed Asi a Mino r Sultan B aj az e t
n ow
r elinqui she d th e S i e ge of C onstant inopl e and m ar ch ed
against Tam erlane but h e was d efe at e d and t aken prison e r
b y th e Mo gul c onqu er or i n th e gre at b attl e of Angora in Asi a
“
Mino r in 1 4 0 2 No w th e w ords : L oo s e th e four an gels whi ch
”
are b ound in th e gre at r iver E uphr at e s b e co m e cle ar as th e
Turkish rul e w as d e stro yed b y T am erlan e for a se a son Sur ely
th e y w e r e no t abl e t o hurt any n ati on till p e rm i ss ion wa s
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
'
.
.
,
,
’
.
'
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
E
'
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
(
1 36
)
h and an op en bo o k Go d r e ve al ed thr ough h im th e myste rie s
of His cr e ati o n to th e p eopl e of th e world and th e end of th e
’
d evil s absolut e rul e on th e e arth whi ch was i n th e ye ar 1 90 0
A D The se a m e ans th e old world or th e E ast ern Hem isph er e
and th e e arth th e n ew wo rld or th e We ste rn Hem isphe re
“
And h e s et hi s ri ght fo ot up on th e s e a and h is l eft fo ot on
”
th e e arth
m e ans th at h e i s native of th e Old World but
b y th e c allin g of God b e c am e a n inh ab itant of the new and
c ons e quently i s a citiz en of th e wh ole world
4
And whe n th e se v e n thunde rs h ad utte re d th e ir vo ic e s
I was ab out t o wr it e : and I h e ard a vo ic e fro m h e aven sayin g
S e al up thos e thi n gs whi ch th e se ve n th u nd ers ut
un t o m e
t e r e d and writ e the m n ot
John w as n ot p e rmitt ed t o wr it e down wh at th e s eve n
thund e rs utte re d We c an n ow lo ok for s ev en d ifl e r e n t kin ds
o f j ud gm ents of Go d t o fall up on th e w orld in suc c e ssi on while
th e Co urt i s in se ssion in h e aven
Wh ate ver the y ar e th e y
are d e cr e e d b y th e Court ab ov e an d ar e i rr ev o ca ble
“
Th e littl e op en bo ok
The A ge of th e Wo rld and th e
”
M ysteri e s of Its Cr e at i on
was gi v e n t o th e world in 1 9 0 5
Th at i s five ye ars after th e j ud gm ent of th e d e vil b e gan Th e
mi ssi on th a t Go d gav e t o the angel whi ch John d e s cr ib e d
in th e sixth v e rs e of thi s chapt er i s to d e cl are to th e worl d
“
”
that the re sh ould b e t im e no lon ge r
Th at i s to say th e b e
ginnin g of th e end o f th e t im e that Go d h ad gr ante d th e d evil
t o rul e the w orld w as in 1 900 And fro m that tim e th e d e str u c
ti on of h is p ower and h i s ch ildren c omm e nc e d an d th e r e stor a
tio n of the po w er of Go d and of His ch ildren on th e e arth
b e gan
“
In th e last p ara graph of Th e A ge of th e World and th e
”
My st eri e s of Its Cr e at i on
i s th e m e ssa ge pro claim e d t o th e
world th at th er e i s tim e no lon ger It i s th e follo win g :
“
God gav e t o th e wo rld tim e t o r ep ent and d o th e works
o f ri g ht e ousne ss b ut it wand e r ed aw ay fro m Him and follow e d
th e wi cke d on e The t im e grant e d fo r r e p entanc e i s n ow ex
Th erefore Go d will
p ir ed ; e ve n th e tim e o f gra c e i s p ast
d estr oy th e w i ck edne ss out of th e world w ith fire wat er
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
(
)
1 37
tornad oe s e arth qu ak e s w ars and wi th an archy Th e d ay of
th e L o rd —the visitation and r e storatio n i s at h and Durin g
th e n ext th irty y e ar s prunin g h o ok s will b e turn e d i nto swords
“
and the s e w ord s o f G od wi ll b e fulfill ed :
And I will puni sh
th e w orld for the ir evil and th e wi ck ed for th e ir iniquity ;
and I will c aus e th e arro gancy of th e pr oud t o c e as e and will
B eh old th e d ay of
l ay l ow t h e h au ghtine ss of th e t erri bl e
th e L ord c om eth cruel both w ith wr ath and fi erc e an ger t o
l ay th e l and d e sol ate ; and h e s h all d e stro y th e sinne rs the r e o f
”
ou t of it
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
’7
“
This littl e b oo k op en w as s ent in th e summ er of 1 9 0 5
t o all th e ind ep end e n t rulers of th e w orld and als o t o th e
Pop e at R om e
All r et ain e d it ex c e pt in g China Ab ys sini a
and E dward VII Kin g of En gland
Howev er th e Kin g o f
England h ad op en e d th e se alin g Of th e b o oks a s th e y cam e
b ack i n anoth er form
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
Thi s little b ook is e asy t o b e und ersto od It i s th e h ist or y
of th e wo rld from th e v ery c omm en c em ent of it s cre ation t o
N O m an c an d e ny th at it i s a dir e ct
its final diss olution
me s sa ge from God to th e world But th e n ati ons and th e i r
rule rs h ave b e en th e s ervants of th e d e vil and h av e cunnin gly
wi thh eld it from th e p e o pl e of th e wo rld b e c au se th e knowl
ed ge of th e myst eri e s of th e cr e ati on of th e worl d would le a d
m a n y to God
Th e refor e wh e n r etri buti on com e s fro m God
it w ill b e t o e a ch of th e m a cc ordin g t o hi s wo rks
“
Ve rse II :
And He s aid unto m e tho u must pr oph es y
a gain b efo re m any p e ople s and n ati ons and t on gu e s and
”
k in gs
Thi s is th e ve ry b o o k you ar e r e adin g now th at John
s ays will b e s catte re d all ove r th e world And it will gi v e
li ght t o th e world and m any will find th e ir w ay t o G od
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
THE HOL Y CIT Y TRODDEN U NDER FOOT
1 260 Y
E AR S
,
In ch apt er 1 1 John des cr ib e s th e cond iti o n of th e church
“
In th e s e cond ve r se h e s ays : And th e h oly city sh all th e y tre ad
”
und e r fo ot fort y and two m onth s
Hol y c ity m eans th e tru e
church of Go d th at c ons ists only of th e children of God ; su ch
are c alled Jews i n th e S c r i pture s an th e s w h o ar e n ot th e
.
.
,
e
(
)
1 38
children of G od ar e c all ed Gentile s Th is i s the c ity that th e y
did tre ad und er fo ot fo r fo rty two m onths whi ch m e ans 1 2 6 0
ye ars
.
-
,
.
W e h ave alr e ady s e en th at b y Gr e gory I and b y B onifa c e
III and IV and by Ph o c as th e ima ge worsh ip was e st ablish ed
in th e ye ar 6 1 0 A D And from that t im e th e w orshi p of the
d evil w as enfor ce d and m aint aine d b y th e rul ers of Chri st en
d om at th e c omm and of th e Pop e till F ranc e in 1 8 70 wa s
c omp elle d t o w ithdr aw its arm y fro m h is supp ort b y r e aso n
Cons e quently Vi ct or Emm anuel
o f th e Fr anc o Prussi an w ar
’
put an end t o th e P o p e s t emp oral p ow er Thus w e h ave fr om
’
6 1 0 wh en th e Pop e s rul e o ver th e rule rs of Christ endom
b e gan for 1 2 6 0 ye ar s t o 1 87 0 wh en th e last v e st i ge of sup
p ort and also his t emp or al p ower wa s t ak en away from h im
S inc e th at t im e h e c ould not forc e anyo n e t o worship th e
d e vil
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
-
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
“
Verse 3
And I will giv e p ow er unto m y two w itn e ss e s
and th e y sh all proph e sy a th ousan d two hundre d a nd thr e e
”
s cor e d ay s cloth ed i n sa ck cloth
Ab out th e ye ar 5 4 0 th e
Orth od ox faith w as e stablis h e d and b oth th e Old and th e Ne w
T est am e nt w ent into m ournin g and rem aine d f or 1 2 6 0 ye ars
.
,
.
.
“
Vers e 4
Th e s e ar e th e two o l ive tr e e s and th e tw o
”
c andl e sti cks st andin g b efor e th e God of th e e arth
Th es e
S cripture s th e Old and th e New T e stament s cont ain th e Word
O f Go d ; th e y ar e th e li ght of th e world ; th ey witn e ss of Go d
but th e y went i nt o m ourn in g wh en the d evil explain e d th em
and fram e d h is r eli gio n out of th e m
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
wh e n the y sh all h ave fini sh e d th e ir t e stim ony
th e b e ast that as c end eth out of th e bott omless p it shall mak e
w ar a gainst th em and shall o ve rc om e th e m and kill th em
7
.
An d
,
.
,
,
And th e ir d e ad b o di e s sh all l i e in th e str e et of th e
gre at c ity wh i ch sp iritually is c alle d Sod om and E gypt wh ere
also our Lord wa s cruc ifi ed
8
.
'
,
,
.
And th e y of th e p e o pl e and kindr e ds and tongues and
nati on sh all s e e th e ir d e ad b o di e s thr e e d ays and a h a lf an d
s hall not suffe r th e ir d e ad b odi es t o b e put in graves
9
.
,
.
(
18
140
)
“
An d th e nati ons we re an gry and thy wrath is c om e
and the tim e of th e d e ad th at th e y should b e j ud ge d and
that tho u should est g iv e r ew ar d unt o th y s ervants th e
p ro ph e ts and t o th e s aint s an d th em that fe ar Thy name
small and g re at ; and shoulde st d e stro y th em whi ch d estr o y
’
the e arth
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
Her e th e d oor of m er cy is alre ady clo sed and th e sp irituall y
d e ad wh i ch ar e th e childr en of th e d evil ar e t o b e j ud ge d
and th e c hildr e n o f Go d t o b e r eward ed
,
,
,
.
“
Ve rs e 1 9
And th e t empl e of God w as op ene d i n h e ave n
and th ere was s e e n i n His t empl e th e ark of His t e stam ent :
and ther e w ere li ghtnin gs and vo i c e s and thund erin gs and
”
Y es th e knowl ed ge of G od
an e arthqu ake and gr e at hail
and of th e S criptur es will b e given t o th e w orld b efor e th e
wrath of God consum e s th e children of th e d evil
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
E"
C HA P T R
THE CH U RCH
OF
V
.
GOD
.
In th e twelfth ch apt e r is d e s cr ib ed th e tru e chur ch of
God and ho w th e d evi l p ers e cut e d and tri e d t o d estr oy h e r
.
,
“
An d th e re appe are d a gr e at wo nd er i n h e aven ; a w o
m an cloth e d with th e sun and th e m o on und er h e r fe et and
up on h er h e a d a crown of twe lve stars
1
.
,
“
,
sh e b e ing with child cri e d travailing in b irth
”
and p ain e d t o b e delive red
2
.
An d
,
,
.
Mo on sym bo li z es th e l aw and th e Sun th e Go sp el o f
Chri st and th e tw elv e stars ar e th e Apo stl e s wh o pre a ch e d
th e pur e d o ctrine of Chri st
Th e f ound ati on of thi s chur ch
is th e law of Go d and h er l ife i s th e Go sp el or th e Sp irit o f
”
“
God wh i ch is p e a c e on e arth an d go o d will to war d m en
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
“
ers e 3
And th er e app e ar ed anothe r wonde r in h e ave n ;
a nd b eh old a gre at r e d dra gon h avin g s e ven h e ad s and te n
V
.
,
(
14 1
)
”
h orns and s eve n cro wns upo n hi s hea ds
Th is gre at r e d
’
dra gon wi th s ev en h e ad s and t e n h orns is th e d evil s m aterial
b ody It i s th e W e ste rn Rom an Emp ire and th e t e n h orns
o n hi s h e ad are th e t en kin gdom s into whi ch i t was d ivid ed
Th e se pres ent kin gd o ms suc c e s sors t o th e ori ginal on e s must
b e com e kingd om s of God or els e G od will d e stro y th e m b efor e
th e kin gd om of God i s est abli sh e d on th e e a r th
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
“
Ve rs e 4
And h is t ail dre w th e third p art of th e star s
o f h e aven and d id c ast the m to the e arth ; and th e dra go n
sto od b efo re th e w om an whi ch w as re ad y t o b e d eliver ed f or
”
to d evour h e r ch ild as so on as it w as b orn
Apo stles of
Chri st are th e stars of h e av en ; fou r of th e twelve Ap o stle s
wer e d estro ye d b y th e Rom an po wer
.
,
.
.
“
Ve rse 5
And sh e b rou ght forth a m an child wh o w as
t o rule all nati ons with a r o d of iron ; and he r ch ild was c au ght
up unto God and t o His throne
.
,
.
,
“
And th e woman fle d i nt o th e wild ern e ss wh er e sh e
hath a pl ac e pre pare d of Go d th at th ey shoul d fe ed h er th er e
”
a th ous an d two hundr e d and thr e e —
s co re d ays
Thi s m an
child i s Christ wh o is now on th e thron e of God and s oon
will rul e all th e n ati ons w ith a r od of iron
Th e wom a n i s
th e church of G od ; sh e fle d int o th e w ild erne ss th a t i s she
went t o h idi n g or into s e clus io n f or 1 2 6 0 y e ars Th i s is from
’
5 4 0 wh en th e d e v il s d o ctrine whi ch w a s th e Ortho dox faith
was adopted and th en als o th e S cri ptur e s w ent int o m ournin g
until 1 8 0 0 A D T he n th e p ower of th e d evil ov er th e S cri p
tur es wa s cru shed and th ey start e d r ej o icin g all o ver th e
’
world Th en th e rem aind e r of Go d s childr en als o op enly r e
6
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
'
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
j oic e d
.
“
And th e re wa s war i n h e av en : Mi ch a el an d h is an gels
fou ght a gain st th e dra gon ; and th e dr a gon fou ght and h is
an gel s
7
.
,
8
“
.
And pr ev ail e d
m or e i n h e aven
n ot
;
n e ith e r wa s th e ir pla c e found any
.
“
And th e gr e at dr a gon wa s c ast out th at O ld s erp e n t
c alle d th e D evil and Satan wh i ch d e c e iveth th e whol e w orld ;
9
.
,
,
,
,
(
14 2
)
h e w as cast out int o th e e arth and h i s an gels w er e c ast out
with hi m Mi chael i s Ch ri st and until th e tim e Christ c on
qu er ed th e dra gon on th e cross th e dragon w as d e ce iving
both th e an gels in h e ave n and m ankind on e arth But Chri st
th e C onqueror with his an gels exp elle d th e dra gon with his
an gels out of h e av en Th er efo re i t i s sa id in th e 8th vers e
”
“
Ne ith e r w as th ei r pl a c e foun d any m or e in h e a v en
S inc e
that tim e th er e h as b e en no w i cke d b e in g in h e av en and n one
wi ll e v er a gain e nt er th er e In th e ninth v ers e w e ar e info rm e d
that th e d evil and h is an gels w er e c ast ou t unt o th e e arth And
“
i n th e t enth v ers e r ej o i c in g i s h e ard in h e av en s ayin g : N ow
is co m e salvat ion and stren gth and th e k in gd om o f God and
th e p ower of Hi s Christ : fo r th e a c cu se r of our br ethr en is
c ast down whi ch a c cu se d th e m b efor e our Go d d ay and n i ght
And th e y o ver c am e him b y th e blo o d of th e L amb and by
th e w ord of the ir t e stimony ; and th e y love d n ot the ir l ive s
”
unt o th e d e ath
Ye s it is th e bloo d of Chr ist that c onque re d
“
”
th e devil : And b y th e wo rd of th e ir t estim ony
Th e ph y
s ic al b o di e s of th e childre n o f
Go d w er e d estr oye d b y th e
d e vil b e c aus e th eir sp i ri t s di d n ot yi el d t o him
“
Vers e 1 2
Ther e fo re r ej o i c e ye h e av ens and y e that
d w ell i n th em
Wo e to th e inh ab itors of th e e arth and of
f or th e d evil i s com e down unt o you h avin g gr e at
th e s e a "
”
wrath b e caus e h e kn ow eth th at h e h ath but a sh ort tim e
B y th e e arth i s m e ant thinly settle d c ountrie s or n ewl y dis
c o ver ed l and s but mor e e sp e ci ally c ountri e s that w er e not in
clud e d in th e w e stern Roman E mpi re ; and by th e s e a th e
n at ions o c cupyin g that t errit ory Wo e t o th e inh ab it ors of th e
world "b e c ause th e d evil wa s c ast d own from h e av en unto
th e e arth h avin g a gre at wr ath on th e childr en of God be
c ause h is d omini on is but of sh o rt duration
“
Verse 1 3
And wh en th e dr ago n saw th at h e was c ast
unt o th e e arth h e p e rs e cut e d th e w om an wh i ch brou ght forth
”
the m an ch ild
We h av e s e en alr e ady h ow th e d e vil d estroye d
th e childr en of Go d fro m 1 2 00 to 1 800
“
V e rs e 1 4
And t o th e wom an we r e giv en two w in gs of
a gr e at e a gl e th at sh e m i ght fly into th e wild erne ss into h er
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
:
,
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
-
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
(
14 4
)
d e str oy in g h ad d ep art e d from th e do ctrine of Chri st and h ad
’
ad p ot e d th e d evil s and h av e b e e n d e c e ive d b y h im
,
,
,
.
In chapt er 1 3 from th e l st to th e 1 1 th v ers e i s d es cr ib ed
a blasph emous po we r wh o w orsh ips th e dr a gon d evil serp ent ,
o r Satan
,
,
,
,
.
A
“
B
L A S P HEMO U S P O W ER W HO W ORSHI P S THE DR A GON
.
I sto o d up on th e sand of th e s e a and s aw a b e ast
ris e up out of the s e a h avin g s even h e ads and t en h orns and
up on h is h orns t en cr owns and up on h is h e ad s th e n am e of
blasph emy
1
.
An d
,
,
,
,
.
“
And th e b e ast wh i ch I s aw w as lik e unt o a l e op ard
and his fe e t w er e as th e fe et of a b e ar and h is m outh as th e
m outh of a lio n ; and th e dr ag on gav e h im hi s po wer an d h is
s e at and gre at auth ori ty
That th i s blasph em ou s b e as t
aro s e out of th e s e a m e an s th at thi s pow e r sprun g up in a
th i ckl y se ttle d c ountry
2
,
.
,
,
,
-
.
We ar e inform ed in th e s e v enth chapte r of D ani el that
l ion b e ar and l e o pard w er e th e symb ols of the B abylon
Pe rs i an and Gre ci an E mpi re s
As thi s blasph emous b e ast
’
is c ompound of th e se thr e e sym b ols i t m e ans th at th e Pop e s
rule ext ende d ov er th e m ind s of m e n in th e t err it ori e s they
rul ed And th at h e h as te n h orns on hi s h e ad m e ans th at th e
kin gd om s of E urop e gave t o thi s b e ast th e po w e r an d support
to enforc e th e blasph emo us wo rship on m ankind
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
3
“
And I s aw on e of hi s h e ad s as it we re wound e d t o
d e ath ; and h i s d e adl y w ound was h e al ed : and all th e worl d
”
’
wonde re d afte r th e b e ast
John s aw on e of thi s b e ast s
h e ads as it w er e w ounde d t o d e ath
This m e ans th e gr eat
blow th at was stru ck into th e dra gon worshi p b y th e r eform a
ti o n mo vem ent c ommen c e d i n th e b e ginnin g of th e 1 6 th c en
“
tury b y Luth er and oth er s
And his d e adly wound wa s
”—
he aled
yes th e r eform ers are worshipp ing th e dra gon no w
“
”—
and all th e w orld w o nd ere d aft e r th e b e ast
ye s as i s
at th is day the w orld i s l e d b y th e dra gon w orshi p
.
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
“
And th ey w orshipp ed th e dr a gon w hi ch gav e p ower
unto th e b e ast ; and th e y worshipp ed th e b e ast s ayin g Wh o i s
4
.
,
,
(
"
ik e
.
14 5
)
unto th e b e ast "w h o i s a bl e to m ak e w ar with h im "
“
th er e w as give n u n t o h im a m outh sp e akin g
gre at thin gs and b la sph emi e s ; and p o w er w as gi v en unto hi m
”
to c ontinu e fo rty an d tw o m o n th s
Thi s b e ast w as spe akin g
blasph em i e s and h e w as p ermitte d t o c onti nu e forty and two
month s Thi s a gai n i s B ibl e ti m e m e anin g 1 2 6 0 y e ars Th e
im a ge w orshi p i s th e d ra gon w o rshi p whi ch w as e stabli sh ed
by th e Orthod ox Rom an church by th e co n s ent of Ph o cas i n
th e y e ar 6 1 0 and it w as c o ntinued fo r 1 2 6 0 y e ars w ith th e
n s th at th e b e ast h ad
ow
er
th
e
t
en
h
or
And th e p ow er of
f
O
p
th e blasph em ous be ast wh o e nfor c e d th e dra gon wo rsh ip
by physi c al f or c e fo r 1 2 6 0 ye ars cam e t o an end in 1 8 7 0 wh e n
th e E uro pe an pow ers wi thd rew th ei r supp o rt from him and
strippe d hi m of h is t em po ral p owe r And si nc e th e n h e h as
b e en as a p ri s oner in h is o w n h ab itation
5
.
An d
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
“
And h e O p ene d h i s m outh i n b lasph em y a gainst Go d
to bl asph em e hi s n am e
and h i s t ab erna cl e and th e m th at
”
dwell i n h e ave n
Th e Po pe i s c alle d th e Holy Fath er and th e
Vi c ar of Christ and m any o th e r b l asph e m ous nam e s and th e
“
”
church of Rom e i s c alle d Th e Holy Rom an Cathol i c Chur ch
but th e trail of bloo d sh e h as l eft b ehi nd h er prov es that sh e
is th e chur ch of th e d e vil
6
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
“
And it w as g iv e n u n to him t o m ak e war with th e
saints and t o overco m e th em ; and p owe r w as given h im ov e r
”
all kindr ed s and t ongues and n ati on s
W e h av e se e n b efor e
h ow th e Pop e d estro ye d th e childr en of Go d b e c au se th ey
woul d n ot w orshi p the d evil
7
.
,
,
.
,
.
“
And all th at dw ell upo n th e e arth sh all wo rshi p h im
who se nam es ar e n ot wr itt en i n th e b o ok of life of th e L amb
”
slain from th e found ati on of th e world
All tho s e wh o h ave
not th e d o ctrine of Christ sh all worshi p th e bl asph e mous
powe r
8
,
.
.
.
9
“
.
If any m an h ave an e ar l et him h e ar
,
.
“
He th at l e ad eth into c apt ivity sh all go int o c ap
tiv ity ; h e th at kill eth with th e sword must b e kille d with th e
”
sw ord
Her e i s th e p ati e nc e and th e fai t h of th e saints
10
.
.
.
(
14 6
)
Capt ivity h er e m e an s th e sp iritual d e ad
“
”
h ell
,
commonly calle d
.
THE IM A GE OF THE
B
E A ST
.
“
An d I b eh eld anoth er b e ast comin g up out o f th e
e arth ; and h e h ad two h orns like a lamb and h e sp ake as a
”
dra go n
Joh n b eh eld anothe r b e ast co min g up out of th e
e arth
Th at i s fro m a thinly p opulate d c ountry
Th e bla s
p h e m ou s b e ast whi ch w e h av e j ust c ons id ered ar os e ou t of
th e s e a or in a popul ous country and o c cup i e d all th e t erri
tory th at th e four U nivers al E mpire s rule d ; and w as supp orte d
b y th e p owe r of th e t en h orns ( th e Europ e an p o w ers )
And
“
b e sid e s all thi s d om ini on h e w as given po we r o ve r all kin
”
dre ds an d ton gu es and nati ons
But thi s b east i s ar is in g up
out of th e e arth Th is i s i n a thinly po pul at e d c ountry on th e
We st ern Hem isph ere
It s ym b oli z e s th e U nite d State s of
Am eri ca Th is b e ast h as an inno cent lo o k ; h e h a s only tw o
small h orns l ik e a lamb Th is is a d e c e ivin g lo o k Hi s tru e
ch ara ct er i s kn own b e c aus e h e sp e aks lik e a d ra gon On e o f
th es e d i ssimulatin g h o rns r epr es ents th e fals e pr ote st a gainst
th e works of th e bl asph e mous b e ast and th e o th e r the fals e
r epubli c an fo rm of governm ent
11
.
.
,
.
-
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
-
.
.
.
.
.
'
.
,
.
“
And h e ex e r cis eth all th e po we r of th e first b e ast
b efor e h im and c au seth th e e arth and th em whi ch dwell th er e
”
in t o w orship th e first b e ast wh os e d e adly w ound was he al ed
Th e first b e ast was a p ers e cutin g p owe r and for ce d m ankind
t o w orshi p th e d evil and th e im a g e i s do in g th e sam e be
c aus e h e sp e aks like a dra gon
12
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
“
And h e d o eth gre at wond ers s o that h e m aketh
”
f ire c om e d own fr om h e aven on th e e arth in th e si ght of m en
He m ak es fire com e d own fro m h e aven h as a r efer en c e to th e
e le ctri c li ghts
13
.
,
.
.
“
And d e c e iveth them th at dw ell on th e e arth b y th e
m e an s of th os e m iracl e s w h i ch h e had p ow er t o do in th e sight
O f th e b e ast ; sayin g t o th e m that dwell on th e e arth th at th e y
sh ould m ake an im a g e t o th e b e ast wh ich h ad th e w ound b y
”
a swo rd and d id l ive
Th e blo w th at w as i n fli ct ed on th e
14
.
,
,
,
.
(
148
)
—th e
rule of th e fourth b e ast th e r efe ren c e i s m ad e ; as
much as t o sa y th at it is no lon ger th e numb e r of th e b e ast
but it i s of a m an th e Pop e of Rom e
666
,
,
.
,
THREEFOLD M ESS A GE
.
“
John d es cr ib e s a thre efold m e ssa ge i n ch apt e r 1 4 :
And
I lo oke d an d l o a l amb st o od on th e m ount S io n and w ith
’
him a hundr e d fort y and four th ousand h avin g h is Fath er s
”
n am e writt en i n th ei r for eh e ad s
Mount Sion i s th e n ew
Je rusalem th e spir itual c ity of God wh er e only th e ch ildr en o f
Go d dwell In th eir foreh e ads w e r e not writt en th e nam e s
of th e b e a st n or th e im a ge of th e b e ast ; th at i s th e y we r e
n o t th e pr odu ct of th e Rom an c h u r c h nor of any oth e r chur ch
but th e y w er e th e ch o sen of th e spirit of God as th e n am e o f
Go d w as writt e n i n th e ir foreh e ad s
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
“
And I h e ard a vo ic e fro m h e aven as th e vo i c e of m an y
waters and a s th e v o i c e of a gre at thund e r : and I h e ard th e
voi c e of h arp ers harpin g w ith th e ir h arps : And th ey sun g as
it we r e a n e w son g b efor e th e throne and b efor e th e four
b e a st s and th e eld e rs : and n o man c ould l e ar n th at son g but
th e hun d re d and forty and four th ousand wh i ch w er e r ed e e m e d
”
from th e e arth
Th e
d o e s n ot m e an that m any p er
s ons ; it m e ans any numb er of th e childre n of God as th e
numb e r 6 6 6 m arks th e childr e n of th e b e ast whi ch m e ans the
Cath olic chur ch and th e Prot estant chur ch e s
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
“
The s e ar e th e y wh i ch w er e not d e file d with wo men ; fo r
th ey are vir gin s Th es e ar e th e y whi ch follow th e L am b
whith erso e ve r h e go eth Th e s e w ere red e em e d fro m am on g
m en b ein g th e fir st fruit s unto Go d and t o th e Lamb
.
.
-
.
,
“
And i n th e ir mouth wa s found n o gu il e : f or th e y ar e
”
without fault b efor e th e thr one of God
T he s e who h ad th e
numb er
w er e n ot d e fil e d w ith w omen ; th at is w ith
church d o ctrin e s Th e y w er e n ot d e c e ive d b y an y o f th e
d o gm as cre ed s and ri gmarole s wh i ch the chur ch e s of thi s
“
”
wo rld are sh a ckle d b y
F or th e y ar e vi r gin s ;
vir gi n i s
on e within whom the spiri t of Go d dwells He i s th e child of
God Th er efore th e ch ildr en of God follow th e L amb whith er
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
.
(
149
)
so e ve r He go e s NO th e re i s nothin g a gainst th e m Th ey
re gulat ed th e ir live s O n th e e arth from th e Wo rd of Go d and
b e c am e pure spirits
“
And I saw an ot h e r an ge l fly i n th e m id st of h e ave n
h avin g th e eve r l astin g go sp el t o pre ach unto the m th at dwell
and to e ver y n ati on and kindred and t on gue
o n th e e arth
and p e o ple sayin g w ith a loud vo i c e Fe ar G od and give glory
to Him ; for th e hour of Hi s j ud gm ent is c om e : and w orsh i p
Him th at m ade he aven and e arth and th e se a and th e foun
”
t ains of wate rs
An ge l i s a m e ss en ge r John d es crib e s on e
an gel in chapte r 1 0 wh o h ad a littl e b o ok o pe n i n h is hand ;
“
th e refore h e say s h e re :
Anoth e r ange l h avin g e v erl astin g
”
gosp el to pre ach unt o them that dwell o n e arth
It m e ans
th e w estern h emi sph e re ; but m ore e sp e c ially th e U nit e d Stat e s
“
of Am e ri ca
And t o e very nati on an d kindred and to n gu e
”—
an d p e o pl e
that m e ans the wh ol e world Ye s th e h our of
th e j ud gm ent of Go d h as com e upon th e w orl d No w s ettl e it
in your min d th at th e very m e ssa ge yo u ar e r e adin g h er e is
th e m e ss a ge of th e angel w h o wrot e it d own as Go d gave i t t o
him It is th e sam e d o ctrin e of Christ th at h e d elivere d on th e
e arth as h e re c e iv ed it from Go d ; an d th at whi ch th e d evil
twi st e d into th e dra go n w orship an d thus h as le d m ankind
with h im
“
Ve rse 8
And the re follow e d anoth er an gel s aying
B ab ylon i s fallen is fallen th at gr e at c ity b e caus e sh e m ad e
all nat i ons d rink o f th e win e of th e wrath o f h e r fo rni ca
”
ti on
B ab ylo n m e ans confusion B y th at is und ersto o d all
’
th e church e s wh o w ith th e ir co rrupt or d ev il s d o ctrine s
d e c e ive d m anki nd
“
Verse 9
And th e th ird an ge l follow e d th em say in g
w ith a loud vo i c e If any m an w orshi p th e b e ast and hi s im a ge
and r e c e ive h i s m ark i n hi s for eh e ad or i n his h and
“
Th e sam e sh all drink of th e w ine of th e wrath of
10
God which i s pour ed ou t with out m ixtur e int o th e cup of Hi s
indi gnati on ; and h e sh al l b e torme nt ed w ith fire and brim
st one in th e pr e sen c e of th e h oly an gels and in th e pr e sen c e
o f th e Lamb
.
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
'
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
(
150
)
“
And th e smok e of th eir torm e nt as c end eth up for
e ve r and ev er : and th e y h av e no r e st d ay n or ni ght who
wo rshi p th e b e ast and hi s im a ge and wh oso e ver r e c e iveth th e
m ark of hi s nam e
11
.
,
,
.
“
Here i s th e p ati enc e of th e s aints : h er e ar e th e y
”
that ke ep the c omm andments of God and th e faith of Jesus
12
.
,
.
B e ast is th e or i ginal Rom an chur ch ; sh e w as supporte d by
th e Eur op e an p ow ers till 1 8 70 ; t o th is b e a st th e dra gon gave
h i s p ow er Th e im a ge of th e b e ast i s th e Prot estant r eli gion
and its p ow er i s th e apparently inno c e nt l ooking U nite d State s
Wh o so ev er will d o as th es e p ow e rs do o r think
of Am eri c a
as th eir r eli gi on t e a ch e s the y will b e j ud ge d of Go d and th e ir
p ortio n b e with th e d e vil and hi s an gels fore ver and eve r ; but
tho s e who k e e p th e c omm andm ents of Go d and th e d o ctrine
o f Christ th e ir p orti on will b e p e a c e and j oy w ith th e childr e n
of God in Hi s kin gd om
,
.
-
,
.
,
,
,
.
“
Vers e 1 3
And I h e ar d a vo i c e from h e av en sayin g unto
m e Write ; b l e sse d ar e th e d e ad wh i ch di e in th e L ord fro m
h en c eforth : Ye a s aith th e Spirit th at the y m ay r est fro m
”
th e i r l ab ors ; and th e ir w orks d o follow th e m
T hi s thr e efold
m e ssa ge is th e last w arnin g and l ast c all th at God giv e s to th e
wo rl d Th e d oin gs of th e d evil h av e b e en exp os ed and also hi s
tim e i s n e ar an end ; h e c an n o l on ger d e c e iv e any on e as h e
h a s do ne h er et ofor e ; th er efor e th e w ord c am e t o John fr om
“
h e ave n :
Ble ss e d ar e th e d e ad wh i ch d ie i n th e Lo rd from
”
h e nc eforth
.
,
,
,
.
.
.
“
Vers e 1 4
And I loo ke d and b eh old a wh ite cloud and
upon th e cloud on e s at like unto th e Son of M an h avin g on hi s
”
h e ad a gold en crown and in h i s h and a sh arp s i ckl e
He re
w e h av e a glimp se alre a d y of th e k in gdo m of G od so on to b e
e stablishe d on th e e arth Christ h aving al re ad y o n h i s h e a d a
gol den crown in di c at e s hi s re ign a s a kin g on th e e arth
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
“
Ve rs e 1 5
An d an oth er an gel c am e out of th e t emple
“
r
yin g w ith a lou d v oic e t o h im th at s at on th e cloud
Thrust
in th y s i ckl e and r e ap
; f or th e t im e i s c om e fo r th e e to r e ap ;
fo r th e h arvest of th e e arth i s rip e
.
,
'
c
,
,
.
(
152
)
“
And I saw as it w er e a s e a of glass m ingl e d w ith
fire ; and th em th at h ad gott en th e vi ctory over th e b e ast and
o v er hi s i m a ge and ov er h is m ark and o v e r th e numb e r of
his nam e st and on th e se a of gl ass h avin g th e harps of God
2
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
“
And th ey sin g th e s on g of Mo se s th e s ervant of God
and th e s on g of th e L am b sayin g Gr e at and m arvelous ar e
th y works L ord Go d Almi ght y ; j ust and true ar e thy w ays
tho u King of s aints
3
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
“
Wh o sh all n ot fe ar th e e O Lord and glorify thy
nam e "for thou only art h oly : for all nat ion s shall c om e and
”
w orshi p b efor e th e e ; for thy j ud gm ents are m ad e m an ifest
4
,
.
,
.
“
Th es e ar e th e ch ildr en of Go d wh o h av e got th e vi ctory
over th e b e ast and o ve r h is im a ge an d ov e r his m ark and
”
ove r th e numb er of h is n am e
It m e ans th at th e y h av e c on
’
qu er e d th e d e vil and w er e no t d e c eiv ed b y th e d evil s do ctrine s
th at th e ch ur ch e s of Christ end om ar e pr e ach ing i n th e wo rld
But th ey ar e n ow sin gin g th e S
on g of M o se s an d of th e L amb
and are r ej o i cin g b e c aus e Go d h as m ad e th e j ud gm ents of th e
d evil and of hi s childr en m anife st t o th e p e ople of this world
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
“
And aft e r th at I lo oke d and b ehold th e t e mpl e
”
th e t ab ernacl e of th e t e st im ony in h e aven wa s O p en ed
5
.
,
,
,
of
.
”
“
And after th at
Johns s a ys th at i s aft e r th e j ud gments
of Go d up on th e d e vil and up on h is childr en h ad b e com e cl e ar
to th e world Th e n h e s aw th at th e templ e of th e tab ern a cl e
of th e t e stimony w as op en e d Ye s th e s cr ipture s ar e m ad e
cl e ar n ow and th e d o or of th e t empl e O f G od i s op en fo r an y
o n e t o enter th er e in
but th e d oo r of m er c y w ill b e cl os e d
wh e n th e s eve n an gels b e gi n t o p our o ut th e v i als fill e d with
th e wrath of Go d as you s e e 1 n th e followin g v erse s :
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
THE W R ATH
GOD IS INFLICTED U P ON THE W ORLD IN
THE SE V EN L A ST PL A G U ES
OF
.
“
And th e s e ve n an gels c am e out of th e t empl e h avin g
th e s ev en pla gue s cl oth e d i n pur e and wh it e lin en and h av in g
th eir br e as ts gird e d w ith gold en gi rdle s
6
.
,
,
,
.
7
“
.
And on e of th e four b e asts gav e unto th e s even
15 3 )
(
an gels s eve n gol d en vi als full o f the wrath o f God wh o l iveth
for eve r and e ve r
,
.
“
And the tem ple w as fill ed wi th smo ke fro m th e glory
of Go d and from hi s powe r ; and n o m an wa s abl e t o ent er
i nto th e temple till th e se ven pla gu e s of th e s e v en an gels w er e
”
ful fill ed
8
.
,
,
.
In thi s ch apte r th e wrath of God wh i ch was prom is ed
i n th e last chapt er is infl i cte d u pon th e w ic k e d w orl d
,
.
“
And I h e ard a gre at vo i c e out of th e te mpl e sayin g t o
th e se ve n a n gels G o your ways and p our ou t th e vi als of th e
wrath of Go d upon th e e arth
1
.
,
,
.
“
And th e first w ent an d poure d out his vi al up on th e
e arth ; an d th ere fell a no isom e and gri evous so re upo n th e
m en which h ad th e m ark of the b e ast and upo n th e m wh i ch
”
worshipp ed hi s im a ge
2
.
,
,
.
Wh at ever th e s e pla gues m ay b e th e tru e children of God
ar e ex empt fro m th em
.
“
3
And th e s e c ond an gel pour ed ou t hi s vi al upon th e
s e a ; and it b e c am e as th e blo o d of a d e ad m an : and e very
l iving s oul di e d in th e se a
.
.
“
And th e third an gel pour e d out h is v ial up o n the
river s and fountains of waters ; and th e y b e c am e bl ood
“
And I h e ar d th e an ge l of th e w at er s say Thou ar t
5
ri ght e ous O Lord whi ch art and wast and sh alt b e b e caus e
th ou hast j ud ge d thu s
“
6
For th e y h ave Sh e d th e b lo o d of saints and pr oph ets
and th ou hast give n th e m bl o o d t o drink ; fo r th e y ar e wo rthy
“
7
And I h e ard anoth e r o ut of th e alt a r s ay E ven s o
”
Lo rd Go d Almi ght y true and ri ght eous ar e thy j ud gm ents
4
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
man knows wh at th e s e j ud gm ents of Go d ar e b ut on e
thin g i s sur e : th e y ar e at h and Th e y w ill pro c e e d i n su c c e s
si on w ith o ut an y int erval Th e y ar e th e pr elim inari e s of th e
’
gre at d ay of Go d wh e n He sh all d e stro y th e d evil s d omini on
on th e e arth And th en th e kin gdo m of Go d w ill c omm enc e
on the e a rth
NO
,
.
.
,
.
.
(
154
)
“
And th e fourth ang el pour e d out h is vi al up on th e
sun ; and p owe r w as given unto h im to s co r ch m en w ith fire
“
9
An d m en w er e s c orch e d with gr e at h e at an d bla s
p h e m e d th e nam e of God wh i ch h ath po w er ov er th e s e pla gue s ;
”
and th e y r e p ente d n ot to g iv e hi m glory
“
This m e ans an extr em e h e at caus e d by th e sun
B las
”
m e ans th at th e y still r emaine d in
p h e m e d th e n am e of Go d
’
the d e vi l s w orship and di d n ot r eturn to th e worship of God
wh o p e rm itt e d th e sun t o sc ourg e m en
8
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
10
“
And th e fifth an gel po ure d ou t hi s vi al up on th e se at
of th e b e ast ; an d hi s kin gdom w as full of d arkne ss ; an d th ey
gnawe d th e ir ton gue s f or pain
.
.
11
“
An d bl asph e m e d th e Go d of h e ave n b e c ause of th e ir
”
p ains and th e i r sor es and re p ent e d no t of th eir de ed s
Go d
will infli ct j ud gm ent upon th e Rom an chur ch
.
.
.
12
“
And th e s ixth an ge l p our e d out his vi al upon th e
gr e at ri ve r E uphr at e s ; and th e w ater th ere of was dri ed up
”
that th e way of th e kin gs of th e e ast mi ght b e prep are d
Thi s
I b eli ev e t o m e an th e M oh amm ed an r eli gi on and th o s e n ati ons
wh os e faith i s Moslem t o c om bine a gain st th e Eur op e an po w ers
.
,
.
.
,
“
13
An d I saw thre e un cle an sp irits like fro g s c om e out
o f th e m outh of th e d ra go n and out o f th e m outh of th e b e ast
”
and out of th e m outh of th e fals e pr oph et
Th e thre e un cle an
sp iri t s ar e th e sp i rits of th e d e vil That i s th e do ctrin e of th e
d ra gon and of th e b e as t and of the false pro ph et—n ot of Go d
but of th e d evil B y th e do ctrin e of the dra go n i s und ersto od
all tho s e b eli efs th at d o n ot t ak e th ei r do ctrin e fr om th e B ibl e
and b y th e b e ast s all tho s e who d o as th e b e ast w ith th e l amb
l ik e h o rn s also b e c am e th e i m a ge of th e b e ast and s p oke l ik e a
dra gon t her efor e th e pro te stant reli gi o n is h er e calle d th e fals e
pr oph et
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
“
th e y ar e th e spirits of d evils w orkin g m ira cle s
wh i ch go forth unt o th e kin gs of th e e arth and of th e wh ol e
world to gath er th em t o th e b attl e of th at g r e at da y of God
”
Almi ghty
Th e w ord s of th i s v ers e are cl e ar t ak e th em as
th e y ar e
14
.
F
or
,
,
'
,
,
.
.
15
“
.
B eh old I c om e
,
as a thi ef
.
Bl e sse d is h e tha t
( 1 56 )
“
And the re fell upon m e n a gre at h ail out of h e aven
e ve ry stone ab out th e w e i ght of a talent ; and men blasph em e d
G od b e c ause o f th e plagu e of th e h ail ; f or th e pla gu e th e r e of
”
was ex c e e din gly gre at
In th e Nap ol eoni c turmo il th e m oun
tains and th e i sland s w er e m o ve d out of th ei r pl a ce s but h ere
it i s sai d th at every i slan d fl e d away an d m ountains wer e not
found It m e ans th at nati on s and th ei r rulers will b e d e stroy e d
i n the war All th is c an b e avoi d e d i f th e nati on s of thi s wo rld
d epart fr om th e w orship of th e d e vil and b e c om e th e ch ildre n
Th e w ay i s cle a r ; c e as e from sinnin g and b e gin t o
of God
walk wi th Go d
THE M OTHER O F H A RLOTS
21
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
In th e s event e enth chapte r w e are info rm e d th at all th e
’
church e s in christend om ar e t e ach in g th e d evil s d o ctrine an d
th e y ar e th e o ff sprin g of th e Ro man Chur ch
,
.
“
And th er e cam e on e of th e seven an gel s whi ch h ad th e
s e ve n vi al s and talke d with m e sayi n g unto m e Com e hith er ;
I will sh ew unto th e e th e j ud gm ent of th e gre at whore that
s itt eth upo n m an y wate rs :
,
,
,
“
2
With who m th e kin gs of th e e arth have comm itte d
fo rn i c ation an d th e inh ab it ants of th e e arth h av e b e en m ad e
”
drunk wi th th e win e of he r fo rni cat ion
.
,
.
“
”
Th e gr eat wh ore
is th e Rom an Chur ch
Forn i cati on
’
m e an s th e d evil s d o ctri n e wh i ch th e kings of th e e arth h ave
“
re c e ived fr om h er
an d th e inh a bitants of the e arth h ave b e en
”—
m ad e drunk
th at i s de c e ive d b y h e r t e a chin gs
.
,
,
.
,
“
S o h e c arri e d m e awa y in th e spi r i t i nto th e wilder
ne ss : and I saw a wo m an s it upon a s c arle t c olore d b e ast full
o f n ame s o f blasph em y h avin g s even h e ads and t en horns
3
.
,
.
,
“
And th e w om an w as arr aye d i n purpl e and sc arl et
colo r an d d e cke d with gol d and p re ci ou s st one s and p e arl s
”
h avin g a gold e n cup i n h e r h an d full of ab o mi nati on s
4
.
,
,
.
B y wild ernes s o r a d e s ert c ountry i s sym b oli z e d th e ab od e
of th e d evil ; and by f r uitful field s th e h ab it ati on o f th e spirit
o f Go d Thi s w om an i s th e Roman Chur c h God is purity but
John saw the golde n cup th e symb ol of puri ty in th e h and o f
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
(
)
1 57
”
“
th e wom an full of abo m inati ons and filth in e s s that i s of th e
’
d evil s d o ctrin e sh e i s t e a ch ing
An d upon h e r for eh e ad w as a n am e writte n MYS
5
MO THE R OF HAR
T R Y BABYL ON THE GREAT TH
”
L O T S AND AB OMINATI O N S OF TIIE EA RTH
Th e Rom an Ch urch claim s h e r r eli gi o n to b e myste ry Sh e
i s the gre ate st c onfusion i n th e wo rld Sh e i s th e ori ginator
’
of all th e do gmas and d evi l s i nventi on s that all th e chur ch es
in Christ endo m h ol d i n c omm on w ith h er and are s e ndin g mi s
th e world t o t e a ch m ankin d th e s e b as e
s io n ar ie s all o v e r
b l asph emi e s
Th e trinity i s th e first i nventi on of th e d evil and h e tol d
th e chur ch th at it i s a m ystery
Sh e s ays that you c anno t
c ompr ehend i t b ut must t e a ch it as sh e fr am e d i t Chri st c am e
up on th e e arth t o te ach of th e o nl y on e Go d th e Cre ator of all
thin gs and fro m wh om all life pro c e e ds and m ad e it s o cl e a r
th at n o m an co uld e rr who d e sir es t o walk w ith Go d But
this church voluntarily d e p art ed from th e t e a chin gs o f Chri st
’
an d be gan t o fram e th e d e vil s w orsh ip whi ch sh e b y for ce
c om p elle d m ankind t o a c c e pt Aft er th e d evil h a d e st abl ish e d
th e worshi p O f th re e go ds i t b e c am e an e asy m atte r t o have
a whole h o st of th e m as it finall y d i d culminate i n 6 1 0 i n th e
i m a ge wo rship and th en th e darkn e ss cov ere d Christ endom
Only a ray of li ght Go d pr e se rve d amo n g Hi s childre n wh o m
th e d e vi l was d e stro yin g
,
,
,
.
E
.
,
,
E
,
'
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
Th e d a ught ers of th e h arlot als o t e a ch th at on e g od cru
c ifie d
ano th e r god on th e cros s and that fle sh and bloo d
of th e crucifie d god by m e ans of som e mysti c mumblin gs i s
turne d to b re ad and win e ; an d th e n th e childre n of th e s e
church e s e at and drink th at and thus are t ransfo rm e d into th e
childr e n of Go d Th e d e vil ha s blinde d y ou so th at you h av e
b e com e in th is cust om l owe r than c anni b als wh o t r uly e at th e ir
fellow m en b ut n e ver c an you i nduc e th em t o d isho no r th e ir
go ds must l ess t o e at the b o dy an d drink th e blo o d o f th eir
go d s Mankind will b e asham e d of th is a s so o n a s th ei r e ye s
op en and th e y h av e expelle d th e sp irit of th e d evil wh i ch
’
you h ave i nfused into th em b y th is d evil s do ctr ine
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
(
158
)
”
“
And abom in ati on of th e e a rth
Th e Rom an Chur ch
brou ght such a w i cke dne s s up on th e e arth th at i ts e qual w a s
ne ver known b efor e
Hi sto ry prove s th e cond it ion of th at
chur ch j ust b efor e th e Reform ati on t o b e s o b as e th at it i s
ash am e d to explai n it
.
.
.
“
Vers e 6
And I s aw th e w om an drunke n w ith th e bloo d
o f th e s aints an d with th e bl oo d of th e m artyrs of Je sus : an d
”
wh en I saw h er I wond er ed w ith gr e at a dm ir atio n
Thi s h a s
b e e n explaine d b efo re h o w th e Rom an C hurch d e stro ye d th e
’
chil dr en of God b e c aus e th e y d id n ot ac c ept th e d e vil s w or
ship sh e w as f or c ing On th e m
.
,
.
,
,
.
“
‘
Ver s e 7
An d th e an gel sai d unto m e Wher efor e didst
th ou m arvel " I will t e ll th e e th e m yst e ry of th e w om an an d
of th e b e ast th at c arr i e th h e r wh i ch h ath th e s even h e ads an d
t e n h orns
.
,
,
,
.
“
Th e b e ast that th ou s aw es t wa s an d is n ot ; and sh all
as c end out of th e b ott oml e ss p it and go int o p erditio n : an d
th e y th at dwell on th e e arth sh all w ond er who s e n am e s w er e
n o t writt en in th e b oo k o f life fro m
th e found at io n of th e
wo rld wh en th ey b eh ol d th e b e ast th at w as and is n ot an d
ye t i s
8
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
9
“
An d h er e i s th e m ind whi ch h ath w isdom Th e s even
he ads ar e s even m ountai ns on wh i ch th e w om an s itt eth
.
.
.
,
“
And th er e ar e s ev e n kin gs ; fiv e ar e fallen and on e
is and th e oth er is n ot ye t c om e ; an d wh e n h e c om eth h e
”
must c ontinue a short sp ac e
10
.
,
,
,
.
In th e 3r d ve rs e Joh n w as c arri e d aw ay in th e spi rit int o
th e wil d ern e ss and h e s aw th er e a wom an sit up on a scarle t
colore d b e ast full of n am es of b lasph em y h avin g s ev en h e ad s
an d t en ho rns
Th is w om an i s th e Rom an Chur c h and th e
’
sc arlet b e ast i s th e Pop e s t empor al p owe r and th e t e n ho rn s
ar e th e te n kin gdom s an d th e ir suc c e s s o rs into whi ch th e
R o man E mp ir e w a s transm itt e d
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
“
In th e e i ghth vers e w e ar e told : Th e b e a s t th at th o u
s aw est was an d i s not an d sh all as c en d Ou t of th e b ottoml e ss
”
pit and go i nt o p erdition
Th at i s t o s ay wh en th e Rom an
,
,
,
.
,
(
160
)
sfl
w
o
r
e
p
w h i ch
h av e r e c e i v e d n o kin gdo m as ye t ; but r e ce ive
”
kin gs on e h our wi th th e b e a st
e
.
Th e t en kin gd om s i nt o wh i ch th e We st ern Roman Emp ir e
was di v i d ed w er e in th e futur e in th e da ys of John and th e s e
kin gs wh e n th e y cam e w er e to rul e simultan e ously with th e
Pop e ove r th e t erri tory of th e We stern Rom an Emp ir e
,
,
,
,
.
“
13
Th e s e h ave o ne m ind and shall giv e th e i r p ow er and
”
stren gth unt o th e b ea st
.
,
.
We h ave alre ad y se e n h o w at th e c omman d of th e Po p e
th e Eur op e an p ow er s w ent ob e di ently t o d estro y th e ch il dr en
of God
,
,
.
“
The s e shall m ake w ar with th e L amb an d th e L am b
sh all o verco m e th em : fo r h e is Lord of lo rds an d Kin g of kin gs :
and th e y th at ar e w ith h im ar e c all ed and ch os en and fa ith
”
ful
14
.
,
,
,
,
.
Ye s i n short ord e r th e L amb i s go in g t o rule th e world
,
.
“
And h e sa ith unt o m e Th e wat ers whi ch thou s awe st
wh er e th e whor e sitteth are p e opl e s and mult itud e s and
nati on s an d t on gue s
Thi s vers e m ake s it cl e ar th at th e h arlot i s th e symb ol of
th e Rom i sh Church and that h e r domini o n i s w id e ext en de d
o ve r th e worl d ; of c ours e i n th i s is i nclu ded h er d au ght e rs th e
oth e r church e s i n Ch r i stend o m
“
And th e t en h orns whi ch th ou s awe st up on th e b ea s t
16
th e s e sh all h at e th e whor e and sh all mak e h er d es olat e a nd
”
nake d and shall e at h er fl esh and burn h er with fir e
Th e Europ e an p ow e rs h av e wi th drawn th ei r supp ort fr o m
th e Romish Chur ch and in 1 8 7 0 the y e ve n t oo k away th e
’
P op e s t empo ral p ow e r
“
17
Fo r Go d h ath put i n th e ir h e arts t o fulfil h is w ill
and t o a gr e e an d giv e th e ir kin gdo m unt o th e b e ast until th e
wo rds of Go d shall b e fulfille d
“
18
An d th e wom an whi ch thou s awe st i s th at gr e at c it y
”
whi ch re igneth o ver th e k in gs of th e e arth
Go d p erm itte d th e d evi l t o h av e h i s swa y on th e e arth
t ill all th e w ords that God h as sp oken throu gh h i s pr oph e t s
15
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
(
16 1
)
b e en fulfille d
Th e woman i s th e gre at c ity —by thi s
1
m e ant all th e churche s and c onfus i o n th at th e d e vil has
brou ght i nto th e w o rld
“
av e
”
.
.
.
B AB L Y O N
THE GRE AT IS F ALLEN
.
“
And a f te r th es e thin gs I saw anothe r an ge l c om e down
from h e aven h avin g gre at p owe r ; and th e e arth wa s li ghtened
with hi s glo ry
,
.
2
“
An d h e cri e d m i ghtil y w ith a stron g v oi c e saying
Babyl o n th e gre at i s fallen i s fall en and i s b e com e th e h ab ita
ti on of d e v ils and th e h old of ev ery foul sp irit an d a c a ge of
every un cl ean and h ateful b i rd
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
“
For all nati ons h av e drunk of th e w ine of th e wrath
o f h e r forni c ation an d th e kin gs of th e e arth h av e c ommi tt e d
forni c atio n with h e r and th e m er ch ant s of th e e arth ar e waxe d
ri ch thr ou gh th e abun danc e of h e r d el ic a ci es
3
.
,
,
.
4
“
And I h e ard anoth er v oi c e fro m h e ave n s ayin g Com e
ou t of h e r m y p e opl e th at ye b e n ot p artakers of h er s ins and
that y e r e c e ive n ot of h e r pla gue s
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
5
“
For h er sins h av e r e a ch ed unto h e aven an d Go d h ath
re m emb e re d h e r ini quiti e s
.
,
.
‘
Rew ard h e r e ve n as sh e r eward e d you and doubl e unt o
h er d oubl e a c co rd in g t o he r w orks : i n th e cup wh i ch sh e hath
fill e d fill to h er d oub l e
6
.
,
'
.
,
“
How much
h ath glorifi e d h e rself an d liv e d d e
lic iou sly s o mu ch torm ent and sorrow g iv e h e r : fo r sh e saith
i n h e r h e art I sit a que en and am no w i do w and sh all s e e n o
7
.
Sh e
,
,
,
SOI I OW
,
,
'‘
.
“
Th erefo re shall h er pl a gue s com e i n on e day d e ath
and m ournin g an d f am l n e ; an d sh e sh all b e utt erly burn e d
with fir e : fo r strong i s th e L or d Go d wh o j ud geth h er
8
,
,
.
,
.
“
And th e kin g s of th e e arth wh o h av e co mmit e d forn i
c at ion and live d d eli ci ously w ith h e r sh all b ewail h e r and
lam e nt f or h e r wh en th ey sh all s e e th e smok e of h er burnin g
9
,
.
,
,
,
,
(
152
)
“
Stand in g afar off f or th e fe ar of h er t orm ent say in g
f or in on e
Al as alas that gre at city B ab ylo n th at mi ghty c ity "
h our i s thy j ud gm e nt co m e
10
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
“
An d th e m er ch ants of th e e arth shall w e ep and mourn
o ver h er ; for n o m an buyeth th e ir m er chand is e any m or e :
11
.
“
Th e m e rchand is e of gol d and silver
s to ne s an d of p e arls an d fine lin en and purpl e
sc arlet and all thy wo o d an d all m anner vess els
all m anner ve ss el s Of m ost pre cious w o o d an d
iron and m arbl e
12
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
and pr e ci ous
and silk and
of ivor y and
of bras s and
,
,
,
.
,
“
And cinn am on and o dours and o intm e nts and
fr ankinc ens e an d w ine and oil and fine flour an d wh e at and
b e asts and sh e ep an d h ors es and ch ari ot s and sl av es and
s ouls of m en
13
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
“
An d th e fruits th at thy so ul lu st e d aft er ar e d ep art e d
from th e e an d all thin gs whi ch w e re d ainty and go odly ar e
d ep art e d from th e e an d tho u sh alt find the m no m o re at all
14
.
,
.
,
“
Th e m er ch ant s of th e se thin gs whi ch w ere m ad e ri ch
b y h er sh all st and afar Off for th e f e ar of h er t orm ent w e epin g
and wa ilin g
15
.
,
,
,
,
“
And s ayin g Alas alas th at gre at c ity that w as
cloth e d in fin e l ine n an d purpl e an d sc arle t and d e ck e d wi th
gold an d p re c iou s ston es an d p e arl s "
16
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
“
For in on e hour s o gr e at ri ch es i s com e t o n ou ght
And e ve ry shipm aste r and all th e c omp any in shi ps an d s ailors
an d as m any as tr ad e b y se a st o o d afar off
17
.
.
,
,
,
,
18
.
“
And cri ed wh en th e y s aw the sm ok e of h e r burning
s ayin g Wh at city is like unt o this gr e at city "
.
,
,
19
“
And th e y c ast dust on th ei r h e ads and c ri e d w e e p
in g and wailin g s ayin g Al as al as that gr e at c ity wh er e in
w er e m ad e ri ch all th at h ad sh ip s i n th e s e a b y r e ason of h er
f or in on e hour i s sh e m ad e d e solat e
co stlin e ss "
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
“
Rej o i c e ove r h e r th ou h e av en an d y e h ol y ap o stle s
and pr ophets ; fo r Go d h ath aven ge d you on h er
20
.
,
,
.
(
1 64
)
D e ci de you r d e stiny ; y o u c an no lon ge r ple a d i gno ranc e
wh en th e v e n g e n c e of God c o me s up on th e Gre at B ab ylon
,
.
J OY
IN HE AV EN
.
“
And after the s e thin gs I h e ard a gre at v o ic e of muc h
pe opl e in h e aven sayin g Allelui a ; Salvati on and gl o r y a nd
hon o r and p o we r unt o th e Lor d our God :
,
,
,
,
,
,
“
2
Fo r tru e and ri ght e ous are h i s j u d gments ; f or he h ath
j udg e d th e gre at who re whi ch did c orrupt th e e arth w ith h er
forni cation an d h ath aven ged th e blo od of h is s e rv ants at h e r
h and
.
,
,
.
“
3
And a gain th e y s aid Allelui a
up fo r ever and ev er
.
,
.
And h er sm oke ro s e
.
“
4
An d th e fou r and twent y eld ers an d th e fou r b e ast s fell
down and worshi pp e d Go d that sat on th e thr one sayin g
Am en ; Allelui a
.
,
,
.
5
Go d ,
“
An d a voi c e c am e out of th e throne saying Prai se our
all ye h i s s ervants and ye th at fe ar h im b oth sm all and
.
,
,
gre at
,
,
.
“
An d I h e ard as it wer e th e vo i c e of a gre at multitud e
and as th e vo i c e of m any w at ers and as th e vo i c e of m i ghty
thunde rin gs s ayi n g All elui a : fo r th e L ord Go d O mnip ot ent
re i gn eth
6
.
,
,
,
,
.
“
L e t u s b e gla d an d r e j o i c e an d giv e h ono r t o h im
f or the m arria g e of th e Lam b i s c om e and his wif e h ath m ad e
h e rs elf r e ady
7
.
,
,
.
“
An d t o he r w as grant e d th at sh e c ould b e arr ay e d i n
fin e l inen cle an and white : f or th e fine line n i s th e ri ght e ous
n es s o f s aint s
8
.
,
.
“
And h e s aith unt o m e Wr it e Ble ss e d ar e th e y wh i ch
ar e c alle d unt o th e m ar ri a ge supp er of th e L am b An d h e s aith
unto m e Th es e ar e th e tru e sayin gs of Go d
9
.
,
,
.
.
,
“
I fell at his fe et t o w orshi p h im An d h e s ai d
unt o m e Se e th o u d o i t n o t : I am th y fellow s ervant an d
o f th y b rethr e n th at h av e th e t e stim o ny of Jesus : wor s hip G o d :
fo r th e t e s timony of Je sus i s th e sp irit of pr oph e cy
10
.
An d
.
,
,
.
(
165
)
“
An d I saw h e ave n ope ned an d b ehold a whit e ho rs e ;
and h e th at s at up on him w as c all ed Faithful an d Tru e an d i n
ri ghte ousness h e d oth j ud ge an d m ak e w ar
11
,
.
,
.
“
His e ye s w e re as a fl am e o f fire and o n h is h e a d wer e
m any crowns ; an d h e h ad a n am e wri tt en th at no m an kn ew
but h e him s elf
12
,
.
,
,
.
“
And h e w a s cl oth e d with a v e sture d ippe d i n blo od :
and hi s name i s c all e d Th e Wo rd Of G od
13
.
.
“
And th e arm i e s whi ch w er e in h e aven follow e d hi m
up on whit e h ors e s cloth e d in fine linen whi t e and cle an
14
.
,
.
,
“
And out of h i s mouth go eth a sh arp sword th at w ith
it h e shoul d sm it e th e nati on s ; and h e sh all rule th e m w ith a
r o d of iron : an d h e tre ad eth th e win epr e s s of th e fie r c e n ess
and wr ath o f Almi ghty G o d
15
.
,
.
“
An d h e h ath on hi s v e stur e an d on h i s th i gh a
nam e written KING O F KI NGS AND L ORD OF L ORD S
16
.
,
.
,
“
An d I saw a n ange l stand in g i n th e sun : an d h e
cri e d with a loud vo i c e say ing t o all th e fowls th at fly i n
th e mid st o f h e ave n Com e an d gath er yourselv e s to geth e r
unto th e supp er of th e gr eat Go d
17
.
,
,
.
“
Th at y e may e at the fle sh of kin gs an d th e fle sh
o f c aptai ns and th e fle sh of mi ght y m en an d th e fle sh of ho r s e s
and of th em th at sit on th em an d th e fl e sh of all m en b oth
fre e and b ond b oth sm all an d gre at
“
An d I s aw th e b e ast an d th e ki ngs of th e e arth an d
19
th e ir arm i es gath er e d t o geth er t o m ak e war a gainst h im that
s at on th e hors e and a gainst h is army
“
20
And th e b e ast w as t ak en and with h im th e fals e
pr oph et th at wrou ght miracl e s b efor e h im w ith whi ch h e d e
c e iv e d th e m th at h ad re c e ive d th e m ark of th e b e ast an d th em
th at wo rshi pp e d h is im a ge Th e se b oth we r e c ast al ive into a
l ak e of fir e with b rimston e
“
21
An d th e r emn ant w er e slain with th e swo rd of h im
th at sat up on th e horse whi ch sw or d p ro c e ed e d ou t of hi s
”
m outh : and all th e fowls we r e fille d with th e ir fl esh
I n thi s ch apter w e s e e th at Go d h as alre ad y i nfli ct e d th e
18
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
,
.
'
(
1 66
)
j ud gm ent on th e gre at B ab ylon as th e p e opl e of God are r e
j oic in g in h e ave n b e caus e th e gre at h arlot wh o c orrupt e d th e
e arth i s j ud ge d
,
,
,
.
Th e wif e of th e Lamb m enti one d in th e 7 th v e rs e m e ans
th e tru e Chur ch of Go d c ompo se d of tho se j ust and pure s ouls
wh o r ej e cte d th e chur ch d o ctr ine s and of th os e wh o n e ver h el d
th em but l i v e d cl e an live s con se qu entl y w e re fre e from th e
yok e of th e d evil an d wo rshipp ed Go d i n th e spirit and i n th e
truth
,
,
,
,
.
In v e rs e 1 1 we h av e h e aven op en an d a whit e h ors e
introdu c e d a gain It is th e s am e symbol th at symb oli z e d th e
Chur ch of Go d o n th e e arth till 300 A D Th i s i s th e b e ginnin g
o f th e Kin gd om of Go d o n th e e arth
.
.
.
.
Th e c ata st roph e i s n e ar at h and wh i ch i s de s cr ib e d in
ve rs e 1 8 an d c ould b e avo id e d if th e nati ons of Europ e an d of
Am eri c a would r eturn t o th e w orship of th e tru e Go d But it
i s m a d e cle ar in th e nin et e e nth ve rs e th at they w ill r em ain in
th e dr ago n wo r sh ip , as th e y ar e uni tin g a gainst th e Kin gdo m
o f Go d ; c ons equ ently the ir fall is ine vitabl e b e c aus e all th e
dr a gon worshi pp ers must n e ce ssarily b e don e away w ith b efor e
1 9 4 5 when th e Kin gd om o f Go d will b e gin On th e e arth
,
,
.
.
,
TH
EEGIN
B
N
ING
EKINGDOM
HE
L A ST U DGM ENT
O F G O D O N TH
O F TH
T
J
EE A RTH
AN D
.
“
And I s aw an an gel c om e d own fro m h e aven h avin g the
ke y of th e b ottomle ss pi t an d a gre at ch ain i n h i s h and
,
.
“
And h e l aid h ol d on th e dra gon th at ol d s erp ent
whi ch is th e D evil and Satan and b oun d h im a th ousan d
ye ar s
2
.
,
,
,
,
,
“
And c ast h im into th e b ottoml ess p it an d shut h im
up and s e t a s e al upo n h im th at h e sho ul d de ce ive th e n ati on s
n o m o re till th e th ous and ye a rs sho uld b e fulfilled : and aft er
that h e must b e lo os e d a littl e se ason
3
.
,
,
,
,
.
“
And I saw thr one s an d th e y sat upo n th em an d j ud g
m ent wa s give n unt o th e m : and I s aw th e s oul s of th em th at
w e re b eh e ade d for th e witne ss of J e sus and for th e w or d of
Go d and wh i ch h a d n ot wor sh ippe d th e b e ast n eith e r his
4
.
,
,
,
,
,
(
“
1 68
)
who so ever was n ot foun d wr it e n i n the b o oks of
”
life was c ast into th e lak e of fir e
15
.
An d
.
Thi s ch apter is almo st l it er al In th e y e ar 1 94 5 th e Kin g
dom of Go d will b e est ablish e d on th e e arth an d th e d evil w ill
n o t b e p erm itte d t o inte rfer e with i t fo r 1 0 00 ye ars to c om e ;
and aft er th at h e will h ave h i s l ast chan c e t o de c e iv e m ankin d
for a littl e wh ile
.
.
In v ers e 4 w e s e e th at tho s e wh o m th e Ro man Chur ch
“
”
caus e d t o b e d estro ye d b y th e Hol y O ff ic e
b y th e Cru
s ade s and b y th e m assa cres b e cau s e th e y d i d n ot d ep art from
th e worsh ip of Go d ar e rulin g th e world with Chri st durin g th e
1 0 0 0 ye ars
,
,
,
,
.
Th e i r act iv e work in th e a ff airs of th e Kin gdom of G o d
sin c e th e ir d ep artur e fro m th e ir m aterial b od ie s whi ch th e
“
”
d e vi l dest ro ye d i s c all e d th e first r e surr e cti on
But th e
s e c ond re surr e ctio n com e s in th e e nd of th e world wh i ch i s
th e s e c ond d e ath or th e last j u d gment wh e n e ve ryon e i s jud ged
a c c or din g to th e re c ord s foun d wri tt en in th e bo oks as h e was
wh e n h e l eft hi s m ate ri al b o d y
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
“
”
In vers e 1 0 b y th e l ake of fire an d brimstone i s unde r
sto o d th e m ent al an gui sh th e chil dr e n Of th e d evil an d th e
d evil h ims elf will su fi e r all thr ou gh th e endle ss et ernit y
.
“
In th e th irt e e nth v ers e w e ar e told : th e s e a g ave up th e
de ad wh i ch w e re in i t and d e ath an d h ell d eliver e d up th e d e a d
“
”
”
whi ch w e r e i n th em
B y th e
s e a i s sym b oli ze d all th e
p e opl e i n th e wo rl d ex c ep t Ch r isti an s an d Moh amm e d ans and
all sp iritu all y d e ad fr om amon g th e m w ill b e c ast int o th e
l ak e of fir e
,
.
’
,
.
Wh en th e fourth S e al wa s op ene d John s aw a p al e h ors e
“
an d h i s n am e th at sat on him was D e ath and Hell followe d
”
with him
This m e an s s pi ritually d e ad we r e th e children
o f th e Ro m an Chur ch alre ad y from 900 to 1 2 00 A D an d b y
Hell is m e ant th e M o h amm e dan do ctrine
Th er efo re th e
sp iritu all y d e ad of th e Rom an Chur ch an d th e s p irituall y d e ad
als o will b e j ud ge d
of tho s e from am on g th e Moh amm ed ans
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
(
)
169
th e last d ay from th e bo ok wh er e th e r e c ord s
k ept of th e i r do in gs and c ast int o th e l ak e of fire
on
,
h av e
b e en
.
,
E"
C HA P T R
VI
THE S AGR A M ENTS
.
.
T o und erstan d th e m e anin g o f th e sa cram ents w e mu st
know th e tim e and th e c ircumstan c e s und er wh i ch th ey w e r e
o rd ain e d
,
.
Th e circumc isi o n i s th e t oke n of th e cov enant th at God
ma de with Abrah am wh en h e was n in ety and nin e ye ar s O ld
He Ishm ael an d all h i s h ousehol d w er e circum ci se d in on e
This m ark w as i nfli ct e d in th e fl esh on e ve ry m al e ch il d
d ay
on th e e i ghth da y aft er hi s b irth i n ord er t o th er e b y di s
t in g uish and to s ep arat e th e se e d of Ab rah am fro m all oth er
n ati ons on th e e arth who m Go d un dert o ok t o go ve rn l e ad
and t e a ch and to m ak e of th em a sp e ci al p e opl e f or h ims elf
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
Th e p ass ove r L amb Go d or dain e d t o m em ori z e th e Ex o du s
It was e ate n i n th e e ve nin g of th e fourte enth d ay of th e first
m on th f It was an i nvari abl e t ok e ni or si gn of th e Ex odus
Wh en th e last p ass ove r m e al in Je rus al e m w a s e at en it w as
j ust 1 5 1 3 ye ars sin c e th e Exo dus Th e p ass ove r fe ast w as th e
gr e ate st d ay th e He br ew nat io n c el ebr at e d b e c au s e it m e m or
iz e d the i r li be rty from th e E gypti an b onda ge
T he Lamb that
wa s e aten in th e p assove r m e al w as a fi gur e of th e crucifixi on
of Chr ist
But th e Jews did n ot und erstan d th at Th ey h ad be
com e a c custom e d t o e at it as a m ark or to ke n of th e ir l ib eration
fro m sl ave ry Th e refore wh e n Jesus w ith hi s d is ciple s d id e at
th e last p asso ve r th e L amb wa s th e remin de r t o th e m o f th eir
l ib e rty from th e E gypti an b ond a ge B ut thi s w as th e v ery h our
wh en th e old c ove nant c e as e d and th e n e w co ven ant b e gan a s
Chri st w as to b e cru cifi e d th e n ext d ay T here for e Ch rist sai d
“
to his d is cipl e s a c cordin g t o Luk e : Th i s i s m y b o dy whi ch is
“
”
give n for y ou Thi s do in r em e mb ran c e of m e
And T hi s
”
cup i s th e New T e stam ent in m y b lo od whi ch is S h ed for you
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
'
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
(
As
)
1 70
much as to s ay you h ave b e en a c custom e d t o e at this Lamb
as a to ke n f or your li b erty from th e E gypti an bon da ge but if
y ou e at thi s m e al h er e afte r it w ill b e a t oke n t o y ou o f th e
l ib e rty out of th e b ond a ge of th e de vil
,
,
,
.
With th e cru c ifixi on of Chri st th e typ ic al s acr ifi c e s of th e
ol d c ovenant c e ase d an d th e blo o d Of Chr i st sh e d on th e cro ss
e st abli she d a n e w c ovenant Th e n e w co v e nant i s th e sp iritual
I t i s fre e fro m all m at erial and symb oli c
worsh ip of God
worship
,
.
'
.
.
”
“
Wh en Chri st s aid : Thi s i s m y b o dy h e h a d th en ref
er enc e to h is sp iritual bo dy That i s t o s ay : th e p eople of th e
w orld must b e c om e sp iritual and e at of th e h i dde n m anna th at
c om e s d o w n fro m h e aven
Th e tru e sp iritual fo o d of eve ry
child of Go d i s th e un i on w ith hi s Fath er
.
.
.
It i s th is spiritual w orshi p that Chri st tri e d to t ea ch t o
“
th e Jews wh e n h e sai d : If a m an k e e p my s ayin g h e shall
”
ne v er s e e d e ath
That m e an s sp iritual d e ath—th at i s his soul
will n e ve r b e ap art from Go d h e will always b e of God
,
.
.
,
In the sixth ch apter of John we c an s e e h ow Christ tri e d
t o t e a ch th e Jews th e S piritual wors hi p h e cam e t o e stablish
“
He sai d t o th e m : L ab or n ot for th e m e at wh i ch p eri sh eth
”
but for that m e at wh i ch en dur eth unt o e verlastin g l ife
The n
s ai d th e Jews to him :
Wh at sh all w e d o th at w e m i ght
’
work th e works of Go d " Je sus answ er e d and s ai d unt o th e m
T hi s i s th e wo rk of God t h at y e b eli e ve o n h i m wh o m h e h a s
’
s ent
Je sus sai d t o th e m : I am th e b re a d o f life ; h e that
c om eth t o m e shall ne v er hun ge r ; and h e th at b eli ev eth on m e
shall n e v er thirst Verily ve rily I s ay unt o y ou He that be
lie v e th on m e h ath everl a stin g life
I am th at bre a d of life
I am th e l ivin g br e ad whi ch c am e down fro m h e ave n : if any
man e at of thi s b r e ad h e sh all l ive for e ver : and th e br e a d that
I wi ll giv e i s my fle sh wh i ch I w ill give for th e life of th e
”
’
world
T his h a s r efe re nc e t o th e c r ucifixi on of Chr i st s
mat e r i al b o d y A s no m an c an gi ve any gre at er s a crifi c e th an
t o r e sis t th e d e vil unto de ath thu s h e gave h is fle sh for th e
l ife of th e world b e caus e b y that a ct h e conquer e d th e d evil
,
.
,
.
‘
,
‘
:
‘
‘
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
(
1 72
)
and i s b apti ze d sh all b e sav ed ; but h e that b eli eveth
”
not sh al l b e d amne d
Th at is t o s ay h e th at b eli eve s th e do c
trine of Christ an d cl e anse s him self from si n sh all b e s av ed
lie v e th
.
.
,
.
Ch rist n eve r b apti z e d anyon e Paul said that Christ di d
no t s end him to b aptiz e b ut t o p re a ch th e go sp el Th e ap o stle s
d i d b apti z e b e caus e th e y h ad b e com e a c custom e d t o c er e
m on ial w orshi p an d as C hri st ord er e d i t t o b e done th e y
b apti z e d e ven wh en i t w as cle arly sh own to th em th at it w as
n o t n e c e ssary t o do s o fo r s alvati o n W e h av e a cl e ar pro o f
of this i n that wh en Pete r was p re ach in g Christ in th e h ou s e
of th at j ust an d GOd fe arin g m an Cornel ius in C e sare a th e
Holy Gh ost fell upo n th em b efor e th e y w er e b apt iz e d as w e
se e in A cts 1 0 :
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
'
-
,
“
44
fell
While Pet e r y et sp ak e th e s e wor ds th e Holy Ghost
all th e m whi ch h e ard th e w ord
,
on
45
.
“
An d th e y of th e cir cum cis ion wh i ch b el ie ve d w er e
ast onish e d as m any a s cam e with P et er b e caus e th at on th e
Gentil e s als o w as pour e d ou t th e gift o f th e Hol y Gho st
.
,
,
.
46
n if
y
“
.
G od
.
F
th e y h e ard th e m sp e ak w ith ton gues and m a g
Th en a nswe re d Pet e r
or
,
,
“
Can any m an forb id wat e r th at th es e sh oul d not b e
b apti z e d wh i ch h av e r e c e ive d th e Holy Gh ost a s w ell as w e "
47
.
,
,
“
An d h e c omm and e d th e m t o b e b apti ze d in th e nam e
of th e Lo rd Th e n praye d th e y hi m t o tarry c ert ain d ays ”
Thi s simpl y prove s th at b apti sm i s n ot n e c e ssar y for s alva
tion b ut is only a cu stom
48
.
.
.
.
,
Chris t d i d institut e th e c e rem ony of wash in g fe et Silly
’
i nd e e d i s th e m an wh o th inks th e a ct of washin g anoth e r s
fe et will transl at e h im t o h e ave n Thi s c erem on y ha s also a
sp iritual m e an in g
Th e h aught y and arro gant spirit of th e
w orld d o e s not re a dily humbl e i ts elf to such s ervi c e s as wa s h
’
ing an other s fe et but th e m e ek and humb l e s pirit th at dwell s
i n th e ch ildre n of Go d i s in dic at e d b y th i s c e rem on y
.
.
.
,
,
.
All th e s a cr am ents and c e re moni al w o rship h a d i n th e ir
o ri gin a spiritu al m e aning but b y p ervers io n of pri e sts and
fals e t e a ch ers th i s h as b e en l ost and th e y h av e b e co me inst e ad
,
,
,
(
1 73 )
m e ans of pre parin g chil dre n t o G od th e ve ry vehi cl e s t o
c ar ry m ankind t o d e s tr u cti on If a m an continue s in sin th ou gh
h e o bse rve s all th e sacram ents and goe s throu gh all th e
p enanc e s an d su ff ers all th e phy s ic al to rt ur es and p erform s
all th e rites pres crib e d by pri e sts o r cre e ds i t i s j ust a s imp os
si ble f or him who sins to e nt er into th e kin gd om o f Go d as
it i s t o li ght a c andl e i n th e b ott om of th e o c e an and ke e p i t
burnin g th e re b e c ause th e kin gdo m of God i s comp o se d of th e
pur e s ouls that ar e of God Go d s ays :
of
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
“
He that overc om eth sh all inhe ri t all thin gs ; and I will
b e his God and h e sh all b e m y so n
.
,
“
But th e fe arful an d unb eli e vin g and th e abm on in able
and murd erers an d wh o rem on ge rs an d sorc er ers and id olaters
and all li ars sh all h av e th e i r p art i n th e lak e whi ch burneth
with fir e an d b rims tone : wh i ch is th e se c on d d e ath
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
“
And th ere sh all i n no w i s e ent er into h e av e n anyth in g
that d e file s ne ithe r wh ats o ev er wo rks abomin ation or m ak e s a
’
li e : b ut th e y only wh i ch ar e wr itte n in th e Lamb s b o ok of
”
life
,
.
It i s a sur e indi c ation wh en th e co ns ci en c e of m an i s c on
d e mn in g h im th at h e i s n ot ri ght with God and as l on g a s
anyone h as S in s t o confe ss h e i s in th e emplo y of th e d evil
“
”
Th e wo rd i s : B e holy as I am h oly
A tru e ch il d of G od
h as no d e sire t o sin but hi s de s ir e i s to destr o y th e s in from
th e world and wh en h e i s ab out t o le av e thi s w orld h e rej oi c e s
b e caus e h e will go to h is Fath er But th e c as e i s th e v ery r e
ve rs e with a child of th e devil
He fe ars h e tr e mble s h e
prays h e implore s th e m er cy of Go d and wh en h e e nters int o
“
the sp irit world h e w ill b e tol d b y Ch ri st : D e p art from m e
”
I neve r kn ew you
So h e t oo w ill go t o h i s ow n
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
If an y i ndividual c ongr e gat ion or n atio n h e re aft e r use s
th es e sac rame nt s God w ill withdr aw h is sp iri t fro m th em be
c aus e Go d will n ot p ermit th e d evil t o h ave thes e v ehi cle s any
l on ge r to c arry m ankind int o p erditi on b y th em since h e en
tir e ly reve rse d th e o ri ginal m e an in g of th em whi ch was to l e ad
m ankin d t o Go d
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
(
1 74
)
In ord er th at th e d evil c anno t b y any m e an s inse rt an
adm ixtur e of h i s d o ctri ne into th e do ctrin e of Chri st th e
chil dren of G od must r eturn t o th e pur e and sp iritual w orship
o f Go d that the se sa cr am e nts di d ori gin ally sym b ol i ze w ith out
usin g any m ate ri al and c er em oni al m e ans
Th e d o ctrin e of Christ is : Sin no m or e an d aft er you c e as e
fr om sinn in g you will walk w ith Go d and wh en you b e co m e a
ch ild of G od you w ill b e th e b roth er of Chri st an d th e s on of
Th en
Go d and you will hav e th e w ill and th e n atur e of Go d
it i s a s impo ssibl e f or you t o sin as it i s t o kindl e a fir e with
wat er
Thi s tim e of our p rob at io n i s almo st at an end s o slumb er
n o long e r
Go d w ill d e str o y th e childre n of th e d evil and
when th e chil dr en of G o d rul e th e world w ith Christ the r e will
b e p e ac e on e art h an d go o d w ill tow ard m e n
The will of Go d i s that thi s b o ok b e publ i sh e d i n th e lan
gua ge s of th e p e opl e all th rou gh th e world an d c irculat ed
am on g them but first of all am on g tho se nati ons th at alr e a dy
’
have th e B i bl e th at th e y m ay d ep art from th e d evil s snar e s
and b e c om e children of Go d
Any m an th at ch an ge s th e m e anin g th at i s int end e d t o
b e conv e ye d i n thi s b o ok Go d will j ud ge h im
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
CHARLE S HOLM
Nah c otta Pa cific County Stat e of W ash in gto n U S A
.
,
,
,
.
.
.
E
E
E E
S O L A R SYS T E M
THI S T R U E GO V E R N M E N T OF TH
AN D TH
M O T I O N S OF TH
PLAN E TS
MA KE S TH P RE C E S SI O N C LEAR
OF C HAP T E R S EVE N
The solar syst em is a p erfectly round ele ctri c glo b e , having
.
the sun in its center b urni n g there w i th great and int ensely hot
flam es whi ch are fed and kept constantly b urning by the c on
s t ant flow of ele ctri city equally fro m every dire ctio n fro m the
solar s yste m int o the sun The sun i s only a gre at ele ctri c fire
h aving no h eft whatso ever
T h e b oundary of the solar syst em is there where the ele ctric
flow i nto th e sun has its co mm encem ent and the light of the
sun also can only b e seen that far
,
.
,
.
,
.
( 1 76 )
turn ing from north t o south therefore the di fferent parts whi ch
’
are of di fferent electri c st at es of the earth s surface are slowly
b rought un d e r the vertical sun therefore also the orbit of the
earth is and it must b e continually changing
N ow it is clear that if any e ccentri c orb it would b e co m e a
p erfe ct circle it would lo cat e itself pre cisely the re where the
average distance b etwe en t he e ccentri c orbit and the sun is and
the sun would b e in the cent er of that orbit Also th e planets
distance fro m the sun fro m that orbit woul d b e its ra d ius ; and
the planet s velo city on every p art of that orb it would b e th e
sam e
’
If we t ake the tim e of any planet s j ourney around the s un
and its a v erage velo city and multiply the tim e by the velo city
it follows th at the orbit of that planet m atters none h ow
e ccentri c it m ay b e wi ll b e com e a p erfe ct circle and therefore
lo cat e itself j ust exactly where the average distance b etween the
sun and the e ccentri c orbit was and it would have the sun i n
’
its center and therefore a planet s dist ance from every p art of i t
t o the sun the sam e
T herefore it is clear that th e distance of all the planets to
the sun in our solar syst em must b e governed by the follo w i ng
law N am ely the radius of the orb it of any planet must b e the
dist ance b etwe en the cent er of the planet and the center o f the
sun according t o the law of God that governs the solar system
To ascertain a corre ct dist ance b etween the planets and the
sun is very simpl e fin d the radius of the orb it of any planet
and subtract out of that the half di am et er of the sun and of th e
planet whose dist ance you wi sh to find Th e result wi ll b e t he
true dist ance fro m that planet t o the sun
F or e x am ple t he earth m akes a circuit around the s un fro m
on e vernal equinox to the next in 36 5 days 5 hours 4 8 mi nut es
and
se conds This is the Bi b le year b y whi ch only corre ct
tim e can b e m easured
Reduce this int o se conds and the n
’
multiply i t b y the e arth s velo city
miles p er second It i s
n ow a p erfe ct round or b it of th e earth
Find the radius out of
t hi s it w i ll b e an exact dist anc e fro m th e cent er of the earth
t o the center of the sun When you su b tract out of it the half
diam et er of the e arth and of the sun you w i ll get the supp osed
distance from the e arth t o the sun This i s n ot exac t b e cause
the d i am eter neither of the e arth n or of the s un i s n ot exactly
kno w n
This I sent i nto the world in the year 1 895
,
'
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
—
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
.
.